IntelliSupply

Create products with ease

Full.CX effortlessly transforms your ideas into product requirements.

Full.CX turns product visions into detailed product requirements. The product below was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms, exclusively available to our paid subscribers.

Product Details

Name

IntelliSupply

Tagline

Illuminate Your Supply Chain

Data-Driven Denise

Name: Data-Driven Denise
Description: Denise is a retail operations manager who utilizes IntelliSupply to enhance her supply chain efficiency. She is constantly juggling inventory levels, supplier relationships, and customer demands. She seeks real-time insights and actionable analytics to optimize processes and mitigate risks. Her daily workflow involves using the platform to check stock levels, forecast trends, and generate reports to present to upper management. Denise is particularly interested in leveraging data to increase profitability while maintaining exceptional service standards.
Demographics: Age: 38, Gender: Female, Education: Bachelor's degree in Business Administration, Occupation: Operations Manager, Income Level: $85,000 annually.
Background: Denise grew up in a small town where her parents owned a family-run grocery store. From a young age, she was exposed to the intricacies of supply chains. She pursued a business degree and worked her way up in retail management, gaining experience in inventory control and logistics. Outside of work, she enjoys hiking and is a fervent supporter of sustainability practices within her community. Her early experiences drive her passion for efficient supply chain management.
Psychographics: Denise values efficiency and accuracy in her work. She believes that informed decision-making leads to better outcomes and is motivated by a desire to enhance customer satisfaction. Her interests include data analytics, sustainability, and leadership development. She prefers a balanced lifestyle, prioritizing both career growth and personal wellness.
Needs: Denise needs reliable tools for real-time data visualization and forecasting capabilities to enhance decision-making in supply chain management. She requires training resources to help her team improve their technical skills in using IntelliSupply effectively.
Pain: Her main pain points include difficulties in accurately forecasting inventory needs and the challenge of integrating various systems into a cohesive platform. Additionally, she often encounters obstacles when trying to persuade her team to embrace new technologies.
Channels: Denise primarily communicates through email and internal messaging platforms. She seeks information via online webinars, industry forums, and social media platforms like LinkedIn. She prefers in-person training sessions for her team whenever possible.
Usage: Denise interacts with IntelliSupply daily, spending about 2-3 hours on the platform to monitor inventory levels, analyze trends, and create reports. She utilizes the platform's predictive analytics features to support her strategic planning efforts throughout the month.
Decision: When making decisions, Denise evaluates options based on data accuracy, ease of integration with existing systems, and the platform's ability to provide actionable insights. She is heavily influenced by peer recommendations, user reviews, and ROI projections.

Future-Focused Frank

Name: Future-Focused Frank
Description: Frank is a forward-thinking logistics manager devoted to improving supply chain practices across his organization. He uses IntelliSupply to gain insights into delivery performance and streamline logistics operations. His typical workday involves analyzing shipment data, tracking delivery timelines, and collaborating with vendors to resolve issues. Frank is motivated to adopt innovative technologies to stay ahead of market trends and enhance operational responsiveness.
Demographics: Age: 45, Gender: Male, Education: Master's in Supply Chain Management, Occupation: Logistics Manager, Income Level: $95,000 annually.
Background: Frank hails from a family of transport workers and developed a passion for logistics at an early age. He pursued higher education to build a solid foundation for his career, starting in entry-level logistics positions and evolving to management roles. He now drives initiatives focused on integrating technology into logistics operations. Outside of work, he is an adventure enthusiast, often indulging in travel and outdoor sports.
Psychographics: Frank is motivated by a strong desire to innovate and improve operational efficiencies. He values agility and responsiveness in business and believes in continuous improvement through technology. He is interested in sustainable practices and mentoring the next generation of supply chain professionals.
Needs: Frank needs robust analytics tools for real-time visibility into shipment statuses and performance metrics to facilitate data-driven decisions. He seeks educational content on emerging technologies that can optimize logistics.
Pain: His pain points include delays in shipment tracking due to system limitations and difficulty in supplier communication. He also faces challenges in staying updated on technological advancements within supply chain management.
Channels: Frank communicates through professional networking sites such as LinkedIn and industry conferences. He accesses knowledge through online courses, logistics trade journals, and webinars focusing on advancements in technology.
Usage: Frank uses IntelliSupply several times a day, totaling around 4-5 hours weekly, focusing on logistics analytics, vendor interactions, and performance evaluations. He also values the platform's collaborative features for liaising with suppliers.
Decision: When making decisions, Frank considers ease of use, integration capabilities, and evidence of success from case studies. He is influenced by industry trends, peer reviews, and presentations from solution vendors.

Analytical Amy

Name: Analytical Amy
Description: Amy is a supply chain director who oversees multiple aspects of the supply chain in a manufacturing company. She leverages IntelliSupply for insights into operational performance and strategic planning. Her day involves using the platform to access analytics, generate reports, and collaborate with different departments to ensure efficiency and cost management. She aims to create a balanced supply chain that boosts productivity without sacrificing quality.
Demographics: Age: 42, Gender: Female, Education: Bachelor's in Industrial Engineering, Occupation: Supply Chain Director, Income Level: $110,000 annually.
Background: Growing up in a family of engineers, Amy developed a keen interest in systems and processes early on. After completing her degree, she gained hands-on experience in manufacturing, progressing from analyst to management roles. As a director, she embraces both analytics and collaborative team efforts. She enjoys yoga and painting in her spare time, valuing creativity in her life.
Psychographics: Amy has a strong belief in data-driven decision-making and efficiency. She is motivated by the desire to lead a high-performing supply chain team and is committed to advancing her expertise in analytics. Amy is interested in problem-solving and personal development.
Needs: Amy needs a user-friendly interface that allows her team to easily access and interpret data. She also requires training resources to enhance analytical capabilities among her team members.
Pain: Her primary pain points include the complexity of data interpretation and the challenge of aligning processes across departments. Coordinating between stakeholders is often a struggle as well, as not everyone shares the same metrics and objectives.
Channels: Amy prefers virtual meetings and project management software for team collaborations. Additionally, she follows industry leaders and trends through email newsletters and professional groups on social media.
Usage: Amy interacts with IntelliSupply daily, usually for 3-4 hours, focusing on report generation and strategic planning activities. She collaborates frequently with her team to ensure alignment and efficiency.
Decision: Amy's decision-making process incorporates thorough data analysis, stakeholder feedback, and strategic financial impact assessments. She values case studies and presentations that demonstrate successful outcomes.

Cost-Conscious Carl

Name: Cost-Conscious Carl
Description: Carl is a procurement officer in a mid-sized manufacturing firm who uses IntelliSupply to streamline sourcing processes and manage supplier costs effectively. His daily schedule revolves around evaluating supplier performance and searching for cost-saving opportunities while ensuring high-quality materials. He strives for a balance between cost and quality in every procurement decision.
Demographics: Age: 39, Gender: Male, Education: Bachelor's in Business Management, Occupation: Procurement Officer, Income Level: $75,000 annually.
Background: Carl grew up understanding the importance of resource management, as his parents were operating a small business. He studied business management and transitioned into procurement, accumulating experience at various firms. Carl’s background has instilled in him a keen eye for value, which drives his focus on quality versus cost. He is an avid reader and enjoys cooking in his free time, which reflects his appreciation for quality ingredients.
Psychographics: Carl values transparency and quality in procurement processes. His motivation stems from the need to optimize spend while maintaining quality standards to enhance competitive advantage. He is interested in supplier relationship management and educational resources that deepen his procurement knowledge.
Needs: Carl needs a reliable platform that helps manage supplier data and performance metrics while providing insights into cost-saving strategies. Additionally, he requires timely alerts on supplier issues to mitigate risks.
Pain: His pain points include the challenge of maintaining supplier relationships and monitoring performance metrics. He often finds it difficult to balance quality with procurement costs, leading to challenges during negotiations.
Channels: Carl communicates with suppliers primarily via email and phone calls, while he uses procurement-specific webinars and online resources for learning. He also actively participates in procurement communities on social media for insights and trends.
Usage: Carl interacts with IntelliSupply daily for about 2-3 hours, primarily focusing on supplier evaluations, sourcing strategies, and cost analyses.
Decision: When making decisions, Carl evaluates potential suppliers based on cost, performance history, and quality ratings. He is influenced by benchmark reports, supplier recommendations, and user feedback from his network.

Innovative Imani

Name: Innovative Imani
Description: Imani is a project manager working within a logistics team, dedicated to implementing and optimizing supply chain projects using IntelliSupply. She thrives on transforming supply chain operations by leveraging advanced technologies and analytics. Imani’s typical day includes project coordination, analysis of supply chain performance metrics, and facilitation of interdepartmental collaboration.
Demographics: Age: 30, Gender: Female, Education: Master's in Supply Chain and Logistics Management, Occupation: Project Manager, Income Level: $70,000 annually.
Background: Imani grew up in a diverse urban environment that sparked her interest in global logistics. She completed her master's degree with a focus on sustainable supply chains. Starting as a logistics coordinator, she has gradually advanced to project management due to her strong analytical skills and passion for technology. Imani enjoys volunteering and is active in several local initiatives aimed at improving community services.
Psychographics: Imani is a forward thinker, dedicated to sustainability and innovation in the supply chain sector. She seeks meaningful engagement in her work and places high value on collaboration and effective communication. Imani is interested in emerging technologies and strategies that enhance supply chain efficiency.
Needs: Imani needs tools that provide real-time data and facilitate collaborative workflow management among project teams. She also requires insights into industry best practices for project-management processes.
Pain: Her pain points involve navigating bureaucratic processes within her organization that can slow project implementation. Additionally, she struggles with balancing multiple projects and ensuring alignment among stakeholders.
Channels: Imani uses various communication tools, including project management software and instant messaging platforms to coordinate with her team. She follows industry webinars and online courses to stay updated on supply chain innovations.
Usage: Imani engages with IntelliSupply on a daily basis, dedicating around 3 hours to project analyses, metrics evaluation, and collaborative planning with her team.
Decision: Her decision-making is driven by project outcomes, best practices within the field, and the ability to align projects with strategic objectives. She highly values collaborative input and feedback from her team.

Product Ideas

Smart Inventory Alerts: Smart Inventory Alerts leverages machine learning to analyze historical data and current stock levels, automatically notifying Inventory Managers and Supply Chain Analysts of potential stockouts or overstock situations. This proactive approach empowers teams to make timely adjustments before issues arise, optimizing inventory management and reducing carrying costs.
Supplier Risk Assessment Tool: The Supplier Risk Assessment Tool integrates with IntelliSupply to evaluate and score suppliers based on historical performance, reliability, and market factors. This feature helps Procurement Specialists identify high-risk suppliers, improving decision-making in sourcing strategies and enhancing overall supply chain resilience.
Dynamic Analytics Dashboard: The Dynamic Analytics Dashboard provides customizable views for different user roles, enabling Operational Executives, Logistics Coordinators, and other stakeholders to tailor their displayed metrics and reports. This enhanced user experience ensures that crucial insights are easily accessible, improving operational decision-making across departments.
Trend Forecasting Module: The Trend Forecasting Module employs advanced algorithms to predict future demand trends, assisting Supply Chain Analysts and Inventory Managers in optimizing stock levels. By analyzing market data, consumer behavior, and historical sales, this module enables businesses to align inventory with expected demand more accurately.
Interactive Training Hub: The Interactive Training Hub provides engaging training resources and tutorials for all user types to optimize their use of IntelliSupply. This feature enhances onboarding for new users, ensuring they have the knowledge and skills to leverage the platform effectively from day one.
Supplier Collaboration Portal: The Supplier Collaboration Portal enables streamlined communication and document sharing between SMEs and their suppliers through IntelliSupply. This feature enhances collaboration, reduces delays in procurement processes, and builds stronger supplier relationships, ultimately driving efficiency across the supply chain.
Customer Demand Insights: Customer Demand Insights provides SME Owners and CXOs with analytics on how supply chain performance correlates to customer satisfaction and purchasing behavior. This feature equips businesses with the data needed to ensure product availability aligns with customer expectations, enhancing both operations and experience.

Product Features

Predictive Stock Alerts

Predictive Stock Alerts utilize advanced algorithms to not only identify potential stockouts and overstock situations but also to predict future inventory needs based on sales trends and seasonal patterns. This feature ensures that Inventory Managers can plan ahead, optimizing stock levels and reducing excess inventory, thereby saving costs and improving cash flow.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want the Predictive Stock Alerts feature to integrate real-time data from our sales and inventory systems so that I can receive the most accurate alerts regarding stock levels and future inventory needs, minimizing stockouts and overstock situations.
Description: The requirement involves establishing seamless integration with real-time data sources from existing inventory management systems, sales platforms, and third-party logistics providers. This integration will ensure that Predictive Stock Alerts are based on the most current data, offering users accurate forecasts and alerts tailored to immediate business needs. By connecting multiple data streams, IntelliSupply can provide a comprehensive view of inventory levels and sales trends, enabling better decision-making and responsiveness. The outcome is a dynamic alert system that promptly informs Inventory Managers of stock requirements based on live data, effectively reducing stockouts and ensuring optimal inventory levels.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time data flow from existing inventory management systems to Predictive Stock Alerts.

Given the inventory management system is integrated with IntelliSupply, when a stock level change occurs, then the Predictive Stock Alerts should update in real-time within 2 minutes reflecting the new stock levels.

Forecasting inventory needs based on sales trends using integrated data sources.

Given current sales trends from integrated sales platforms, when analyzed, then Predictive Stock Alerts should display accurate forecasts for the next 30 days with at least 85% accuracy compared to historical data.

Response of Predictive Stock Alerts during high-demand periods based on real-time data.

Given a high-demand event is detected through sales spikes, when this scenario occurs, then the Predictive Stock Alerts should trigger notifications for restocking needs within 30 minutes of the spike.

Integration with third-party logistics providers for inventory updates.

Given the third-party logistics providers are linked with IntelliSupply, when there is a delay in shipments, then Predictive Stock Alerts should automatically adjust forecasts and notify Inventory Managers within 1 hour of the delay.

User interface user experience for Inventory Managers in viewing real-time alerts.

Given an Inventory Manager logs into the dashboard, when they navigate to the Predictive Stock Alerts section, then they should see an intuitive display of current stock levels, alerts for potential stockouts, and actionable insights within 5 clicks.

Data security and privacy compliance of integrated data sources.

Given the integration involves multiple data sources, when data is transmitted to IntelliSupply, then it must comply with industry security standards (e.g., GDPR, CCPA) with no data breaches reported during the validation period.

User-Friendly Alert Dashboard

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want a user-friendly alert dashboard that visually represents predictive stock alerts so that I can quickly assess priority stock issues and take action without needing extensive technical knowledge.
Description: This requirement focuses on designing a user-friendly dashboard that displays predictive stock alerts in a clear and visually appealing format. The dashboard will categorize alerts based on urgency, product type, and anticipated duration of stock issues. It will include visual indicators such as graphs and color-coded alerts, making it accessible and intuitive for users at all technical levels. Enhanced usability will empower Inventory Managers to identify and prioritize stock issues efficiently, leading to improved stock management decisions. The expected outcome is to make data-driven alerts easy to interpret and actionable for immediate response.
Acceptance Criteria: Display of Predictive Stock Alerts on Dashboard

Given the Inventory Manager is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the alert dashboard, then they should see all predictive stock alerts categorized by urgency, product type, and anticipated duration of stock issues, with visual indicators such as graphs and color-coded alerts for easy identification.

Filtering Options for Alert Categories

Given the Inventory Manager is on the alert dashboard, when they apply filters for urgency or product type, then only relevant stock alerts should be displayed without delays in loading, maintaining usability across all technical levels.

Accessibility of Visual Indicators

Given the alert dashboard is displayed, when the Inventory Manager views the alerts, then all visual indicators, including graphs and color-coded alerts, should be legible and interpreted easily by users regardless of their technical skills.

Real-time Alert Notifications

Given the alert dashboard is active, when a stock level reaches a threshold for predictive alert, then the system should send real-time notifications to the Inventory Manager with detailed information on the stock issue encountered.

User-friendly Interface Navigation

Given the Inventory Manager is using the alert dashboard, when they engage with different elements of the dashboard, then they should experience intuitive navigation with no more than three clicks needed to access any predictive stock alert detail.

Integration with Existing Inventory Management Systems

Given the Inventory Manager accesses the alert dashboard, when new stock information is entered into their existing inventory management system, then the dashboard should reflect these updates in real-time to ensure alerts are always current.

Training and Support for Dashboard Use

Given the launch of the new alert dashboard, when users access the help section, then they should find comprehensive documentation and resources available for training and support to maximize their use of the dashboard functionalities.

Automated Reporting Features

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive automated reports on inventory trends and stock alerts so that I can analyze historical data, understand stock performance, and make informed decisions for future inventory planning.
Description: The requirement entails developing automated reporting capabilities that generate detailed reports on inventory trends, stock alerts, and corrective actions taken. These reports will summarize stock performance, analyzing patterns in stockouts and overstock situations as well as forecasting future inventory needs. Automated email summaries and scheduled report generation will save time for the Inventory Managers and provide insights that guide strategic decisions. This feature will enhance accountability and provide a historical context for inventory management, supporting long-term trend analysis and operational improvement.
Acceptance Criteria: Daily Inventory Trend Reporting for Inventory Managers.

Given the Automated Reporting Features is activated, when Inventory Managers log into the dashboard every morning, then they should receive a detailed report summarizing the previous day's inventory trends, including stockouts and overstock situations.

Weekly Predictive Stock Alerts Summary Email.

Given that the system is set to schedule report generation weekly, when Inventory Managers check their emails, then they should find an automated summary report detailing predictive stock alerts based on sales trends and seasonal patterns from the past week.

Monthly Report Generation for Long-Term Trend Analysis.

Given that automated reporting is implemented, when the end of the month occurs, then the system should generate and send a comprehensive report to the Inventory Managers, analyzing monthly stock performance, including trends in stockouts, overstock situations, and future inventory needs.

Accessing Historical Inventory Data.

Given that the Automated Reporting Features have been integrated, when Inventory Managers request historical inventory data via the dashboard, then they should retrieve accurate reports from previous months showing detailed analytics on past stock performance.

Real-Time Stock Alert Notifications Integration.

Given that Predictive Stock Alerts are enabled, when a stock level approaches a predetermined threshold, then the system should generate an immediate notification to Inventory Managers for corrective action.

User-Friendly Report Customization for Inventory Managers.

Given the need for tailored reporting, when Inventory Managers access the Automated Reporting Features, then they should easily customize the report parameters (dates, products, categories) and generate reports that meet their specific needs.

Feedback Collection on Report Effectiveness.

Given that reports are being generated, when a report is delivered to Inventory Managers, then there should be an option included for them to provide feedback on the effectiveness and usability of the report directly through the dashboard.

Custom Alert Settings

Custom Alert Settings allow users to tailor notification thresholds based on their specific business needs and inventory strategy. This functionality enables Inventory Managers to receive alerts only when inventory levels deviate from their personalized parameters, minimizing notification fatigue while maintaining keen oversight of stock levels.

Requirements

Custom Alert Thresholds

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to set custom alert thresholds for my inventory levels so that I can receive notifications only when necessary and focus on critical stock issues without being overwhelmed by irrelevant alerts.
Description: The Custom Alert Thresholds requirement enables users to define specific inventory level conditions for receiving alerts tailored to their business needs. Users can set upper and lower inventory limits based on their proactive stock management strategies, ensuring that they are only notified when stock levels are critically low or surpass a certain threshold. This feature reduces notification fatigue by allowing users to customize and filter the alerts they receive, making the alert system more efficient and user-friendly. Integration with the platform’s analytics engine ensures that alerts are triggered by real-time data, providing a timely response to inventory changes.
Acceptance Criteria: As an Inventory Manager, I want to set custom upper and lower thresholds for inventory alerts so that I am only notified when stock levels are outside my defined parameters.

Given that I am logged into IntelliSupply, When I navigate to the Custom Alert Settings page and set an upper threshold of 100 units and a lower threshold of 20 units, Then I should receive alerts only when inventory levels fall below 20 units or exceed 100 units.

As an Inventory Manager, I want to test the alerting system to ensure it accurately notifies me when stock levels fall below the lower threshold.

Given that I have set a lower inventory threshold of 20 units, When the inventory level drops to 19 units, Then I should receive a notification alerting me that stock is critically low.

As an Inventory Manager, I need to ensure that the alert threshold settings are saved correctly after I make changes so I don't have to re-enter them each time.

Given that I set custom alert thresholds of 100 units upper and 20 units lower, When I save these settings and log out, Then the thresholds should remain the same when I log back in.

As an Inventory Manager, I want to verify that I do not receive alerts when inventory levels are within my set thresholds, to reduce unnecessary notifications.

Given that I set an upper threshold of 100 units and a lower threshold of 20 units, When the inventory level is at 50 units, Then I should not receive any alert notifications.

As an Inventory Manager, I want to ensure that the alert system functions in real-time with the analytics engine to provide timely updates on inventory levels.

Given that I have set my inventory thresholds, When there is a change in inventory observed in the analytics engine, Then the alert should be triggered immediately based on the defined thresholds.

As an Inventory Manager, I want to evaluate the user interface for setting custom alert thresholds to ensure it is intuitive and easy to use for non-technical users.

Given that I am on the Custom Alert Settings page, When I attempt to set new thresholds for the first time, Then I should be able to complete the process without confusion or additional help.

Historical Alert Analytics

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to access historical data on inventory alerts so that I can analyze trends and adjust my custom alert settings for improved accuracy and efficiency in inventory management.
Description: Historical Alert Analytics provides users with insights into past inventory alerts and trends over time. This feature allows users to analyze the frequency and context of alerts they received, enabling them to refine their custom alert settings for better accuracy. By reviewing historical data, users can better understand inventory patterns, seasonal trends, and potential issues that require attention throughout the supply chain. This requirement enhances users’ decision-making capabilities by providing context around alerts, contributing to a more informed inventory management strategy.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses historical alert analytics to review past inventory alerts and trends for the previous quarter.

Given the user has access to the Historical Alert Analytics feature, when they navigate to the analytics section and select the previous quarter, then they should see a detailed report of all alerts, including frequency, context, and timestamps of each alert generated during that time period.

User customizes alert thresholds based on insights from historical alert analytics.

Given the user has analyzed historical alert data, when they set personalized alert thresholds for inventory levels and save the settings, then the system should reflect these new thresholds and only trigger alerts when inventory levels deviate from these parameters.

User evaluates the impact of customized alert settings over a three-month period with historical analytics insights.

Given the user has set custom alert thresholds, when they review the historical data post-implementation, then they should be able to see a decrease in unnecessary alerts and an increase in alerts that correlate with actual inventory issues or changes.

User receives notification summarizing historical alert trends and suggested improvements based on analytics.

Given the users have accessed Historical Alert Analytics, when they view the summary report, then they should see a structured summary that includes recommendations for adjusting alert settings based on trends observed in the previous quarter.

User generates a report of specific alert events that caused significant disruptions in operations.

Given the user wishes to analyze alert-related disruptions, when they filter historical alerts for significant events, then they should receive a report detailing those alerts, including timestamps, affected items, and user-defined tags for categorization.

User seeks to understand seasonal trends affecting inventory levels through historical alerts.

Given the user accesses historical alert data, when they select the seasonal trend analysis option, then the system should present data visualizations illustrating how alerts fluctuate seasonally, helping them to plan inventory strategies effectively.

User exports a historical alert report for compliance or audit purposes.

Given the user needs an audit trail of inventory alerts, when they select the export function for historical alerts, then the system should generate and download a spreadsheet containing all relevant alert data, including timestamps, context, and user actions associated with those alerts.

Multi-User Alert Management

User Story: As a Warehouse Supervisor, I want to customize alert settings specific to my team's roles so that each member receives relevant notifications that help them manage inventory effectively without unnecessary distractions.
Description: The Multi-User Alert Management requirement allows multiple users within an organization to customize and manage alert settings based on their specific roles or needs. This functionality ensures that different team members, such as procurement, sales, or warehouse staff, can receive the most relevant alerts related to their responsibilities. By enabling collaborative alert management, the platform increases organizational efficiency and ensures that critical information reaches the right people at the right time, fostering better communication and response to inventory changes.
Acceptance Criteria: As a procurement manager, I want to set custom alert thresholds for low inventory so that I only receive notifications when stock levels fall below specific limits relevant to my role.

Given I am logged into the IntelliSupply platform, When I navigate to the alert settings and configure a low inventory threshold, Then I should receive an alert only when the inventory falls below the specified threshold.

As a warehouse staff member, I need to manage my alert settings to ensure I only get notifications about inventory changes that affect my immediate tasks.

Given I am a user with warehouse staff access, When I customize my alert settings to include only items I manage, Then I should receive notifications exclusively for those items.

As a sales team member, I want to adjust my alert settings based on upcoming sales campaigns to monitor inventory closely.

Given I have access to customize alerts, When I set alert parameters specific to items related to upcoming sales campaigns, Then I should receive alerts when inventory levels for those items reach alert thresholds.

As an inventory manager in a multi-user environment, I want a centralized view of alert settings across my team to ensure consistency and avoid conflicts.

Given I am in the admin interface, When I review my team’s alert settings, Then I should see a unified and consistent configuration for all users under my supervision.

As an admin, I want to ensure that users can’t set conflicting alert thresholds that could lead to confusion within the operations team.

Given I have admin privileges, When I attempt to save alert settings that conflict with existing user settings, Then I should receive a warning message indicating the conflict.

As a finance analyst, I want to ensure that all alerts related to inventory reduction are properly logged for future analysis and decision-making.

Given I receive an alert notification, When I check the alert log, Then I should see a record of all alerts triggered, including timestamps and affected items.

As a user, I want to easily modify my alert settings if my role or responsibilities change within the company.

Given my role has changed, When I access the alert settings interface, Then I should be able to modify my alert preferences without any technical assistance required.

Mobile Alert Notifications

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive mobile notifications for inventory alerts so that I can stay informed and respond quickly to critical stock issues no matter where I am.
Description: The Mobile Alert Notifications requirement enables users to receive alerts on their mobile devices, ensuring they are informed about inventory status changes in real-time, even while on the go. This feature supports push notifications that users can customize based on their alert preferences and settings defined within the platform. By providing mobile access to critical alerts, users can respond swiftly to inventory changes, enabling proactive management and reducing the risk of stock shortages or excess inventory even when they are away from their desktops.
Acceptance Criteria: A user sets custom notification thresholds for low inventory levels on their mobile device.

Given that the user has set a low inventory threshold, When the inventory level falls below this threshold, Then the user should receive a mobile push notification indicating the low inventory status.

A user receives notifications for critical stock levels while traveling.

Given that the user is on the go, When the inventory level reaches a critical low or high threshold set by the user, Then the user should receive a real-time push notification on their mobile device.

A user updates their alert preferences on the mobile app.

Given that the user has access to the mobile app, When the user changes their notification preferences and saves the changes, Then the system should update their preferences and new alert settings should take immediate effect without requiring a system restart.

A user reviews their notification history to track past alerts.

Given that the user wishes to review past notifications, When the user accesses the notification history section in the mobile app, Then the system should display a list of all past notifications received, including timestamps and alert details.

A user tests the alert system to ensure proper functioning.

Given that the user has configured their alert settings, When the user activates a test notification through the mobile app, Then the user should receive a test alert on their mobile device confirming that the alert system is working correctly.

A user enables or disables specific alert types based on inventory categories.

Given that the user is in the alert settings section, When the user enables or disables alerts for specific inventory categories (e.g., perishable goods), Then the system should reflect these changes, and alerts for disabled categories should not be sent.

A user receives alerts during off-hours based on their custom settings.

Given that the user has set specific off-hour alert preferences, When the inventory level changes during the off-hours, Then the user should only receive alerts if the change meets the criteria established in their custom settings.

Integration with Third-party Systems

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want IntelliSupply to integrate with our ERP system so that I can streamline inventory data management and ensure we have a cohesive view across all our business systems.
Description: The Integration with Third-party Systems requirement allows IntelliSupply to connect with other software used by the business, such as ERP or eCommerce platforms. By facilitating data exchange between systems, users will be able to incorporate inventory levels and alerts into a broader ecosystem of business operations. This integration ensures that critical inventory data is shared seamlessly across platforms, promoting better coordination and decision-making processes in the supply chain. The feature enhances the user experience by reducing manual data entry and the likelihood of errors, while also providing a holistic view of inventory management.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of IntelliSupply with an existing ERP system to automatically sync inventory data every hour.

Given an established ERP connection, When inventory data changes in IntelliSupply, Then the ERP system should update its records within one hour without errors.

Integration with a popular eCommerce platform to reflect real-time inventory levels for online sales.

Given a connection with the eCommerce platform, When an inventory level is updated in IntelliSupply, Then the updated level should be reflected on the eCommerce site within 10 minutes.

Receiving alerts on low stock levels through an integrated communication tool, such as Slack or email.

Given the custom alert settings are configured, When inventory levels dip below the pre-set threshold, Then an alert should be sent via the chosen communication tool without delay.

Testing the data exchange between IntelliSupply and third-party logistics software during a stock count event.

Given the integration with logistics software, When a stock count is initiated, Then IntelliSupply should send current inventory levels to the logistics software accurately.

Ensuring that historical inventory data is properly transferred when integrating with a new third-party system.

Given a new third-party system integration, When historical inventory data is requested, Then it should load accurately and completely without any data loss.

Validating user access permissions for data integration between IntelliSupply and various third-party systems.

Given different user roles, When a user attempts to set up integration with a third-party system, Then they should only have access to features permitted by their role.

Automated Reorder Recommendations

Automated Reorder Recommendations suggest optimal reorder quantities and timings based on real-time sales data and lead times from suppliers. This feature aims to streamline the ordering process, ensuring that Inventory Managers can maintain appropriate stock levels without manual calculations, thus enhancing operational efficiency.

Requirements

Real-Time Sales Data Integration

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want real-time sales data to be integrated into the system so that I can receive accurate reorder recommendations based on current sales trends.
Description: This requirement facilitates the integration of real-time sales data from various retail channels into the IntelliSupply platform. It ensures that the automated reorder recommendations are driven by the most current sales figures, enabling accurate forecasting of stock needs. By providing seamless data integration, this feature enhances the ability of Inventory Managers to make timely decisions based on actual sales performance, optimizing inventory levels, reducing stockouts, and minimizing overstock situations. This functionality is crucial for maintaining operational efficiency and responding proactively to market demands.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of real-time sales data from various retail channels into IntelliSupply platform

Given that the sales data is available from various retail channels, when the system integrates this data, then the automated reorder recommendation should reflect these updates accurately within 5 minutes of data retrieval.

Visualization of sales trends in the IntelliSupply platform for inventory managers

Given the integration of real-time sales data, when an inventory manager views the dashboard, then they should see updated graphs showing sales trends and forecasts based on the latest data.

Automatic adjustments to reorder recommendations based on real-time sales performance

Given that real-time sales data impacts inventory levels, when sales experience a sudden spike or drop, then the system should adjust the reorder recommendations accordingly within 10 minutes of the sales anomaly.

User accessibility to the automated reorder recommendation feature

Given an inventory manager accessing the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the reorder recommendations section, then they should be able to view suggested reorder quantities and timings without errors, with a clear explanation of how recommendations were calculated.

Email notifications for inventory managers regarding reorder suggestions

Given that new reorder recommendations are generated, when a recommendation is ready, then an email notification should be sent to the inventory manager within 10 minutes of creation of the recommendation.

Historical sales data comparison to validate the accuracy of automated reorder recommendations

Given the availability of historical sales data, when the system generates reorder recommendations, then the recommendations should be compared with historical sales trends and should maintain a minimum accuracy rate of 90% over the last 30 days.

Lead Time Estimation from Suppliers

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want accurate lead time estimations for all our suppliers so that I can better time my reorders and avoid stockouts.
Description: This requirement involves developing a mechanism to accurately estimate lead times for products sourced from various suppliers. By analyzing past supplier performance and taking into account external factors that could affect delivery times, this feature will refine the automated reorder recommendations. Accurate lead time estimations will prevent delays in stock replenishment and enhance planning for seasonal fluctuations in demand, allowing businesses to stay responsive and efficient in their supply chain operations.
Acceptance Criteria: Lead Time Estimation Integration with Sales Data

Given that sales data is available, when the system calculates lead times from suppliers, then the estimated lead time must include at least 90% accuracy based on historical performance data.

Dynamic Updates for Seasonal Fluctuations

Given that seasonal sales patterns are identified, when lead time estimation is executed, then the system should adjust the estimated lead times by at least 20% to accommodate expected demand changes.

Supplier Performance Review

Given historical data from multiple suppliers, when the system generates lead time estimates, then it must display past lead time performance percentages for each supplier in the recommendation dashboard.

User Notification for Anomalous Lead Times

Given an unusual increase in lead time estimations, when the system calculates lead times, then it must notify the Inventory Manager through the dashboard alert system concerning the supplier's performance issues.

Testing with Varying Lead Times

Given various product categories with different lead times, when lead time estimations are performed, then the system must accurately process and reflect these variations within a 5% margin of error.

Lead Time Data Entry Validation

Given that a user inputs lead time data manually, when the system processes this data, then it must validate and reject any entries that fall outside of the expected range based on historical data.

User-Friendly Dashboard for Recommendations

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want a user-friendly dashboard that clearly presents reorder recommendations so that I can quickly understand what needs to be ordered without any technical hassle.
Description: This requirement emphasizes the need for a user-friendly dashboard that displays automated reorder recommendations in an intuitive format. The dashboard should allow Inventory Managers to easily view reorder quantities and suggested timing, with the ability to customize filters based on categories or urgency. Providing visual analytics and a straightforward interface will enhance user experience and engagement with the system, making it easier for non-technical users to leverage data for decision-making and operational improvements.
Acceptance Criteria: Display of Reorder Recommendations for Inventory Managers

Given that an Inventory Manager accesses the user-friendly dashboard, when they navigate to the reorder recommendations section, then they should see a clear display of suggested reorder quantities and timings for each product.

Custom Filter Functionality for Urgent Reorders

Given that an Inventory Manager is on the dashboard for reorder recommendations, when they apply the filter for urgency, then only products marked as urgent should be displayed, with appropriate quantities and timings visible.

Visual Analytics Representation of Reorder Data

Given that an Inventory Manager views the reorder recommendations, when they hover over a product, then a tooltip should appear showing detailed analytics such as sales velocity and lead time.

Accessibility of Dashboard for Non-Technical Users

Given that a non-technical user logs into the IntelliSupply platform, when they access the dashboard, then they should be able to easily understand and navigate the recommendations without external guidance.

Real-Time Update of Reorder Recommendations

Given that new sales data is generated or lead times change, when the Inventory Manager refreshes the dashboard, then the reorder recommendations should reflect the updated data immediately.

User Feedback Mechanism for Recommendations

Given that an Inventory Manager views a reorder recommendation, when they wish to provide feedback on its accuracy, then a feedback form should be easily accessible and functional on the dashboard.

Mobile Compatibility of Dashboard

Given that an Inventory Manager accesses the dashboard on a mobile device, when they view the reorder recommendations, then the layout should be responsive and fully functional, displaying all recommendations clearly.

Alert System for Low Stock Levels

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive alerts when stock levels are low so that I can reorder products promptly and prevent stockouts.
Description: This requirement focuses on creating an alert system that notifies Inventory Managers when stock levels fall below predetermined thresholds. These alerts will be based on the automated reorder recommendations and real-time sales data, allowing managers to act quickly to replenish stock before it runs out. This proactive alert approach fosters better inventory control and helps reduce lost sales opportunities due to stockouts, ultimately enhancing profitability.
Acceptance Criteria: Alert notifies Inventory Managers when stock levels drop below the defined threshold for any product in the system.

Given the stock level of a product is below the predefined threshold, When the system processes sales data, Then an alert is sent to the Inventory Manager via email and within the IntelliSupply dashboard.

Alert notifications must provide actionable insights and recommended reorder quantities based on automated reorder recommendations.

Given that an alert is triggered, When the Inventory Manager receives the notification, Then the alert must include the recommended reorder quantity and the optimal reorder timing based on current sales data.

Inventory Managers should have the option to configure their own threshold levels for different products.

Given that an Inventory Manager accesses the alert configuration settings, When they set or modify a threshold for a product, Then the new threshold must be saved and reflected in the system for future alert triggers.

Alerts must be real-time and update at a frequency that aligns with sales data updates.

Given the sales data is updated, When the stock level is recalculated, Then any necessary alerts for low stock should be triggered immediately without delay.

Alerts must be testable to ensure they trigger correctly during both normal operations and during sales spikes.

Given a simulated inventory scenario with varying sales rates, When testing is conducted on low stock trigger levels, Then alerts should be accurately reflected in the system for each test case, both under normal and spike conditions.

Alerts should have a clear user interface for Inventory Managers to track and manage low stock situations.

Given that an alert is triggered, When an Inventory Manager views the alert, Then the alert must display the product name, current stock level, threshold level, and recommended reorder quantity, all in a user-friendly format.

System should log all alert notifications for future reference and auditing.

Given an alert is triggered, When the alert is sent, Then the details of the alert must be logged in the system with a timestamp and the user it was sent to.

Historical Data Analysis for Trend Prediction

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to analyze historical data to predict future trends so that I can make informed decisions on inventory and avoid unnecessary stock.
Description: This requirement entails implementing a feature that analyzes historical sales and ordering data to identify trends over time. The insights gained from this analysis will inform future reorder recommendations, allowing for more precise stock management based on seasonal trends, promotional events, and other factors. This predictive capability will not only improve inventory handling but also empower Inventory Managers to make strategic decisions regarding stock levels based on anticipated demand fluctuations.
Acceptance Criteria: As an Inventory Manager, I receive automated reorder recommendations generated from the historical sales data analysis, which indicates optimal reorder quantities for a specific product category based on previous sales trends during the last holiday season.

Given historical sales data from the last holiday season, when I analyze reorder recommendations, then I should see suggested reorder quantities that are at least 10% lower than the maximum peak sales recorded during that period.

As an Inventory Manager preparing for a new promotional event, I want to see reorder recommendations that adjust dynamically based on projected sales increases derived from past event performances.

Given the historical data from similar promotional events, when I request reorder recommendations, then the system must predict and suggest quantities that reflect a minimum 15% increase compared to regular sales data for that period.

As an Inventory Manager, I want the automated reorder recommendations to be integrated into our existing ordering system so that I can place orders directly without needing to manually interpret the data.

Given the automated reorder recommendations, when an inventory level falls below the suggested threshold, then the ordering system should generate a purchase order based on the recommended quantities without manual intervention.

As an Inventory Manager, I need to ensure that reorder recommendations account for lead times from suppliers to avoid stockouts during high-demand periods.

Given the lead times from suppliers and the historical sales data, when I evaluate reorder recommendations, then I must see that the suggested reorder quantities align with the lead time plus anticipated sales during that period, without resulting in stockouts.

As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive notifications for reorder recommendations via email with clear insights on how they were computed based on historical analysis.

Given the availability of automated reorder recommendations, when a new recommendation is generated, then I should receive an email containing the recommended quantities, the data analysis used, and the expected sales impact during the upcoming period.

As an Inventory Manager, I want the ability to customize historical data ranges used by the predictive analysis based on my knowledge of market trends or seasonal fluctuations.

Given the customization feature, when I select a specific historical range for analysis, then I must see reorder recommendations adjust accordingly, reflecting only the selected data range and its insights.

As an Inventory Manager monitoring our stock levels, I would like to generate reports that summarize the impact of historical data analysis on current reorder recommendations over time.

Given the reporting feature, when I generate reports on reorder recommendations, then I should see a summary that tracks how historical data has influenced our current stock levels and highlights discrepancies or improvements over time.

Integration with Supplier Systems

Integration with Supplier Systems allows Smart Inventory Alerts to communicate directly with suppliers regarding forecasted inventory needs. This feature enhances collaboration by automating reorder requests and improving supplier response times, ensuring timely replenishment of stock based on real-time analytics.

Requirements

Automated Reorder Management

User Story: As an inventory manager, I want automated reorder requests to be sent to suppliers so that I can maintain optimal stock levels without manual intervention and reduce the risk of stockouts.
Description: The Automated Reorder Management requirement enables the IntelliSupply platform to automatically generate and send reorder requests to suppliers based on real-time inventory levels and sales forecasts. This automation reduces manual oversight and the risk of stockouts, improving replenishment timing and overall supply chain efficiency. By leveraging real-time analytics, this feature ensures that SMEs can maintain optimal inventory levels without excess or insufficient stock, ultimately driving cost savings and enhancing operational productivity.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Reorder Generation for Low Stock Levels

Given the inventory level falls below the predefined threshold, when the system evaluates current stock, then an automated reorder request should be generated and sent to the supplier immediately.

Supplier Confirmation of Reorder Request

Given a reorder request has been sent to the supplier, when the supplier receives the request, then the supplier must acknowledge the receipt of the request within 24 hours to ensure responsiveness.

Adjustment of Reorder Quantity Based on Sales Forecast

Given that sales forecasts predict a higher demand, when the inventory management system calculates the reorder quantity, then it should adjust the reorder quantity to reflect the expected increase in sales accurately.

Real-Time Inventory Level Monitoring

Given the automated reorder management system is functioning, when there are fluctuations in inventory levels, then the system should provide real-time updates and alerts to notify necessary stakeholders.

Logging of Reorder Requests for Reporting

Given that reorder requests are generated automatically, when the system processes a reorder, then it should log all details of the request including time, quantity, and supplier for future reporting and analysis.

Testing Reorder Process with Dummy Data

Given the requirement for automated reorder management is implemented, when dummy data is utilized, then the system should successfully generate, send, and log reorder requests without errors in a controlled test environment.

Notification System for Reorder Success or Failure

Given a reorder request has been processed, when the supplier either confirms or fails to confirm the reorder, then a notification should be sent to the inventory manager to take appropriate action.

Supplier Response Tracking

User Story: As a purchasing agent, I want to track supplier responses to our reorder requests so that I can assess their reliability and improve our supplier relationships based on performance.
Description: The Supplier Response Tracking requirement allows the IntelliSupply platform to log and monitor supplier responses to reorder requests automatically. This functionality not only enhances communication and accountability between the business and its suppliers but also provides insights into supplier performance over time. By analyzing response times and fulfillment rates, businesses can make informed decisions about supplier partnerships and adapt their procurement strategies as needed, ultimately leading to improved supply chain resilience.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Response Tracking for Automated Reorder Requests

Given a reorder request is automatically sent to a supplier, when the supplier responds, then the response must be logged in the IntelliSupply platform with a timestamp and supplier identification.

Performance Analytics for Supplier Responses

Given the Supplier Response Tracking functionality, when responses from suppliers are collected over a month, then analytics must be generated that show average response times and fulfillment rates of each supplier.

User Notification for Supplier Responses

Given a supplier responds to an order request, when the response is logged, then the user must receive a notification updating them on the supplier's response status.

User Interface for Viewing Supplier Response History

Given that supplier responses are logged, when a user navigates to the Supplier Response Tracking section of IntelliSupply, then the user must see a comprehensive history of all logged responses, including metrics for each supplier.

Integration with Existing Supplier Systems

Given the supplier system integration, when a reorder request is fulfilled by the supplier, then the fulfillment status must automatically update in the IntelliSupply dashboard without manual intervention.

Customization of Alert Settings for Supplier Responses

Given the Supplier Response Tracking will notify users, when users configure their alert settings, then the settings must allow them to customize notification thresholds based on supplier response times.

Supplier Performance Review Reports

Given data logged from supplier responses, when a review period concludes, then a report must be generated that assesses supplier performance against predefined KPIs such as response time and order accuracy.

Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a business owner, I want to view real-time inventory analytics on a dashboard so that I can quickly make informed decisions about stock levels and purchasing needs based on current data.
Description: The Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard requirement establishes a visual interface that displays live inventory data, including stock levels, turnover rates, and forecast predictions. This dashboard serves as a central hub for inventory management, providing SMEs with immediate access to critical data that informs decision-making. By integrating machine learning forecasts with intuitive graphical representations, users can quickly identify trends and make data-driven adjustments to their inventory strategies, improving efficiency and responsiveness in the supply chain.
Acceptance Criteria: Display Real-Time Inventory Data on Dashboard

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should display live inventory data for all stock items, including the current stock levels, turnover rates, and forecast predictions for the next 30 days.

User Interaction with Dashboard Filters

Given the user is viewing the Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard, when they apply filters to view specific product categories or time ranges, then the dashboard should refresh and only display the relevant data corresponding to the selected filters within 2 seconds.

Trend Prediction Accuracy

Given the user accesses the Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard, when they view the machine learning forecast predictions, then the predictions should have at least 85% accuracy based on historical data compared to actual stock levels for the past quarter.

Alerts for Low Stock Levels

Given the user is monitoring the Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard, when stock levels of any item fall below the predefined reorder threshold, then the system should automatically generate an alert to notify the user and provide automated reorder suggestions.

Integration with Supplier Feedback

Given the user has submitted automated reorder requests through the dashboard, when suppliers respond with delivery timelines or confirmations, then the response should be displayed on the dashboard in real-time along with the updated stock levels.

Usability for Non-Technical Users

Given a non-technical user accesses the Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard, when they explore the dashboard features, then they should be able to understand and navigate the interface effectively without requiring technical assistance, achieving a satisfaction rating of at least 85% in user surveys.

Data Refresh Rate

Given the user is on the Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard, when inventory data changes in the system due to sales or stock adjustments, then the dashboard should refresh the displayed data automatically every 5 minutes to reflect the latest information.

Supplier Integration API

User Story: As a technical lead, I want to integrate IntelliSupply with our suppliers' systems via an API so that data can be exchanged effortlessly, improving our supply chain visibility and coordination.
Description: The Supplier Integration API requirement facilitates seamless communication between IntelliSupply and various supplier systems, enabling data exchange regarding inventory needs, order statuses, and shipment tracking. This integration is essential for enabling automated workflows and ensuring that both suppliers and SMEs remain updated on inventory status and supply chain activities. By providing a flexible and secure API, this requirement empowers SMEs to connect with multiple suppliers, enhancing collaboration and operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Reorder Requests to Suppliers when Inventory Levels Reach Thresholds

Given that the supplier integration API is configured with defined inventory thresholds, When the inventory level of a specific product falls below the threshold, Then an automated reorder request is sent to the corresponding supplier with the required quantity and product information.

Real-Time Updates from Supplier Systems

Given that there are active orders placed with suppliers, When an order status changes in the supplier system, Then the IntelliSupply platform updates the order status in real-time for users to view on their dashboard.

Shipment Tracking Updates from Suppliers

Given that a shipment has been dispatched by a supplier, When the supplier system provides tracking information, Then the IntelliSupply platform displays the latest tracking status on the inventory dashboard to all relevant users.

Error Handling in API Communication

Given that there is an error in communication between IntelliSupply and a supplier system, When an error occurs during data exchange, Then the system logs the error and sends a notification to the relevant users regarding the issue.

User-Friendly Error Notifications for Non-Technical Users

Given that an error occurs within the supplier integration process, When an error is encountered, Then the system provides clear and concise error messages in user-friendly language to assist non-technical users in understanding the issue.

Integration with Multiple Supplier Systems

Given that multiple supplier systems are configured in IntelliSupply, When data requests are made to these suppliers, Then the system successfully fetches and displays inventory data from all configured supplier systems without failure.

Dynamic Adjustment of Reorder Thresholds

Given that inventory patterns change, When a user adjusts the reorder threshold in the IntelliSupply dashboard, Then the changes should reflect immediately in the supplier communication settings and function effectively for future orders.

Forecast Accuracy Reports

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want to review forecast accuracy reports so that I can refine our inventory predictions and improve our overall supply chain efficiency.
Description: The Forecast Accuracy Reports requirement involves generating detailed reports that assess the accuracy of supply chain forecasts over time. By comparing predicted inventory needs against actual sales and stock levels, this feature helps businesses identify patterns of accuracy and inaccuracy in their forecasting models. These insights enable SMEs to refine their forecasting approaches, enhancing inventory management strategies and reducing the likelihood of excess or insufficient stock levels in the future.
Acceptance Criteria: Forecast Accuracy Reports generation for monthly sales analysis.

Given the user inputs monthly sales data and inventory levels, When the report is generated, Then it should display the forecast accuracy percentage and variance for each product category over the last three months.

Comparison of predicted inventory needs vs actual sales.

Given a historical dataset of predicted inventory needs and actual sales, When the user analyzes the report, Then it should visualize discrepancies in a clear graphical format, highlighting areas of significant inaccuracy.

Reporting on forecast accuracy trends over time.

Given the user accesses the forecast accuracy report, When the report is viewed, Then it should show a trend line of forecast accuracy over the past six months with options to filter by product category.

Historical data retention for report accuracy analysis.

Given the data from previous forecasts and sales, When generating a report, Then the system should retain and allow users to access at least one year of historical accuracy data.

Notification system for forecasting anomalies.

Given the generated forecast accuracy report shows significant discrepancies, When the report is generated, Then the system should automatically send an alert to designated users for further investigation.

User access levels for viewing forecast accuracy reports.

Given different user roles in the system, When a user attempts to access the forecast accuracy report, Then the system should restrict access based on defined user permissions, ensuring confidentiality of data.

Exporting forecast accuracy reports to different formats.

Given the user generates a forecast accuracy report, When the user selects the export option, Then the report should be available for download in at least PDF and Excel formats.

Supplier Collaboration Portal

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want a collaboration portal with our suppliers so that we can communicate effectively and track order details in real-time, improving our partnership and order fulfillment processes.
Description: The Supplier Collaboration Portal requirement provides a dedicated online platform for SMEs and their suppliers to communicate, share documents, and track order progress in real-time. This portal enhances transparency and cooperation between parties, allowing for quicker issue resolution and fostering stronger partnerships. By centralizing communication and documentation, the requirement streamlines operations and improves the overall efficiency of the supply chain collaboration process.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Access to the Portal

Given a supplier has registered on the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they log in with valid credentials, then they should have access to view and manage their order details and documents.

Real-time Order Tracking

Given an order is placed, when the supplier updates the order status on the portal, then the updated status should reflect in real-time for the SME viewing the order progress.

Document Sharing Functionality

Given a vendor has uploaded a document to the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when the SME navigates to the shared documents section, then they should be able to view and download the uploaded document.

Automated Notification of Reorder Requests

Given a forecasted inventory need is identified, when an automated reorder request is generated, then both the SME and supplier should receive instant notifications via email.

Communication Log Access

Given ongoing communications between an SME and supplier, when either party accesses the communication log, then they should be able to view the complete history of messages and document exchanges.

Supplier Performance Metrics

Given an SME is evaluating supplier performance, when they navigate to the performance metrics section, then they should see up-to-date analytics on order timeliness and quality ratings.

User Feedback Mechanism

Given a user has used the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they submit feedback through the designated feedback form, then they should receive a confirmation that their feedback has been recorded.

Multi-Location Inventory Sync

Multi-Location Inventory Sync provides a holistic view of inventory across various locations, sending alerts based on stock levels at each site. This ensures that Inventory Managers can make informed decisions about reallocating stock and avoiding stockouts regardless of location, enhancing overall supply chain efficiency.

Requirements

Centralized Inventory Dashboard

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want a centralized dashboard that shows inventory levels across all locations so that I can quickly identify stock issues and make informed restocking decisions.
Description: The Centralized Inventory Dashboard requirement involves creating a unified interface that displays real-time inventory levels across all locations. This feature will allow Inventory Managers to quickly assess stock quantities, identify which locations are overstocked or understocked, and view trends over time. The dashboard will integrate seamlessly with existing systems, ensuring that the data displayed is accurate and up-to-date. It will enhance decision-making by providing a comprehensive view of inventory health, which is crucial for optimizing stock levels and reducing carrying costs.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time assessment of inventory levels by Inventory Managers during weekly stock review meetings.

Given the Inventory Manager accesses the Centralized Inventory Dashboard, when the dashboard displays locations with stock quantities, then the Manager should be able to view real-time inventory levels for each location accurately.

Identifying overstocked and understocked locations when preparing for a quarterly inventory audit.

Given the Inventory Manager reviews the Centralized Inventory Dashboard during the audit, when filtered by 'overstocked' or 'understocked', then the system must display a list of locations that meet these criteria with correct stock quantities.

Generating historical trend reports for inventory levels as part of the monthly management review.

Given the Inventory Manager selects the trend analysis feature, when they choose the time frame for historical data, then the system should generate a comprehensive report displaying trends in inventory levels per location over the selected period.

Receiving alerts for low stock levels while monitoring inventory in real-time.

Given the Inventory Manager configures low stock alert thresholds, when inventory levels drop below these thresholds at any location, then the system should automatically send notifications to the Inventory Manager.

Ensuring data accuracy by integrating with existing inventory management systems during daily operations.

Given the Centralized Inventory Dashboard syncs with existing systems in real-time, when data is updated in either platform, then the inventory levels displayed on the dashboard must reflect these changes without discrepancies.

Automated Low Stock Alerts

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive automated alerts when stock levels are low so that I can take action before I run out of essential items.
Description: The Automated Low Stock Alerts requirement focuses on developing a notification system that automatically alerts Inventory Managers when stock levels fall below predefined thresholds at any location. This functionality will reduce the risk of stockouts by providing proactive notifications, allowing for timely reordering or redistribution of inventory. The alerts will be customizable based on various factors such as product type, sales velocity, and seasonal trends, ensuring that managers can respond effectively to changing inventory needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Low Stock Alerts Triggered for Multiple Locations

Given that an inventory level at any location falls below the predefined threshold, When the system detects the low stock level, Then a notification is sent immediately to the Inventory Manager's dashboard, and an email alert is generated.

Customization of Low Stock Alert Thresholds

Given that an Inventory Manager wants to customize alert thresholds for specific products, When the Manager sets the thresholds through the system interface, Then the system should save these settings and apply them to future inventory assessments.

Real-Time Alert Updates Across Multiple Platforms

Given that an Inventory Manager has the IntelliSupply app on their mobile device, When a low stock alert is triggered, Then the alert should be visible on both the web interface and the mobile app within 2 minutes of its triggering.

Performance Impact Assessment of Alerts on System

Given that the system operates in normal conditions, When 100 low stock alerts are triggered simultaneously, Then the system should maintain performance without delays in alert notifications or dashboard updates, ensuring response times remain under 5 seconds.

Analysis of Alert Effectiveness Over Time

Given that low stock alerts are being triggered over a specific period, When the Inventory Manager reviews alert activity in the system reporting feature, Then the report should show alert frequencies, response times and any resulting stock replenishment actions taken within the same timeframe.

Integration with Existing Inventory Management Systems

Given that an SME uses a third-party inventory management system, When the low stock alert feature is enabled, Then the system should seamlessly synchronize data and trigger alerts without the need for manual data entry or adjustments.

User Role-Based Access to Alert Settings

Given that multiple users access the IntelliSupply platform, When an Inventory Manager sets up low stock alerts, Then only designated users should have permission to modify alert settings while other roles maintain view-only access to the alert notifications.

Cross-Location Stock Transfer Request

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to initiate stock transfer requests between locations so that I can efficiently balance inventory levels and address stock shortages.
Description: The Cross-Location Stock Transfer Request requirement enables Inventory Managers to initiate and manage requests for transferring stock between different locations. This feature will streamline the process of reallocating inventory, particularly when one location is overstocked while another is facing a shortage. The functionality will include tracking the status of transfer requests, providing visibility into when stock is expected to arrive at the target location, and automatically adjusting inventory levels once the transfer is completed.
Acceptance Criteria: Inventory Manager initiates a stock transfer request from Location A to Location B when the stock levels at Location A exceed the defined threshold, and Location B is below the minimum stock level.

Given the Inventory Manager is logged in, when they select Location A with sufficient stock and choose to transfer to Location B with low stock, then the system should create a transfer request and notify both locations.

The Inventory Manager tracks the status of their transfer request between locations after submission.

Given the transfer request has been submitted, when the Inventory Manager checks the status, then they should receive real-time updates on the request's progress until completion.

A stock transfer request is created and submitted to the system.

Given the Inventory Manager has selected items and entered transfer quantities, when they submit the transfer request, then the system should save the request and provide a unique identification number for tracking.

Track the estimated delivery date and status updates for stock transfer requests between locations.

Given an active transfer request, when the Inventory Manager views the request details, then the system should display the estimated delivery date and current status of the transfer.

The system automatically adjusts inventory levels at both locations upon completion of the stock transfer.

Given the stock transfer is completed, when the Inventory Manager reviews inventory levels, then the stock levels at Location A should decrease, and Location B should increase accordingly.

Notify the Inventory Manager when the stock transfer request is completed and inventory levels are adjusted.

Given the stock transfer has been confirmed completed, when the request is closed in the system, then the Inventory Manager should receive a notification indicating the successful transfer and updated inventory counts.

Inventory Trend Analytics

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to access analytics that predict inventory trends so that I can proactively manage stock levels and avoid excessive stockouts or overstocking.
Description: The Inventory Trend Analytics requirement aims to incorporate machine learning algorithms that analyze historical inventory data to identify trends and predict future inventory needs. This feature will provide insights such as seasonal demand fluctuations, fast and slow-moving products, and optimal stock levels. By integrating this analytical capability, the platform will empower Inventory Managers to make data-driven decisions regarding purchasing and stock positioning, consequently improving overall inventory efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Inventory Managers need to analyze historical data to forecast upcoming stock requirements for the next quarter ahead of the busy holiday season.

Given historical inventory data, when an Inventory Manager selects the 'Forecast' option in the Analytics dashboard, then the system should display predicted stock levels for each product by month for the next quarter.

Inventory Managers want to identify which items have experienced sales spikes during seasonal events and adjust inventory accordingly.

Given seasonal sales data, when an Inventory Manager runs the seasonal analysis report, then the report should highlight items that have increased sales by more than 30% compared to the previous quarter.

The Inventory Manager needs to view fast and slow-moving products to make informed ordering decisions.

Given the inventory trend analytics dashboard is loaded, when the Inventory Manager applies the 'Moving Average' filter, then the dashboard should display products categorized as 'Fast-Moving' and 'Slow-Moving' based on their sales velocity over the last 6 months.

An Inventory Manager is reviewing potential stock out risks based on predictive analysis from past data before placing new orders.

Given historical sales and inventory data are processed, when the predictive analysis report is generated, then it should indicate stock out risks for items predicted to deplete within the next 2 weeks.

Inventory Managers need insights on optimal stock levels to reduce excess inventory while meeting customer demand.

Given the predictive analysis for each product, when the Inventory Manager accesses the ‘Optimal Stock Level’ report, then the report should provide suggested stock levels that consider projected sales and lead times for each product.

Inventory Managers want to modify their purchasing strategy based on detailed insights from trend analysis.

Given the trend analysis results, when an Inventory Manager integrates these insights into the purchasing module, then the system should recommend adjustments to ordering amounts and timings based on the predicted demand trends.

An Inventory Manager needs to track performance metrics from the trend analytics over time to evaluate its accuracy.

Given the inventory trend analytics has been in use for 6 months, when the Inventory Manager reviews performance metrics, then the system should provide a report comparing actual stock levels with predicted levels to assess the accuracy of the analytics.

User Role Management for Inventory Access

User Story: As a system administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions for inventory access so that sensitive information is protected, and only authorized users can make changes to inventory levels.
Description: The User Role Management for Inventory Access requirement involves establishing a system for defining and managing user roles and permissions related to inventory management. This function will ensure that only authorized personnel can access sensitive inventory information and perform specific actions within the Multi-Location Inventory Sync feature. The goal is to enhance security and control over inventory data while also allowing for tailored access based on job responsibilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Assignment and Access Control for Inventory Management

Given a User Role Management interface, When an admin assigns a role to a user with specific inventory permissions, Then the user should only have access to the designated inventory functions as per their assigned role.

Inventory Data Access Based on User Roles

Given a user with a non-privileged role, When they attempt to access restricted inventory data, Then the system should deny access and display an appropriate error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Modification of User Permissions

Given an existing user with assigned permissions, When an admin modifies that user's permissions in the User Role Management interface, Then the updated permissions should reflect immediately and restrict or allow actions based on the new settings.

Audit Trail for User Role Changes

Given a change has been made to user roles or permissions, When an admin views the audit log, Then the log should accurately reflect all changes made, including the user, the previous role, the new role, and the timestamp of the change.

Bulk Role Assignment for Inventory Users

Given the User Role Management interface, When an admin opts to assign roles to multiple users at once, Then each selected user should receive the correct role permissions as defined without errors being produced.

Role Feedback during Unauthorized Access Attempts

Given a user is attempting to perform an action they are unauthorized for, When the system processes this action, Then the user should receive clear feedback on their role restrictions and how to contact an administrator if needed.

Mobile Inventory Management Support

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to access inventory management tools on my mobile device so that I can manage stock levels and respond to alerts wherever I am.
Description: The Mobile Inventory Management Support requirement intends to develop a mobile-friendly version of the inventory management tools, allowing Inventory Managers to access inventory data and make decisions from their mobile devices. This will enhance accessibility, enabling users to manage inventory on-the-go, receive alerts, and respond to stock levels outside of traditional office environments. The mobile interface will maintain full functionality while being optimized for smaller screens.
Acceptance Criteria: Inventory Manager receives a low stock alert on their mobile device while on a business trip.

Given the Inventory Manager has the mobile app installed and is logged in, when the stock of any item goes below the predefined threshold, then an immediate push notification should be sent to the user's mobile device.

Inventory Manager can view real-time inventory across multiple locations on the mobile interface.

Given the Inventory Manager is on the mobile app, when they select the 'Inventory Overview' option, then a list of all locations with current stock levels should be displayed in a user-friendly format.

Inventory Manager reallocates stock between locations using the mobile app.

Given the Inventory Manager is on the mobile app and has access to the 'Reallocate Stock' feature, when they select a product and specify the source and destination locations, then the stock levels should update in real-time across all involved locations.

Inventory Manager searches for a specific product on the mobile app.

Given the Inventory Manager is on the mobile app, when they input a product name or SKU into the search bar, then the app should return relevant product information including current stock levels and location availability.

Inventory Manager receives a confirmation of stock allocation via their mobile device.

Given a stock reallocation has been performed, when the change is processed, then the Inventory Manager should receive a confirmation notification detailing the product, quantity, and locations involved in the allocation.

Inventory Manager accesses a report on inventory turnover through the mobile app.

Given the Inventory Manager is logged into the mobile app, when they navigate to the 'Reports' section, then they should be able to generate and view a report on inventory turnover for any selected time period.

User interface is optimized for mobile usability.

Given the Inventory Manager is using the mobile app, when they interact with any feature, then the interface should remain responsive, easy to navigate, and visually clear on a small screen.

Mobile Alert Notifications

Mobile Alert Notifications empower Inventory Managers and Supply Chain Analysts to receive alerts on their mobile devices, ensuring they stay informed even while on the go. This feature improves responsiveness to inventory issues, allowing teams to take immediate action regardless of their location.

Requirements

Real-time Alert System Integration

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive real-time mobile alerts so that I can respond instantly to inventory issues even when I'm away from my desk.
Description: This requirement entails the integration of a real-time alert system that notifies Inventory Managers and Supply Chain Analysts directly on their mobile devices. The alerts will cover critical inventory issues, such as low stock levels, stockouts, or potential disruptions along the supply chain. This feature plays a crucial role in enhancing the responsiveness of teams working in dynamic environments, ensuring that decision-makers can act promptly from any location. The integration will utilize push notifications and will be compatible with both iOS and Android platforms, offering a seamless user experience that aligns with the overall intuitive design of the IntelliSupply platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Notification for Low Stock Levels

Given an inventory level that falls below the defined threshold, when the system detects low stock, then an immediate push notification should be sent to the Inventory Manager's mobile device within 1 minute of detection.

Stockout Alerts

Given a stockout occurrence, when the system identifies that an item is out of stock, then a push notification should be sent to both the Inventory Manager and Supply Chain Analyst's mobile devices within 30 seconds of detection.

Disruption Alerts in Supply Chain

Given that a disruption is detected in the supply chain process, when the alert is triggered, then a push notification should be sent to the relevant users with details of the disruption within 1 minute.

Compatibility Testing on Mobile Devices

Given that the application is installed on both iOS and Android devices, when a mobile alert notification is triggered, then the notification must display correctly and be actionable on both types of devices without errors.

User-Friendly Notification Interface

Given that a notification is received on mobile devices, when users open the notification, then they should be directed to a relevant page in IntelliSupply that provides additional context and options for action.

Multi-Language Notification Support

Given that the user has set their mobile device to a specific language, when the alert notification is sent, then the message should be displayed in the user's selected language without any loss of meaning.

Customizable Alert Settings

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to customize my alert settings so that I receive notifications only for the most critical inventory issues at times that are convenient for me.
Description: This requirement focuses on providing customizable settings for users to tailor their alert notifications according to their specific needs. Users will be able to select which inventory conditions trigger alerts, the frequency of notifications, and set quiet hours to manage when notifications are sent. This flexibility ensures that Inventory Managers and Supply Chain Analysts can receive the most relevant information without being overwhelmed by constant alerts. Implementing this feature will enhance user satisfaction by providing a personalized experience that caters to varying user preferences and operational requirements.
Acceptance Criteria: User customization of alert types and conditions for inventory notifications.

Given an Inventory Manager is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, When they access the alert settings, Then they should be able to select from a list of predefined inventory conditions that can trigger an alert, such as low stock, overstock, or stock depletion.

User customization of notification frequency for alerts.

Given an Inventory Manager has selected the inventory conditions for alerts, When they choose to customize notification frequency, Then they should be presented with options for receiving alerts immediately, hourly, daily, or weekly.

User configuration of quiet hours to manage notification times.

Given an Inventory Manager is setting their alert preferences, When they access the option for setting quiet hours, Then they should be able to specify a time range during which alerts will not be sent, ensuring no interruptions during those hours.

User testing of alert notifications based on set conditions and preferences.

Given an Inventory Manager has configured their alert settings with specific conditions and notification frequency, When those conditions are met, Then the user should receive an alert on their mobile device according to the specified frequency and without interruption during the quiet hours.

User ability to modify or remove alert settings at any time.

Given an Inventory Manager has set up customizable alert preferences, When they navigate to the alert settings, Then they should be able to easily modify or remove any of the alert conditions, frequencies, or quiet hours previously set.

User evaluation of alert satisfaction and usefulness post-implementation.

Given that customizable alert settings have been implemented, When Inventory Managers assess the frequency and relevance of alerts after one month of usage, Then at least 80% should report satisfaction with the alert customization feature in terms of its utility and timeliness.

Historical Alert Analytics

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to analyze historical alert data so that I can identify recurring issues and improve our inventory management practices over time.
Description: This requirement includes developing a historical alert analytics feature that allows users to view and analyze past notifications received through the mobile alert system. This feature will provide insights into trends over time, such as frequent stockouts or recurring supply chain disruptions, thereby facilitating proactive inventory management strategies. By integrating data visualization tools, users will be able to generate reports that highlight patterns and inform future decision-making processes. Ultimately, this will enable businesses to address issues before they escalate into larger problems, contributing to overall operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Inventory Manager views historical alert notifications to analyze stockouts over the last three months.

Given the Inventory Manager accesses the historical alert analytics section, when they filter notifications by 'stockout', then they should see a list of all stockout alerts received in the last three months, displayed with timestamps and item details.

Supply Chain Analyst generates a report on recurring supply chain disruptions from historical alerts.

Given the Supply Chain Analyst is in the historical alert analytics interface, when they select 'disruption' from the alert type and specify a date range, then a report should be generated showing the frequency and types of disruptions encountered within that range.

User exports historical alert data to a CSV file for external analysis.

Given a user selects the export function for historical alert notifications, when they confirm the export, then a CSV file containing all selected alerts should be downloaded to their device with the correct data fields: alert type, date, item, and details.

Admin reviews the data visualization of historical alerts to identify trends over time.

Given the Admin navigates to the historical alert analytics dashboard, when they select a time frame and view the data visualization, then the dashboard should display trends and patterns in alerts, allowing insights to be easily interpreted through graphical representation.

Inventory Manager sets up a notification preference for alerts related to high inventory turnover items.

Given the Inventory Manager goes to notification settings, when they enable alerts for high turnover items, then they should receive alerts on their mobile device whenever an inventory level crosses a predefined threshold for the selected items.

User compares historical alert trends to current inventory management strategies.

Given the user accesses the historical alert analytics feature, when they view data alongside current inventory performance metrics, then the system should provide insights and recommendations based on historical data trends versus current strategies.

Multi-User Alert Management

User Story: As a team lead, I want to enable multiple users to receive alerts so that our team can collectively address inventory issues in a timely manner.
Description: This requirement involves enabling multi-user access to the mobile alert notifications feature, allowing multiple team members to receive and manage alerts for the same inventory system. The feature will facilitate collaboration among teams by allowing users to assign responsibilities for addressing specific alerts and share insights on inventory conditions in real-time. By providing a clear overview of alert assignments and status updates, this implementation will enhance teamwork and ensure that critical inventory issues are handled efficiently, thus minimizing potential disruptions in the supply chain.
Acceptance Criteria: Multi-User Access to Mobile Alert Notifications

Given multiple users are set up in the system, when an alert is generated, then all designated users should receive a mobile notification immediately.

Assigning Responsibilities for Alerts

Given an alert is received, when a user selects an alert, then they should be able to assign the alert to another user and add comments regarding the issue.

Viewing Assigned Alerts by Users

Given a user accesses the mobile application, when they navigate to the assigned alerts section, then they should see all alerts assigned to them with their statuses updated in real-time.

User Notification Preferences for Alerts

Given users can manage their notification preferences, when a user modifies their alert settings, then only alerts that match their preferences are sent to their mobile device.

Collaborative Commenting on Alerts

Given an alert is visible to multiple users, when a user adds a comment to the alert, then all users assigned to that alert should receive a notification of the new comment.

Alert History and Audit Trail

Given an alert has been addressed, when users view the alert history, then they should see a complete log of actions taken, including assignments and comments from all users.

Performance Benchmarking of Mobile Notifications

Given the mobile alert notification feature is active, when alerts are triggered, then notifications should be sent within 5 seconds of the alert being generated for all users.

User-Friendly Alert Interface

User Story: As a non-technical user, I want to have a simple and intuitive alert management interface so that I can easily understand and respond to inventory notifications without confusion.
Description: This requirement outlines the creation of a user-friendly interface for managing alert notifications within the mobile app. The interface will allow users to easily view received alerts, respond to them, and access relevant inventory data with minimal navigation effort. Emphasizing usability, the design will be intuitive to ensure that even non-technical users can effectively manage alert settings and understand alert contents. This requirement is critical for ensuring that users can maximize the value of the mobile alert notifications feature, thus improving overall operational efficiency and user engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User views received alerts on their mobile device after being notified of a low inventory situation.

Given that the user has installed the mobile app and enabled notifications, when they receive an alert for low inventory, then they should be able to view the alert on their mobile device within 5 minutes of the notification being sent.

User responds to an inventory alert directly from the mobile interface.

Given that the user is viewing a low inventory alert, when they click on the alert, then they should be presented with options to either acknowledge the alert or view detailed inventory data relevant to the alert, all within 2 clicks.

User accesses past alerts without complicated navigation.

Given that the user navigates to the alerts section of the mobile app, when they open the alerts history, then they should be able to see past alerts listed with timestamps and easily navigate back to the most recent alerts without more than 3 taps.

User customizes alert settings through the app's user-friendly interface.

Given that the user is in the alert settings section of the app, when they choose to customize alert settings, then they should be able to toggle alert preferences (e.g., frequency, type of alert) and save changes in no more than 3 interactions.

User understands alert contents and context with ease.

Given that the user receives an alert, when they view the alert details within the app, then the information presented should be clearly laid out, using natural language and visual aids, allowing a non-technical user to understand the action required within 10 seconds of viewing.

User does not receive duplicate alerts for the same issue.

Given that the user has received an alert for a specific inventory issue, when the system detects the same issue again, then the user should not receive a duplicate alert for the same issue within a 24-hour period.

User finds help or support options related to alerts within the app.

Given that the user is viewing the alert interface, when they look for help or support regarding alert management, then they should be able to find a help section or FAQ within 3 taps offering relevant information about alert functionality and troubleshooting.

Integration with Existing Inventory Systems

User Story: As a system integrator, I want to ensure that the mobile alert feature accurately reflects data from our inventory systems so that users receive trustworthy notifications about inventory issues.
Description: This requirement focuses on the seamless integration of the mobile alert notifications feature with existing inventory management systems. The integration will ensure that alerts are generated based on real-time data from these systems, allowing for accurate and timely notifications. This is essential to the functionality of the mobile alerts, as it will empower users with reliable information for decision-making. Achieving this integration will require collaboration with developers from the inventory systems to facilitate data exchange and ensure that the mobile alerts reflect the latest operational statuses.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Mobile Alert Notifications with Existing Inventory Management System for Real-time Data Reporting.

Given the Mobile Alert Notifications feature is triggered by an inventory event, when the event occurs in the existing inventory system, then an alert should be successfully sent to the Inventory Manager's mobile device within 2 minutes.

Verification of Data Accuracy in Mobile Alert Notifications Linked to Inventory Levels.

Given the existing inventory management system updates stock levels, when the stock falls below the predefined threshold, then the alert should reflect the correct item and quantity that triggered the notification.

Functionality of Mobile Alert Notifications Across Multiple Mobile Platforms.

Given that the Inventory Manager uses different mobile devices, when alerts are generated, then they should be successfully received on both iOS and Android devices without delays or discrepancies.

User Preference Settings for Alert Customization in Mobile Notifications.

Given the Mobile Alert Notifications feature allows customization, when the Inventory Manager sets preferences for specific alerts (e.g., low stock, shipment delays), then only the selected notifications should be received on their mobile device.

Testing the Reliability of Mobile Alert Notifications During Network Interruptions.

Given a disruption in mobile service or internet connectivity, when an inventory event occurs, then the system should queue the alert and successfully send it once the connection is restored.

Analytics and Reporting of Mobile Alert Notifications Performance Metrics.

Given the system has been in use for one month, when reviewing the mobile alert performance report, then there should be an analysis showing the number of alerts sent, missed notifications, and response times for at least 90% of events.

User Access Control for Mobile Alert Notifications.

Given the User Management settings in the system, when a new Inventory Manager is added, then they should automatically receive mobile alerts based on their role-specific permissions configured in the system.

Reporting and Analytics Insights

Reporting and Analytics Insights offers detailed reports on alert history, actions taken, and outcomes related to inventory management. This feature helps users evaluate the effectiveness of their inventory strategies, understand trends over time, and make data-driven decisions for future inventory planning.

Requirements

Dynamic Report Generation

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to automatically generate customized inventory reports so that I can gain insights tailored to my specific business needs and improve my inventory management strategies by reviewing past performance and trends.
Description: The Dynamic Report Generation requirement enables users to automatically generate customized reports based on various inventory metrics such as stock levels, turnover rates, and alert histories. This feature enhances operational efficiency by providing users with the ability to tailor reports to meet specific business needs and timelines, thus supporting informed decision-making processes. Integration with existing dashboards allows for seamless access to generated reports, facilitating quick evaluation of inventory strategies and historical performance. Furthermore, this functionality is crucial in helping users track trends and make data-driven adjustments to their inventory management practices, which can lead to cost savings and enhanced supply chain performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User needs to generate a custom report to analyze stock levels monthly for inventory planning.

Given the user has access to the reporting dashboard, when they select the 'Generate Report' option with 'Stock Levels' as the parameter for the last month, then a report should be generated displaying stock levels by product category with graphs and tables for easy interpretation.

User wants to review alert history to gauge inventory management effectiveness over the last quarter.

Given the user is on the alert history section of the reporting dashboard, when they set the date range to the last quarter and click 'Generate Report', then the system should produce a report summarizing all alerts with actions taken and outcomes displayed chronologically.

User aims to evaluate the impact of recent changes in inventory strategy based on turnover rates.

Given the user navigates to the dynamic report section for turnover rates, when they input the desired product categories and date range for the last three months, then a detailed report should be generated showing turnover rates with comparative analysis including charts and trend lines.

User needs to automate monthly report generation for stock turnover rates for management review.

Given the user has configured the system settings for automated reporting, when the scheduled time for report generation arrives, then the system should automatically generate and email the report on stock turnover rates to the specified management email addresses without user intervention.

User wants to filter reports by specific inventory metrics to analyze trends across different time periods.

Given the user is on the reporting dashboard, when they apply filters for stock levels, turnover rates, and alert histories to the report generation form, then the output report should reflect the filtered data accurately and allow for quick adjustments to the parameters for further analysis.

User intends to analyze long-term inventory performance for strategic decision-making for the upcoming quarter.

Given the user selects the long-term performance analysis option, when they specify the date range of the last year and select relevant metrics, then a comprehensive report should be generated indicating long-term trends with summary statistics and visual representations for better understanding.

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a warehouse manager, I want to view a real-time analytics dashboard so that I can monitor inventory levels instantly and respond to supply chain disruptions quickly, ensuring we maintain optimal stock levels.
Description: The Real-Time Analytics Dashboard requirement provides users with a visually intuitive interface displaying live data on inventory levels, order statuses, and supply chain disruptions. This feature allows for immediate access to critical information, enhancing the users' ability to monitor inventory health and respond promptly to issues as they arise. By leveraging advanced machine learning algorithms, the dashboard offers predictive insights and trends, empowering businesses to make proactive inventory decisions. Ultimately, this requirement facilitates a more agile supply chain management process, reducing delays and enhancing operational efficiency for SMEs.
Acceptance Criteria: Dashboard displays real-time inventory levels when accessed by the user during peak ordering periods.

Given the user accesses the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard during peak hours, when they view the dashboard, then the displayed inventory levels must update every five seconds to reflect current stock.

User analyzes historical alert data through the dashboard to make inventory decisions for upcoming seasons.

Given the user selects the historical alert data filter within the dashboard, when they choose a specific date range and category, then the dashboard must display all relevant alerts, actions taken, and outcomes in a detailed report format with export options.

User receives a notification via the dashboard regarding potential stock outages based on predictive analytics.

Given the machine learning model identifies a high probability of stock depletion, when the alert is generated within the dashboard, then the user must receive a real-time notification within three seconds, detailing the affected item and recommended action.

User customizes the dashboard layout to highlight specific metrics important to their business.

Given the user accesses the dashboard settings, when they select and prioritize certain widgets for display, then the dashboard layout must update immediately to reflect these preferences without requiring a page refresh.

User reviews the dashboard for supply chain disruption alerts before making purchase orders.

Given the user is on the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, when they check for supply chain disruption alerts, then the system must highlight any disruptions in red with detailed information on origin and potential impact within the last 30 minutes.

Dashboard predicts trends based on historical inventory data to assist in planning.

Given the user accesses the trend analysis feature, when they input parameters such as product category and timeframe, then the dashboard must display trend predictions with a minimum of 80% accuracy based on past data.

Alert Notification System

User Story: As an inventory controller, I want to receive notifications for low stock levels and supply chain disruptions so that I can take immediate actions to address these issues and ensure our operations remain uninterrupted.
Description: The Alert Notification System requirement ensures users receive timely notifications related to inventory thresholds, supply chain disruptions, and critical actions taken within the platform. This feature is pivotal for keeping users informed, allowing for immediate action on potential issues and preventing inventory-related losses. By providing alerts via multiple channels such as email and in-app notifications, this system enhances user responsiveness and situational awareness. Implementing this requirement will lead to improved inventory control and a stronger capacity to manage unexpected challenges in the supply chain.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert notification when inventory levels fall below predefined thresholds during a routine inventory check.

Given that the inventory level for a specific product falls below the predefined threshold, When the alert notification system triggers an alert, Then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert within 5 minutes.

Admin configures alert notifications for supply chain disruptions related to shipment delays.

Given that an admin is setting up alert notifications for supply chain disruptions, When they enter the criteria for shipment delays, Then the system should save the configurations and notify users when disruptions occur as per the configured settings.

Users review alert history to assess past notifications and actions taken on inventory management.

Given that a user accesses the alert history report, When they select a specific time frame, Then the system should display a detailed report of all alerts issued, actions taken, and their outcomes within that time frame.

User receives critical action alerts after a supply chain disruption is detected.

Given that a supply chain disruption is detected in the system, When the system identifies the disruption, Then users should receive a critical action alert via email and in-app notification immediately, outlining steps to mitigate the issue.

User customizes alert threshold settings for different inventory items.

Given that a user is on the alert settings page, When they set custom threshold levels for various inventory items, Then the system should save the new settings and activate alerts based on the customized thresholds.

The system analyzes alert effectiveness over a 30-day period for inventory management purposes.

Given that the user requests a report on alert effectiveness, When the system processes the data for the past 30 days, Then a report should be generated showing alert frequency, user response times, and inventory outcome changes attributed to alerts issued.

Historical Data Analysis Tools

User Story: As a business analyst, I want to utilize historical data analysis tools so that I can evaluate past inventory performance and identify trends for better future inventory planning and strategy formulation.
Description: The Historical Data Analysis Tools requirement facilitates users in conducting in-depth analysis of past inventory performance and trends over specified time periods. This feature empowers users to evaluate the effectiveness of their inventory strategies, identify patterns, and make informed decisions for future inventory planning. By integrating various analytical models, users can uncover insights from historical data which can guide their actions going forward. This requirement is essential for optimizing inventory levels and improving overall supply chain strategy based on learned experiences.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Historical Data Analysis Tools to analyze past inventory performance for the last quarter.

Given a user logs into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the Historical Data Analysis Tools and select a date range of the last quarter, then they should see a comprehensive report of inventory performance, including trends and anomalies.

User generates a report on inventory trends over the past 12 months using the Historical Data Analysis Tools.

Given a user is on the Historical Data Analysis Tools page, when they select the past 12 months as the time period for analysis, then a detailed report displaying monthly inventory levels and patterns should be generated without any errors.

User evaluates the effectiveness of their inventory strategies using insights from the Historical Data Analysis Tools.

Given a user has access to previous inventory performance reports, when they review the insights generated by the Historical Data Analysis Tools, then they should be able to identify actionable patterns and recommend adjustments for future inventory planning.

User attempts to adjust the date range for the historical analysis after the initial report is generated.

Given a user has generated a report for the last quarter, when they change the date range to the last month and click on the 'Update Report' button, then the report should refresh and display accurate data corresponding to the new date range.

User compares two different time periods to understand inventory performance variations.

Given a user selects two distinct time periods in the Historical Data Analysis Tools, when they initiate a comparison, then the system should present a side-by-side analysis report of inventory performance for both periods, highlighting differences and trends.

User accesses analytical models integrated within the Historical Data Analysis Tools for deeper insights.

Given a user selects an analytical model from the tools, when they apply it to the historical data of their inventory, then the tools should generate specific insights derived from that model, clearly outlining performance metrics and suggestions for optimization.

User exports the historical data analysis report for external sharing and review.

Given a user has completed their analysis in the Historical Data Analysis Tools, when they click on the 'Export' button, then the system should allow them to download a formatted report in PDF or CSV format without errors.

User-Friendly Report Customization

User Story: As a non-technical user, I want to customize my inventory reports without needing IT support so that I can easily extract the insights I need without delays or complications.
Description: The User-Friendly Report Customization requirement allows users to easily modify and personalize reports based on specific needs and preferences without requiring technical expertise. This feature includes drag-and-drop functionalities, template selections, and settings for diverse reporting formats (e.g., PDF, Excel). By enabling straightforward customization, users are more likely to derive valuable insights from the data presented, enhancing engagement with the reporting capabilities of the platform. This requirement is critical in fostering user independence and improving the overall effectiveness of report utilization in inventory management.
Acceptance Criteria: User personalizes an inventory report to analyze stock levels, modifying it using drag-and-drop functionality to include specific data fields such as product categories and current stock quantity.

Given a user is on the report customization interface, when they drag a 'Product Categories' field and a 'Current Stock Quantity' field into the report layout, then those fields should appear in the report preview accurately reflecting the data selected.

A user selects a predefined report template for quarterly inventory analysis, alters it by adding filters for location and vendor, and then saves the customized report.

Given a user selects a template for quarterly inventory, when they add filters for 'Location' and 'Vendor', then the customized report should generate correctly with the applied filters in both report preview and downloaded format.

A user opts to download a customized report in PDF format after modifying its contents, verifying the layout and data accuracy.

Given a user has created a customized report, when they download it as a PDF, then the PDF should maintain the layout including any changes made and display accurate data as per the report's design.

A new user with no technical background aims to customize a report on seasonal inventory trends using the platform's intuitive interface.

Given a new user accesses the report customization feature, when they utilize the drag-and-drop tools to create a report on seasonal inventory trends, then they should be able to complete the customization without assistance or technical guidance.

A user modifies an existing report by changing its download format from Excel to PDF, needing to ensure that all data and formats remain consistent post-change.

Given a user has an existing report, when they change the download option from Excel to PDF, then the downloaded PDF should retain all original data, formats, and features present in the Excel version.

Risk Scoring Matrix

The Risk Scoring Matrix provides Procurement Specialists with a visual representation of supplier performance, categorizing them based on various risk factors such as financial stability, delivery reliability, and historical performance. This feature simplifies the evaluation process, allowing users to quickly identify which suppliers pose the highest risk and require closer scrutiny or alternative sourcing strategies, ultimately enhancing decision-making and risk management.

Requirements

Supplier Risk Assessment

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to assess supplier risks using a scoring matrix so that I can quickly identify high-risk suppliers and take necessary actions to manage those risks effectively.
Description: The Supplier Risk Assessment requirement involves implementing a scoring system that evaluates suppliers based on key risk factors including financial stability, delivery reliability, and historical performance metrics. This scoring system will utilize real-time data and historical analytics to generate a comprehensive risk score for each supplier, allowing Procurement Specialists to quickly gauge supplier reliability and risk potential. This feature enhances the decision-making process by providing clarity on which suppliers may require closer scrutiny, thus mitigating risks associated with supply chain disruptions. Integration with existing user dashboards will be seamless, ensuring easy access for all users while allowing for further drill-down capabilities on individual supplier profiles.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Risk Assessment tool is invoked when a Procurement Specialist needs to evaluate a list of suppliers before a new purchase order.

Given that the Procurement Specialist accesses the Supplier Risk Assessment tool, when they input or select suppliers, then the system should display a risk score for each supplier based on financial stability, delivery reliability, and historical performance.

A Procurement Specialist reviews the risk scores generated by the Supplier Risk Assessment to decide which suppliers to engage with for a potential contract.

Given the risk scores are generated, when the Procurement Specialist sorts suppliers based on their risk scores, then the top 10% of suppliers with the highest risk should be clearly highlighted in red for immediate attention.

A Procurement Specialist analyzes a supplier's risk profile in detail after identifying a supplier with a high risk score.

Given that a high-risk supplier is selected, when the Procurement Specialist views the detailed risk profile, then the interface should display a breakdown of the risk factors contributing to the score, along with historical performance data for that supplier.

The Supplier Risk Assessment tool is integrated into the existing user dashboard for Procurement Specialists.

Given that the Supplier Risk Assessment tool is integrated, when a user accesses their dashboard, then the tool should be visibly accessible and load within five seconds, ensuring no disruption in flow.

A Procurement Specialist needs to validate the accuracy of the risk scores generated by the system.

Given that the Procurement Specialist reviews the scoring methodology, when they request a sample audit of 10 suppliers, then the actual financial and delivery metrics used in the scoring should match the historical data within the last year.

Procurement Specialists require historical data on supplier performance to make informed sourcing decisions.

Given that the Supplier Risk Assessment tool includes historical data, when the Procurement Specialist navigates to the historical performance section of a supplier’s profile, then the data should show at least 12 months’ worth of delivery reliability and financial stability metrics with visual charts.

The Supplier Risk Assessment tool needs to provide feedback to users based on the risk scores generated.

Given that a Procurement Specialist has assessed multiple suppliers, when the average risk score is calculated across all assessed suppliers, then the system should display a message indicating whether the overall risk is acceptable or requires further scrutiny, based on predefined thresholds.

Visualization of Risk Scores

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to see a visual representation of supplier risk scores so that I can quickly identify risks and make informed decisions about supplier management.
Description: The Visualization of Risk Scores requirement focuses on creating an intuitive graphical representation of supplier risk scores in the Risk Scoring Matrix. This visual aid will use color coding and dynamic charts to categorize suppliers based on their risk levels, enabling users to instantly recognize high, medium, and low-risk suppliers. The feature is designed to incorporate interactive elements, allowing users to filter and sort suppliers by various criteria such as risk factors, categories, and historical data. This enhances user engagement and improves the efficiency of risk evaluations, significantly streamlining the procurement decision-making process.
Acceptance Criteria: Display of Color-Coded Risk Levels

Given that the Procurement Specialist has accessed the Visualization of Risk Scores, when they view the Risk Scoring Matrix, then the suppliers should be color-coded as high-risk (red), medium-risk (yellow), and low-risk (green) based on their risk scores, making it immediately apparent which suppliers require further attention.

Interactive Filtering by Risk Factors

Given that the Procurement Specialist is viewing the Risk Scoring Matrix, when they apply a filter for specific risk factors (e.g., delivery reliability or financial stability), then only suppliers meeting the selected criteria should be displayed in the visualization, enabling targeted risk assessments.

Dynamic Chart Representation of Risk Scores

Given that the Procurement Specialist is using the Visualization of Risk Scores, when they interact with the charts (e.g., hovering over a supplier), then detailed information about the supplier’s risk score and individual risk factors should be displayed in a tooltip, providing in-depth insights at a glance.

Sorting Suppliers by Historical Performance

Given that the Procurement Specialist is on the Risk Scoring Matrix, when they sort the suppliers based on historical performance metrics, then the list should reorder in real-time to reflect the selected criteria, assisting in quick and informed decision-making.

Exporting Visual Risk Data

Given that the Procurement Specialist has evaluated the Risk Scoring Matrix, when they choose to export the visualized data into a report format (e.g., CSV, PDF), then the exported file should accurately reflect the current state of the risk scoring visualization, maintaining all color codes and sorting.

User Guidance and Tooltips for Interaction

Given that a new user is utilizing the Risk Scoring Matrix for the first time, when they hover over any interactive elements, then contextual tooltips should be displayed to guide the user on how to use the features effectively, ensuring a user-friendly experience.

Real-time Updates on Supplier Risk Changes

Given that the Risk Scoring Matrix integrates with external data sources, when a supplier’s risk score changes due to new data inputs, then the visualization should dynamically update to reflect the latest risk status without needing to refresh the page, ensuring the user has the most current information.

Automated Alerts for High-Risk Suppliers

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to receive automated alerts for high-risk suppliers, so that I can take timely actions to mitigate supply chain risks before they impact operations.
Description: The Automated Alerts for High-Risk Suppliers requirement entails developing a notification system that automatically alerts Procurement Specialists when a supplier's risk score reaches a predefined threshold. This proactive feature will ensure that users stay informed about potential risks associated with their suppliers without needing to manually monitor scores. Alerts will be customizable, allowing users to choose the criteria for notifications and determine how they wish to receive updates (e.g., email, dashboard pop-ups). This capability enhances timely decision-making and risk management, ensuring that procurement teams are always aware of any emerging supply chain threats.
Acceptance Criteria: Notification to Procurement Specialist when High-Risk Supplier Score Changes

Given a supplier's risk score reaches a predefined threshold, when the score changes, then an automated alert is sent to the Procurement Specialist via their selected notification method (email or dashboard pop-up).

Customization of Alert Criteria by User

Given that a user accesses the alert settings, when they modify the criteria for high-risk notifications, then the new criteria are saved and honored by the notification system.

Alert Delivery Methods Functionality

Given a selected delivery method for alerts, when a high-risk score notification is triggered, then the alert is delivered through the chosen method without delay.

Logging of Notification History for Compliance

Given that a notification is sent to a Procurement Specialist, when checking the system's notification history, then the log reflects all notifications sent, including timestamps and delivery methods, for compliance purposes.

Threshold Adjustment for Risk Scores

Given that a user has permissions to edit the risk scoring matrix, when they adjust the threshold for what constitutes a high-risk score, then the system updates the alert parameters accordingly.

User Feedback Collection on Alerts

Given that alerts are generated and received by users, when collecting user feedback on the alert system's effectiveness, then at least 80% of users indicate that alerts help them manage supplier risks effectively.

Testing Alert Functionality in Varying Scenarios

Given that the alert system is implemented, when testing it under various supplier risk scenarios, then alerts must trigger accurately for all defined risk score levels without errors.

Supplier Performance Tracking

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to track supplier performance over time so that I can determine which suppliers consistently meet requirements and which may need to be reviewed or replaced.
Description: The Supplier Performance Tracking requirement focuses on enabling continuous monitoring and evaluation of supplier performance over time. This feature will allow Procurement Specialists to log and assess supplier performance based on delivery timelines, product quality, and service reliability. The system will generate periodic performance reports that highlight trends, improvements, or declines in supplier performance metrics, contributing to informed decision-making about current contracts and potential renegotiations. This ongoing evaluation provides a structured approach to supplier management, ensuring that procurement practices are aligned with overall business goals.
Acceptance Criteria: Procurement Specialist reviews supplier performance metrics after a quarter to assess improvements or declines in performance.

Given a completed performance report for the quarter, when the Procurement Specialist accesses the Risk Scoring Matrix, then the system must display updated risk categories based on the latest supplier performance data.

A Procurement Specialist needs to identify high-risk suppliers during a quarterly review to address potential issues.

Given the Risk Scoring Matrix has been populated with all supplier data, when the Procurement Specialist filters for high-risk suppliers, then the system must accurately highlight those suppliers that fall into the highest risk category.

A Procurement Specialist is conducting a meeting with stakeholders to discuss supplier performance insights and trends based on recent evaluations.

Given the scheduled stakeholder meeting, when the Procurement Specialist presents the Supplier Performance Tracking report, then the report must include clear visual trends (graphs/charts) for delivery timelines, product quality, and service reliability.

A Procurement Specialist wants to compare different suppliers based on multiple performance indicators to make data-driven decisions.

Given multiple suppliers under consideration, when the Procurement Specialist uses the comparative analysis feature, then the system must provide side-by-side metrics for each supplier's performance indicators including financial stability and delivery reliability.

The Procurement team requires an automated report to facilitate discussions about supplier renegotiations and performance evaluations.

Given the set parameters for supplier performance evaluations, when the performance data is processed, then the system must automatically generate reports every month detailing outstanding performance issues, metrics, and recommendations for action.

A new supplier is onboarded, and the Procurement Specialist needs to set a baseline for their performance metrics.

Given the system has received data about the newly onboarded supplier, when the Procurement Specialist initiates the performance tracking setup, then the system must prompt for initial data entry and establish a baseline for future performance comparisons.

Suppliers frequently update their financial and delivery information, requiring the system to adapt and reflect new data.

Given the supplier updates their financial and delivery data in the system, when the updates are submitted, then the Risk Scoring Matrix must automatically recalculate the risk scores based on the new information.

Integration with Existing Systems

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want the Risk Scoring Matrix to integrate with existing systems so that I can have a comprehensive view of supplier risk without disrupting our current workflow.
Description: The Integration with Existing Systems requirement details the need for the Risk Scoring Matrix to seamlessly integrate with other relevant procurement and supply chain management systems already in use. This includes compatibility with existing ERP and inventory management systems to ensure that data can flow smoothly without manual input, thereby increasing efficiency and accuracy. This integration is crucial for providing a holistic view of supplier risk and performance within the broader context of supply chain operations, enhancing the overall functionality of the IntelliSupply platform as a unified tool for supply management.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration process for the Risk Scoring Matrix with ERP system during the supplier evaluation phase.

Given that the Risk Scoring Matrix is integrated with the ERP system, when a procurement specialist retrieves supplier data, then the matrix should display updated risk scores based on the latest data without manual input.

Using the Risk Scoring Matrix to assess suppliers' financial stability in real-time.

Given that a procurement specialist is using the Risk Scoring Matrix, when they input new financial data for a supplier, then the system should automatically adjust the risk score and categorize the supplier accordingly within a 5-second timeframe.

Obtaining a comprehensive report of supplier risks utilizing the integrated system.

Given that the Risk Scoring Matrix is integrated, when a procurement specialist generates a risk management report, then it should include data sourced from both the Risk Scoring Matrix and ERP system, and be available for download in PDF format.

Monitoring real-time alerts for supplier risks through the integrated platform.

Given that the integration is complete, when a supplier's risk score exceeds a defined threshold, then the system should trigger an alert notification to the procurement team within 1 minute.

Configuring the risk scoring parameters based on varying supplier categories.

Given that the procurement specialist accesses the configuration settings, when they alter the risk scoring criteria for a supplier category, then those changes should be reflected in the Risk Scoring Matrix without disrupting existing data integrity.

Ensuring data accuracy between the Risk Scoring Matrix and inventory management systems.

Given that the integration has been implemented, when a data sync occurs, then 100% of the supplier performance metrics should match between the Risk Scoring Matrix and the inventory management system without discrepancies.

Training users on the integration features of the Risk Scoring Matrix.

Given that the training session has been conducted, when procurement specialists access the integrated platform, then at least 90% of users should demonstrate proficiency in using the integration features during a follow-up review.

Dynamic Risk Alerts

Dynamic Risk Alerts notify Procurement Specialists of any significant changes in suppliers' risk profiles or market conditions that may affect their reliability. By leveraging real-time data analytics, users receive timely alerts when a supplier's performance dips or when external market factors indicate potential supply chain disruptions, empowering them to take proactive measures and mitigate risks before they escalate.

Requirements

Supplier Risk Monitoring

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to continuously monitor supplier performance and risk indicators so that I can respond promptly to potential disruptions and ensure the reliability of my supply chain.
Description: The Supplier Risk Monitoring requirement enables continuous tracking of supplier performance metrics, market conditions, and risk indicators. By integrating advanced real-time data analytics, this feature allows Procurement Specialists to monitor suppliers dynamically. It facilitates timely risk assessments, ensuring that users are alerted to any changes in supplier reliability. This functionality enhances proactive management, enabling informed decision-making and responsive supply chain actions to reduce potential disruptions and volatility.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Monitoring on Critical Orders

Given a procurement specialist is monitoring suppliers for critical orders, when there is a significant drop in a supplier's performance metrics, then the specialist should receive an alert describing the issue and its potential impact.

Market Conditions Impact on Supplier Reliability

Given that a procurement specialist is assessing market conditions, when external factors such as market volatility are identified, then the system must notify the specialist with a risk alert that includes data on the affected suppliers.

Historical Performance Analysis for Alerts Validation

Given a procurement specialist is reviewing historical supplier performance data, when a supplier consistently shows improvement or decline over a defined period, then the system should validate and adjust the risk alert threshold accordingly.

User Notification Preferences for Risk Alerts

Given a procurement specialist has set their notification preferences, when a risk alert is triggered due to supplier performance or market conditions, then the alert should be sent via the preferred communication channel (e.g., email, SMS).

Integration with Third-Party Risk Assessment Tools

Given that the platform integrates with a third-party risk assessment tool, when supplier risk data updates occur, then the system should automatically pull this data and reflect it in the risk monitoring dashboard.

Automated Alert System

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to receive automated alerts for significant changes in supplier risk so that I can take swift action to mitigate potential issues.
Description: The Automated Alert System requirement focuses on sending out notifications to Procurement Specialists whenever a significant risk change or market condition arises. This includes setting parameters for different risk levels, enabling personalized alert settings for users based on their supplier portfolios. Utilizing machine learning algorithms, this system learns from historical data to optimize notification accuracy and prioritization over time. This functionality ensures that users are well-informed and can take timely action to mitigate risks.
Acceptance Criteria: Automatic Risk Notifications for Supplier Performance Decrease

Given a supplier's performance drops below the defined threshold, When this occurs, Then Procurement Specialists should receive an automated email notification within 5 minutes.

Market Condition Alerts Based on KPI Changes

Given a significant change in market conditions affecting supply chain metrics, When the system detects this change, Then users should receive a real-time alert on their dashboard and via SMS based on their preferences.

Personalized Alert Settings for Different Risk Levels

Given a Procurement Specialist has set different risk thresholds for various suppliers, When a supplier triggers a risk alert, Then the notification should specify the risk level and recommended actions tailored to those thresholds.

Machine Learning Optimization of Alert Frequency

Given the system has historical data on past risks and alerts, When a new alert is generated, Then the system should optimize the frequency of alerts to avoid redundancy while maintaining accuracy, confirmed by user feedback.

Dashboard Integration for Real-Time Alerts

Given that a Procurement Specialist is logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, When an alert is triggered, Then the alert should be visibly displayed in the alert section of the dashboard without requiring a page refresh.

Historical Data Analysis for Alert Effectiveness

Given that alerts have been generated for specific risks over the last quarter, When the Procurement Specialist reviews the alert historical data report, Then the report should indicate the percentage of alerts that resulted in timely actions taken to mitigate risks.

Risk Assessment Dashboard

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to access a Risk Assessment Dashboard that visually summarizes supplier risks and market conditions so that I can make data-driven decisions effectively.
Description: The Risk Assessment Dashboard requirement aims to provide Procurement Specialists with a comprehensive visual representation of supplier risk levels and market conditions. This dashboard aggregates data from multiple sources to present key performance indicators (KPIs), historical trends, and forecasts in an intuitive interface. By utilizing data visualization techniques, this feature allows users to quickly assess risk and make informed decisions on supplier management strategies to enhance supply chain resilience.
Acceptance Criteria: Procurement Specialist accesses the Risk Assessment Dashboard to review supplier risk levels before making purchasing decisions.

Given the Procurement Specialist is on the Risk Assessment Dashboard, When they select a specific supplier, Then the dashboard displays the supplier's risk profile, including KPIs, historical trends, and forecasts.

Procurement Specialist receives a notification of significant changes in supplier risk profiles while monitoring the Risk Assessment Dashboard.

Given the Risk Assessment Dashboard is actively being monitored, When a significant change is detected in a supplier's risk profile, Then an alert is triggered and displayed prominently on the dashboard.

Procurement Specialist utilizes the Risk Assessment Dashboard to compare multiple suppliers' risk levels simultaneously.

Given the Procurement Specialist is viewing the Risk Assessment Dashboard, When they select multiple suppliers for comparison, Then the dashboard presents a side-by-side view of risk levels, KPIs, and historical trends for each selected supplier.

Procurement Specialist customizes the view of the Risk Assessment Dashboard to focus on specific KPIs related to supply chain risks.

Given the Procurement Specialist is on the Risk Assessment Dashboard, When they select the customization options for KPIs, Then the dashboard updates to display only the selected KPIs and their respective data visualizations.

Procurement Specialist analyzes historical trends from the Risk Assessment Dashboard to forecast potential supplier reliability.

Given the Procurement Specialist is viewing historical data on the Risk Assessment Dashboard, When they enable the forecasting option, Then the dashboard generates a forecast chart showing potential changes in supplier reliability over the next quarter based on historical trends.

Procurement Specialist logs in to the platform and accesses the Risk Assessment Dashboard for the first time.

Given a new user account is created for the Procurement Specialist, When they log into IntelliSupply and navigate to the Risk Assessment Dashboard, Then they see an introductory guide and all relevant dashboard features activated for use.

Integration with Market Trends

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to integrate market trends with supplier risk profiles so that I can understand external influences that may affect my supply chain.
Description: The Integration with Market Trends requirement permits the platform to interface with external market data sources to ensure that Procurement Specialists are informed of macroeconomic variables that could impact the supply chain. This integration will analyze and incorporate external data such as commodity prices, geopolitical events, and industry trends into the risk alert system. This capability enhances the user experience by providing context around the alerts sent, helping teams make well-rounded decisions regarding suppliers.
Acceptance Criteria: Receiving Real-Time Alerts When Market Trends Change

Given that the Procurement Specialist is using the IntelliSupply platform, when there is a significant change in market trends relevant to a supplier, then the system should send an immediate alert to the user's dashboard and email.

Integration of External Market Data Sources

Given that the integration with external market data sources is enabled, when the supplier risk profile is evaluated, then the system must successfully incorporate data from at least three different market data sources for a comprehensive analysis.

Displaying Contextual Information for Alerts

Given that an alert regarding a supplier's risk profile has been triggered, when the Procurement Specialist views the alert, then the system should display contextual information regarding market trends, including at least three relevant macroeconomic variables.

Automatic Risk Assessment Updates

Given that external market conditions have changed, when the data from external sources is updated, then the risk assessment for all suppliers should update automatically within 10 minutes of receiving the new data.

User-Friendly Interface for Viewing Alerts

Given that alerts have been generated, when the Procurement Specialist accesses the alerts page, then the alerts should be sorted by urgency, clearly indicating top priority alerts at the top of the list.

Testing System Reliability Under Heavy Load

Given that the IntelliSupply platform is under heavy data load from multiple external sources, when a significant market change occurs, then the system should still send alerts within 5 minutes with no more than a 2% delay in processing time.

Compliance with Data Security Standards

Given that the platform integrates with external market data sources, when data is transmitted, then the system must comply with industry-standard security protocols to ensure data integrity and confidentiality.

User Customization Options

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to customize my risk alert settings and dashboard views so that I can focus on the most pertinent data for my role and enhance my operational efficiency.
Description: The User Customization Options requirement allows Procurement Specialists to tailor their risk alert settings and dashboard views according to their unique needs and preferences. Users can customize alert thresholds, choose relevant KPIs for their dashboard, and set filters for data views. This personalization provides flexibility, improving user satisfaction and enhancing the relevance of the alerts received, thereby aligning the tool more closely with individual operational preferences and strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes Alert Thresholds for Supplier Risk Levels

Given a Procurement Specialist is logged into IntelliSupply, when they navigate to the User Customization Options and set the alert threshold for supplier risk levels, then the system should save their preferences and reflect the updated threshold in the risk alerts generated.

User Selects KPIs for Dashboard Display

Given a Procurement Specialist is in the dashboard settings menu, when they select their preferred KPIs from the provided list, then the dashboard should dynamically update to display only the selected KPIs without needing the user to refresh the page.

User Applies Filters to Risk Alerts

Given a Procurement Specialist has set specific filters for risk alerts, when a risk alert is triggered, then only the alerts that meet the specified filters should be shown in their notification panel.

User Receives Alerts Based on Customized Settings

Given a Procurement Specialist has customized their alert settings, when a significant change in a supplier's risk profile occurs, then an alert should be sent to the user based on the customized thresholds they have set.

User Resets Customization Options to Default

Given a Procurement Specialist has customized their user settings, when they choose to reset all customization options to default, then all settings should revert to the original factory defaults without retaining any previous customizations.

User Edits Existing Custom Alert Settings

Given a Procurement Specialist is viewing their current customized alert settings, when they edit an existing alert setting and save the changes, then the alert setting should be updated in the system and reflected in future notifications.

User Exports Customized Dashboard Reports

Given a Procurement Specialist has selected KPIs and applied filters on their dashboard, when they choose to export the dashboard view as a report, then the exported report should reflect the current filtered view and selected KPIs accurately.

Supplier Performance Dashboard

The Supplier Performance Dashboard aggregates key metrics and risk evaluations into a user-friendly interface, allowing Procurement Specialists to monitor supplier performance continuously. This feature enables users to assess overall supplier health at a glance, facilitating informed sourcing decisions and fostering a data-driven approach to supplier management.

Requirements

Real-time Supplier Metrics

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to view real-time metrics on supplier performance so that I can make informed decisions and quickly address any issues that arise.
Description: The Real-time Supplier Metrics requirement focuses on incorporating real-time performance data from suppliers into the Supplier Performance Dashboard. This will include metrics such as delivery times, product quality, and response times to orders. By having access to real-time data, users can make more informed decisions regarding supplier selection and management, ultimately enhancing the efficiency of procurement processes. This requirement plays a critical role in ensuring that procurement specialists can track supplier performance continuously and respond rapidly to any emerging issues, thereby fostering stronger supplier relationships and reducing risks associated with supply chain disruptions.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time supplier performance metrics visibility for procurement specialists

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard is accessed by a Procurement Specialist, when real-time performance data including delivery times, product quality, and response times are displayed, then the dashboard should show up-to-date metrics that accurately reflect the performance of suppliers.

Integration of supplier metrics into the dashboard from multiple sources

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard exists, when data from various supplier systems is integrated, then the dashboard should display consolidated real-time metrics without data discrepancies for at least 95% of suppliers monitored.

Alert system for supplier performance thresholds

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard is actively used, when supplier performance metrics fall below predefined thresholds (e.g., late deliveries exceeding 10%), then an automated alert should be generated and sent to the Procurement Specialist's email within 5 minutes.

User accessibility for non-technical users

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when a non-technical user logs in, then the interface must allow easy navigation and understanding of supplier metrics within 2 minutes of use, with no need for user training.

Real-time updates efficacy during system operation

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard is in use, when supplier performance data is updated in real-time, then the dashboard should reflect these changes within a 3-second latency to ensure timely decision-making.

Historical data comparison feature for trend analysis

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when a user selects the historical comparison feature, then the dashboard must provide comparative data for at least the past three months within 5 seconds.

Supplier Risk Assessment Integration

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to see a risk assessment of our suppliers on the dashboard so that I can proactively manage and mitigate potential supply chain risks.
Description: This requirement is designed to integrate risk assessment evaluations into the Supplier Performance Dashboard. It will aggregate risk data related to suppliers, including financial stability, geopolitical factors, and compliance issues. By highlighting these risks, the dashboard will enable users to assess the overall health of suppliers more proactively, allowing procurement specialists to avoid potential problems that could disrupt supply chains. This integration is essential for fostering a comprehensive view of supplier performance and enhancing strategic sourcing decisions, ensuring that users are equipped to mitigate risks effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Supplier Performance Dashboard to evaluate supplier health based on risk assessment data.

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard is loaded, when the user selects a supplier, then the dashboard displays risk assessment metrics including financial stability, geopolitical factors, and compliance issues clearly represented visually and numerically.

User receives alerts for high-risk suppliers within the Supplier Performance Dashboard.

Given the user is monitoring suppliers, when a supplier's risk assessment score exceeds a predefined threshold, then the system triggers an alert for the user detailing the specific risks associated with the supplier.

User filters suppliers based on risk assessment categories in the Supplier Performance Dashboard.

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard is available, when the user applies a filter for risk categories (financial, geopolitical, compliance), then only suppliers meeting the selected criteria are displayed, allowing for targeted evaluations.

User generates a report from the Supplier Performance Dashboard that includes risk assessment data.

Given the user is on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when the user selects the 'Generate Report' option, then a report is created that includes risk assessment metrics for all monitored suppliers and can be exported in multiple formats (PDF, Excel).

User compares multiple suppliers based on their risk assessment metrics.

Given the Supplier Performance Dashboard is active, when the user selects multiple suppliers for comparison, then the dashboard displays a comparative analysis of risk assessment metrics side-by-side for the selected suppliers.

User updates risk assessment parameters in the Supplier Performance Dashboard settings.

Given the user is in the dashboard settings, when the user updates the thresholds for financial stability and compliance risks, then these new parameters are saved and reflected in the risk assessments displayed on the dashboard immediately.

Customizable Dashboard Views

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to customize my dashboard view so that I can focus on the metrics that are most relevant to my role and decision-making processes.
Description: The Customizable Dashboard Views requirement will allow users to tailor the presentation of supplier performance metrics based on specific roles within the organization. Procurement specialists, for instance, might focus on cost and quality metrics, whereas inventory managers could prioritize delivery performance. Providing customizable views enhances user experience by ensuring that the dashboard displays only the most relevant information to each user, increasing efficiency and effectiveness in supplier management. This feature is crucial for supporting diverse organizational needs while making data-driven decisions to improve supplier relationships.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Metrics Display for Procurement Specialists

Given the user is a Procurement Specialist, when they login to the Supplier Performance Dashboard, then they should see a customized view that highlights cost and quality metrics prominently.

Supplier Performance Metrics Display for Inventory Managers

Given the user is an Inventory Manager, when they access the Supplier Performance Dashboard, then they should see a customized view that prioritizes delivery performance metrics.

Saving Customized Dashboard Views

Given that a user has customized their Supplier Performance Dashboard view, when they save the view, then it should persist and be retrievable upon their next login without loss of settings.

Accessing the Custom Dashboard from Different Devices

Given a user customizes their Supplier Performance Dashboard on one device, when they log in from another device, then they should see the same customized dashboard view without needing to set it up again.

User Permissions for Dashboard Customization

Given that the user has a specific role within the organization, when they attempt to customize their Supplier Performance Dashboard view, then they should only have access to view and modify metrics relevant to their role.

Real-Time Updates to Customized Dashboards

Given the user is viewing their customized Supplier Performance Dashboard, when underlying supplier performance data changes, then the dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect real-time updates.

Help and Support for Customization Features

Given the user is on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when they require assistance with customizing their dashboard, then they should have access to a help section or tooltips that guide them through the customization options.

Supplier Performance Trends Analysis

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to analyze trends in supplier performance over time so that I can make strategic sourcing decisions and improve supplier relationships.
Description: This requirement involves the implementation of analytical tools within the Supplier Performance Dashboard that allow procurement specialists to identify trends in supplier performance over time. By analyzing historical data for patterns related to supplier delivery, quality, and responsiveness, users can gain insights that inform future sourcing strategies and decisions. This capability plays a vital role in strategic planning, enabling organizations to understand which suppliers consistently meet expectations and which need improvement, thereby facilitating better long-term supplier relationships and procurement outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Dashboard shows historical trends in supplier delivery performance for the past year.

Given the user is on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when they select 'Delivery Performance' and filter by 'Last 12 Months', then the dashboard displays a graph showing trends in delivery times for all suppliers.

Users can filter supplier performance data by specific metrics such as quality and responsiveness over multiple time frames.

Given the user is on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when they choose a specific metric (quality or responsiveness) and set the time frame to 'Last Quarter', then the dashboard displays the relevant performance data for that metric during the selected period.

The dashboard provides alerts for suppliers whose performance falls below a predetermined threshold.

Given the user has set performance thresholds during setup, when any supplier's performance data falls below this threshold after analysis, then the dashboard alerts the user with a notification indicating which suppliers need attention.

Users can access detailed reports on historical performance trends of selected suppliers.

Given the user selects a specific supplier from the dashboard, when they click on 'View Report', then they are redirected to a detailed report page that displays historical performance metrics for that supplier, including charts and commentary.

Dashboard allows users to compare performance across multiple suppliers.

Given the user is on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when they select multiple suppliers and choose 'Compare', then the dashboard displays a comparative analysis of the selected suppliers’ performance metrics side by side.

Users can export supplier performance trends for offline analysis.

Given the user is viewing the supplier performance trends on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button, then the system generates a downloadable report file (CSV or PDF) containing the displayed data.

Supplier Feedback Loop Mechanism

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to gather feedback from suppliers about our performance so that we can improve collaboration and enhance supply chain efficiency.
Description: The Supplier Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement will facilitate the collection of feedback from suppliers regarding their performance and collaboration with the procurement team. This feedback will be integrated into the Supplier Performance Dashboard, allowing procurement specialists to understand supplier perspectives and improve overall collaboration and relationship management. Implementing this feature will enhance communication between suppliers and the procurement team, driving continuous improvement in performance management and operational efficiency across the supply chain.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Feedback Submission Process

Given a supplier accessing the feedback form, when they submit feedback about their performance, then the feedback should be successfully recorded and visible in the Supplier Performance Dashboard within 5 minutes.

Visibility of Supplier Feedback in Dashboard

Given feedback has been submitted by a supplier, when a procurement specialist accesses the Supplier Performance Dashboard, then the feedback should be displayed in a clear and organized manner, aggregating all feedback by supplier.

Supplier Performance Metrics Update

Given new supplier feedback has been received, when the feedback is processed, then the corresponding supplier performance metrics should be updated in real-time on the Supplier Performance Dashboard.

Aggregate Supplier Feedback Reports

Given multiple feedback submissions from various suppliers, when the procurement team requests a report, then the system should generate a consolidated report that includes insights and trends from the supplier feedback.

Supplier Risk Evaluation Adjustment

Given supplier feedback indicating potential issues, when a procurement specialist reviews the feedback, then the system should automatically adjust the supplier risk evaluation based on predefined criteria.

Email Notification for Feedback Submission

Given a supplier submits their feedback, when the submission is complete, then an email notification should be sent to the procurement team indicating that new feedback has been received.

User Accessibility for Non-Technical Users

Given a non-technical procurement specialist using the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when they try to access the feedback section, then they should be able to navigate and understand all provided information without technical assistance.

Historical Performance Analysis

The Historical Performance Analysis feature offers in-depth insights into a supplier's past performance trends, helping Procurement Specialists identify patterns related to quality, delivery times, and responsiveness. This analysis not only supports informed decision-making but also provides a foundation for discussions with suppliers regarding performance improvements and expectations.

Requirements

Real-Time Performance Dashboard

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want a real-time performance dashboard so that I can monitor supplier performance immediately and engage in proactive discussions about improvement areas with my suppliers.
Description: The Real-Time Performance Dashboard requirement involves creating an interactive and intuitive dashboard that displays key performance metrics related to supplier performance, such as delivery times, quality scores, and responsiveness. This dashboard should integrate seamlessly with existing data sources within IntelliSupply and provide users with dynamic data visualization tools. The functionality will allow users to monitor supplier performance in real-time, enabling proactive decision-making and strategic discussions with suppliers for continuous improvement. By centralizing performance data, this feature enhances operational efficiency and supports data-driven conversations between procurement specialists and suppliers.
Acceptance Criteria: Displaying Supplier Performance Metrics in Real-Time

Given the user is logged into the dashboard, when they navigate to the Real-Time Performance Dashboard, then they should see live updates of key supplier performance metrics, including delivery times, quality scores, and responsiveness, refreshed every minute.

Data Integration with Existing Systems

Given that the user has existing data sources within IntelliSupply, when the dashboard is integrated, then it should pull accurate performance data from those sources without any discrepancies.

User-Friendly Data Visualization Tools

Given the user is interacting with the dashboard, when they need to analyze supplier performance trends, then they should be able to use dynamic data visualization tools (charts, graphs) that are intuitive and require no technical expertise.

Historical Data Comparison

Given that a user is on the Real-Time Performance Dashboard, when they select a time frame for historical performance analysis, then they should be able to compare current metrics against historical data for the same suppliers with ease.

Alerts for Performance Anomalies

Given that the dashboard is monitoring supplier performance, when a supplier's performance drops below a predefined threshold, then the system should automatically trigger an alert to notifying the Procurement Specialist.

Performance Improvement Discussion Tracking

Given the user has engaged in discussions with suppliers regarding performance, when they enter notes into the dashboard for a particular supplier, then those notes should be saved and easily accessible for future reference.

Mobile Accessibility of the Dashboard

Given the user is in a remote location, when they access the Real-Time Performance Dashboard via a mobile device, then they should be able to view all key metrics and functionalities without loss of performance or usability.

Automated Trend Reporting

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want automated trend reports so that I can easily track historical changes in supplier performance and utilize the insights for strategic decision-making.
Description: The Automated Trend Reporting requirement specifies the creation of a feature that generates periodic reports detailing trends in supplier performance metrics over time. Utilizing advanced analytics and machine learning, this feature will automatically analyze data points related to quality, delivery, and responsiveness, producing actionable insights and visualizations. This capability will empower Procurement Specialists to identify long-term patterns and make informed strategic decisions regarding supplier relationships. Additionally, these reports will serve as a valuable documentation tool during supplier evaluations and performance reviews.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Trend Reporting Generation for Supplier A's Performance Metrics Over Three Quarters

Given that historical data for Supplier A's performance exists, when the Automated Trend Reporting feature is activated, then a report covering the last three quarters should be generated and available for review.

Visualization of Supplier Performance Trends in Generated Reports

Given that a report for Supplier B has been generated, when the report is accessed, then the report should include visualizations such as graphs and charts that effectively illustrate trends in quality, delivery, and responsiveness.

Scheduled Delivery of Automated Trend Reports to Procurement Specialists

Given that the report generation is correctly configured, when the release schedule is set for automated reporting, then Procurement Specialists should receive an email notification with the report attached by the agreed-upon schedule (e.g., monthly).

User Access and Authorization for Viewing Trend Reports

Given that a Procurement Specialist is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they attempt to access the Automated Trend Reports, then they should be granted access based on their user role as specified in the access control settings.

Accuracy of Data in Automated Trend Reports

Given that the data for a specific supplier's performance has been entered, when the Automated Trend Reporting feature is used, then the report should accurately reflect the entered metrics with no discrepancies.

Integration of Machine Learning to Predict Future Trends Based on Historical Data

Given the past performance data for Suppliers C and D, when the Automated Trend Reporting feature runs, then it should include machine-learning generated forecasts for future performance trends for those suppliers.

Feedback Loop for Reporting Improvement from Procurement Specialists

Given that Procurement Specialists review the Automated Trend Reports, when feedback is provided through the platform, then the system should log this feedback for future enhancements to the reporting feature.

Supplier Feedback Integration

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to integrate supplier feedback into our performance reviews so that I can foster better collaboration and improve our procurement processes based on their input.
Description: The Supplier Feedback Integration requirement involves developing a system for collecting and integrating feedback from suppliers regarding procurement processes and performance expectations. This feature will allow for a structured feedback mechanism that captures suppliers' insights and suggestions, ensuring their voices are heard in the performance evaluation dialogues. By facilitating two-way communication, this functionality aims to strengthen supplier relationships, improve transparency, and foster collaboration, ultimately enhancing overall supply chain efficiency and performance outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Feedback Collection Process

Given a supplier logs into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they can submit feedback through a structured form that includes fields for performance ratings and comments.

Feedback Review and Integration

Given that supplier feedback has been submitted, when a Procurement Specialist accesses the feedback dashboard, then they can view aggregated feedback data and individual responses to inform performance evaluations.

Notification of Feedback Submission

Given a supplier submits feedback, when the submission is successful, then a confirmation email is sent to the supplier acknowledging receipt of their feedback.

Performance Evaluation Discussions

Given the feedback collected from suppliers, when the Procurement Specialist conducts a performance review meeting, then they can reference specific supplier feedback to support their discussion points.

Feedback Anonymity Option

Given the feedback form, when accessing it, then the supplier can choose to submit feedback anonymously, ensuring that their input remains confidential if desired.

Integration with Performance Metrics

Given that feedback has been collected, when it is analyzed, then the system should correlate feedback data with existing performance metrics to enhance supplier evaluations.

Change Management for Supplier Feedback

Given that a supplier's feedback indicates an issue, when this feedback is submitted, then the system triggers a change management protocol to address the concerns raised by the supplier.

Customizable Alert System

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want a customizable alert system so that I can be immediately notified of any significant supplier performance issues and take timely action to mitigate disruptions.
Description: The Customizable Alert System requirement involves creating a notification framework that alerts users about significant changes or anomalies in supplier performance metrics. Users should be able to set specific thresholds for key metrics, such as delivery delays or quality issues, triggering alerts when these thresholds are breached. This proactive feature aims to ensure that Procurement Specialists are promptly informed about critical performance issues, enabling them to quickly address potential disruptions in the supply chain. Customizable notifications enhance user experience by allowing tailored settings that match user preferences and operational needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Setting up a delivery delay alert for a specific supplier.

Given a user accesses the Customizable Alert System, when they select a specific supplier and set a delivery delay threshold of 5 days, then the system should send an immediate alert when a delivery exceeds this threshold.

Configuring quality issue notifications for multiple suppliers.

Given a user is in the Customizable Alert System, when they configure quality thresholds for multiple suppliers with distinct criteria, then alerts should trigger for each supplier when the respective quality thresholds are breached.

Testing the alert functionality during a simulated performance anomaly.

Given a user has set performance thresholds for delivery times and quality, when a simulated performance anomaly occurs (e.g., a 7-day delivery delay), then the system should generate an alert and display it on the user's dashboard within 1 minute.

Adjusting alert preferences for a specific user role.

Given a Procurement Specialist accesses their user settings in the Customizable Alert System, when they modify the alert preferences to only receive urgent notifications about quality issues, then the system should update to ensure only those notifications are delivered.

Reviewing the history of triggered alerts for analysis.

Given a user wants to analyze past performance alerts, when they access the alert history in the Customizable Alert System, then the system should display an accurate list of all alerts triggered over the last 30 days, including relevant details for each alert.

Receiving alerts via multiple channels (e.g., email and SMS).

Given a user has chosen to receive alerts through multiple channels, when a performance threshold is breached, then the system should send notifications both via email and SMS to the designated user contacts.

Interactive Supplier Evaluation Tool

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want an interactive supplier evaluation tool so that I can assess suppliers based on their performance data and generate comprehensive evaluation reports for strategic decision-making.
Description: The Interactive Supplier Evaluation Tool requirement focuses on developing a user-friendly interface for conducting supplier evaluations based on historical performance data. This tool will provide Procurement Specialists with a structured format to assess suppliers against various criteria such as quality, delivery, and service responsiveness. The interactive nature of the tool will allow users to input their ratings, view historical performance data, and compile assessments into comprehensive evaluation reports. This feature is designed to streamline the evaluation process, facilitating data-backed discussions with suppliers and enhancing decision-making in procurement activities.
Acceptance Criteria: User evaluates suppliers based on quality, delivery, and service responsiveness using the Interactive Supplier Evaluation Tool.

Given the supplier evaluation tool is accessible, when the user selects a supplier and rates them on quality, delivery, and responsiveness, then the system should save these ratings and reflect them in the supplier's historical performance data.

User generates a comprehensive evaluation report after assessing a supplier's performance.

Given the user has completed supplier evaluations, when the user requests to generate a report, then the system should compile the ratings and historical data into a clear, printable evaluation report.

User analyzes historical performance trends to make informed decisions about supplier contracts.

Given the historical performance data is available, when the user views the data through the evaluation tool, then it should display trends in quality, delivery times, and responsiveness in an intuitive dashboard format.

User discusses evaluation results with a supplier based on data from the evaluation tool.

Given the user has a printed evaluation report, when the user presents this report to the supplier, then the report should effectively support discussions about performance improvements and expectations.

User accesses the evaluation tool to assess multiple suppliers simultaneously.

Given the user is logged into the system, when they select multiple suppliers for evaluation, then the system should allow the user to input ratings for all selected suppliers and compare their performances in a consolidated view.

User retrieves past evaluations to inform future supplier assessments.

Given that previous evaluations are stored, when the user queries past evaluations through the tool, then the system should retrieve and display historical ratings and insights for the selected supplier.

User utilizes the tool to filter suppliers based on specific evaluation criteria.

Given that evaluation parameters are set, when the user applies filters for quality, delivery, or responsiveness, then the system should display only the suppliers that meet the selected criteria.

Benchmarking Insights

Benchmarking Insights allows users to compare supplier performance against industry standards and competitors, providing a contextual understanding of supplier risk. By identifying how a supplier stacks up against the best in the market, Procurement Specialists can make more informed choices about whom to engage with, driving competitiveness and resilience in sourcing strategies.

Requirements

Supplier Performance Metrics

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to access real-time performance metrics for my suppliers so that I can effectively evaluate their capabilities against industry standards and make informed sourcing decisions.
Description: The Supplier Performance Metrics requirement involves the development of a comprehensive analytics module that aggregates supplier performance data across several KPIs (Key Performance Indicators), such as delivery timelines, pricing consistency, and quality scores. This module will allow users to visualize these metrics on the Benchmarking Insights dashboard, providing an ongoing assessment of supplier performance relative to industry benchmarks. The integration with existing supplier data is essential for validating real-time metrics and enhancing situational awareness in procurement decisions. It ensures that Procurement Specialists can quickly assess supplier effectiveness, thereby facilitating better decision-making and risk management.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Metrics showcases the delivery timelines of multiple suppliers during a monthly review meeting.

Given the dashboard is open, when the user selects the 'Delivery Timelines' KPI, then the dashboard displays a comparative bar graph of all suppliers' delivery timelines against the industry standard.

A Procurement Specialist needs to evaluate the pricing consistency of suppliers over the last quarter to inform negotiations.

Given the pricing history is available, when the user selects 'Pricing Consistency' from the metrics, then a line graph shows price variations for each supplier over the past three months, highlighting any significant deviations from market price.

A user must visualize the current quality scores of suppliers to ensure compliance with internal quality standards.

Given quality score data is integrated, when the 'Quality Scores' KPI is displayed, then the user sees a color-coded scorecard for each supplier indicating their current quality performance against the set threshold.

During a procurement strategy meeting, a user wants to assess the overall supplier performance based on a combination of KPIs.

Given multiple KPIs are available, when the user creates a custom report selecting delivery, pricing, and quality scores, then the system generates a comprehensive report that summarizes performance metrics and displays an overall rating for each supplier.

A stakeholder requests an updated dashboard reflecting the latest supplier performance data amidst changing market conditions.

Given new supplier data is uploaded, when the dashboard refreshes, then all performance metrics displayed reflect the most recent data and any trends from the last month are highlighted for quick assessment.

The Procurement Specialist needs to benchmark a supplier's performance against top competitors in the industry.

Given the benchmarking feature is active, when the user selects a supplier and clicks 'Benchmark', then the system generates a report that displays the supplier's performance against 3 leading industry competitors for the chosen KPIs.

Competitive Supplier Comparison

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to compare my suppliers with their competitors so that I can determine which supplier presents the best value and service for my business needs.
Description: This requirement entails developing a feature that enables users to compare their suppliers to competitors in similar industries. The Competitive Supplier Comparison tool will aggregate market data and user-submitted inputs to create benchmarks that illustrate competitiveness across cost, efficiency, and service levels. Users will benefit from a clear visual representation of how their chosen suppliers perform relative to peers, allowing for strategic insights into potential changes in procurement strategies. This feature is crucial for enhancing understanding of supplier positioning in the market and assessing risks associated with supplier selection.
Acceptance Criteria: User requires insights on supplier performance before making strategic sourcing decisions.

Given a user accesses the Benchmarking Insights feature, When they select a supplier and request a comparison against industry standards, Then a visual representation should be generated displaying key performance metrics such as cost, efficiency, and service levels relative to competitors.

User wants to analyze supplier performance over a specific timeframe to identify trends.

Given a user specifies a date range for supplier performance analysis, When they request the benchmarking report, Then the system should display a comparative analysis of suppliers for the selected period, highlighting improvements or declines in performance.

User needs to compare multiple suppliers within the same report for a comprehensive overview.

Given a user selects multiple suppliers for comparison, When they click on the 'Compare' button, Then the platform should generate a consolidated benchmark report showing a side-by-side analysis of the selected suppliers across all relevant metrics.

User aims to understand the impact of market trends on supplier performance.

Given a user accesses the benchmarking insights, When they view the market trend analytics, Then the system should provide contextual information on how such trends affect the performance of their current suppliers.

User requires alerts for suppliers that fall below the acceptable performance threshold compared to competitors.

Given a user sets performance threshold criteria, When supplier performance is assessed against these thresholds, Then the system should generate alerts for any suppliers that do not meet the criteria, providing actionable insights for procurement decisions.

User wants to download supplier benchmarking reports for offline analysis.

Given a user requests to download the benchmarking report, When the request is made, Then the system should successfully generate a downloadable report in a preferred format (e.g., PDF, Excel) that includes all selected insights and metrics.

Dynamic Risk Assessment

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to receive alerts about potential risks associated with my suppliers in real-time so that I can take timely actions to mitigate those risks before they impact my operations.
Description: The Dynamic Risk Assessment requirement involves implementing a real-time risk evaluation system that updates based on supplier performance data and external market factors. This system will utilize machine learning algorithms to identify potential risks associated with each supplier, offering alerts when a supplier’s performance dips below predefined thresholds. By providing early warnings, this feature enhances the platform's ability to mitigate risks proactively. Users will have access to a dashboard that synthesizes risk indicators, enabling a more agile response to supplier issues, thus fostering resilience within procurement processes.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic Risk Assessment Triggered by Supplier Performance Dip

Given a supplier's performance data, when the performance drops below the predefined threshold, then a risk alert should be generated and displayed on the risk assessment dashboard.

Real-time Data Updates for Market Factors

Given external market data changes, when data is updated in the system, then the risk scores associated with suppliers should automatically refresh within 5 minutes.

User Notification for High-risk Suppliers

Given that a supplier is identified as high-risk, when the user logs into the dashboard, then a notification detailing the risk indicators must be prominently displayed at the top of the dashboard.

Comparative Risk Analysis against Industry Standards

Given the benchmarking insights, when users select a supplier, then the dashboard must display a comparative risk analysis against industry standards and competitor performance.

Dashboard Synthesis of Risk Indicators

Given the accumulated risk data of suppliers, when viewed by the user, then the dashboard must present a synthesized view of all risk indicators in a clear, actionable format.

Historical Risk Assessment Reports Generation

Given the dynamic risk assessment data, when the user requests for a historical report, then the system should be able to generate a report summarizing risk indicators and alerts over the past 30 days, with export options available.

Custom Reporting Tool

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to create custom reports based on specific metrics and timeframes so that I can analyze suppliers in a way that directly supports my strategic sourcing decisions.
Description: The Custom Reporting Tool is designed to allow users to create tailored reports that focus on specific supplier performance metrics relevant to their business needs. Users will select parameters such as timeframes, KPIs, and comparison groups to generate reports that offer insights into supplier effectiveness and risk factors. This capability is essential for aligning analytics with user objectives, providing critical data that informs strategic decisions in procurement and supplier management. The ability to customize reporting ensures that Procurement Specialists can focus their analysis on the most pertinent areas for their specific sectors.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects specific KPIs and timeframes to generate a report on supplier performance.

Given a user has access to the Custom Reporting Tool, when they select KPIs and specify a timeframe, then the tool generates a report that accurately reflects the selected parameters.

User compares supplier performance against selected benchmarks within the report.

Given a user has generated a report, when they view the data, then the report includes benchmark comparisons clearly showing supplier performance against industry standards.

User customizes a report by adding multiple suppliers for comparative analysis.

Given a user is using the Custom Reporting Tool, when they select multiple suppliers to compare in the report, then the generated report displays all selected suppliers with respective metrics side by side.

User saves and retrieves a previously generated custom report.

Given a user has created a custom report, when they choose to save that report, then they can retrieve it later from the saved reports section without any data loss.

User creates a report that shows a visual representation of supplier performance metrics.

Given a user selects the option for visual representation, when they generate a report, then the report includes charts and graphs that accurately depict the supplier performance metrics selected.

User shares a generated report with colleagues via email.

Given a user has generated a report, when they select the share option and enter email addresses, then the report is successfully sent to the entered email addresses in an accessible format.

User sets up scheduled reporting to automatically generate reports at specified intervals.

Given a user has access to the Custom Reporting Tool, when they configure a schedule for regular report generation, then the tool automatically generates and sends reports based on the specified schedule without requiring manual intervention.

User Training and Support

User Story: As a new user, I want to receive comprehensive training on how to use the Benchmarking Insights feature so that I can effectively analyze supplier performance and make informed decisions from the start.
Description: The User Training and Support requirement focuses on developing an onboarding program that equips users with the knowledge and skills necessary to leverage the Benchmarking Insights feature effectively. This includes creating user manuals, online tutorials, and live training sessions that detail how to utilize the feature for optimal insights into supplier performance. Providing robust training and ongoing support is vital for ensuring user adoption and maximizing the benefits of the feature. Feedback mechanisms will also be implemented to continuously improve training resources based on user experiences.
Acceptance Criteria: User onboarding for the Benchmarking Insights feature involves a new user accessing the training portal for the first time to learn how to use the feature effectively.

Given a new user has logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the training portal, then they can view comprehensive user manuals, tutorial videos, and schedule live training sessions.

Procurement Specialists engage in live training sessions to understand the capabilities of the Benchmarking Insights feature.

Given a live training session is scheduled, when the user attends the session, then they should receive training materials and be able to ask questions directly related to supplier performance analysis.

Users utilize online tutorials to learn specific functionalities of the Benchmarking Insights feature at their own pace.

Given a user is viewing the online tutorials, when they complete a tutorial, then there should be a completion certificate generated to confirm their understanding of the Benchmarking Insights functionalities.

Users provide feedback on the training materials and resources after they have undergone training on the Benchmarking Insights feature.

Given users have completed the training, when they submit feedback through the feedback mechanism, then the feedback form should capture their suggestions and assessment of the training effectiveness.

New users access a user manual to troubleshoot issues while using the Benchmarking Insights feature post-implementation.

Given a user is facing difficulties, when they access the user manual, then they should find step-by-step troubleshooting instructions relevant to common issues encountered with the Benchmarking Insights feature.

Regularly scheduled follow-up sessions are conducted to reinforce training and address ongoing support needs for users of the benchmarking feature.

Given follow-up sessions are planned, when users participate, then they should be able to discuss their usage experiences and learn about updates or advanced functionalities related to the Benchmarking Insights feature.

Collaboration Tools

Collaboration Tools facilitate communication between Procurement Specialists and suppliers, enabling seamless information exchange regarding performance metrics and risk evaluations. By fostering transparency and dialogue, this feature strengthens supplier relationships and promotes mutual understanding of risk factors and performance expectations.

Requirements

Real-Time Chat Functionality

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to communicate with my suppliers in real-time so that I can quickly resolve any issues regarding performance metrics and manage risk more effectively.
Description: The Real-Time Chat Functionality requirement entails the development of an instant messaging platform that enables Procurement Specialists and suppliers to engage in synchronous conversations. This feature should be integrated within the IntelliSupply dashboard, providing a user-friendly interface that allows users to send and receive messages in real-time. The chat function will facilitate immediate discussions about performance metrics and risk evaluations, thereby enhancing decision-making processes. The expected outcome is improved communication, quicker resolution of issues, and stronger relationships between suppliers and procurement teams.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-Time Messaging Between Procurement Specialists and Suppliers During Supply Chain Disruptions

Given a Procurement Specialist is logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they initiate a chat with a supplier, then the supplier receives the message in real-time without any delay and can respond immediately.

Efficiency of Chat for Discussing Performance Metrics

Given a Procurement Specialist initiates a chat regarding performance metrics, when the conversation starts, then both parties should be able to share performance reports and data files directly through the chat interface without compatibility issues.

User Interface Accessibility for Non-Technical Users

Given a non-technical user is using the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they access the chat functionality, then the interface should be intuitive and easy to navigate, allowing the user to send and receive messages without requiring technical support.

Notification System for New Chat Messages

Given a chat is initiated by a Procurement Specialist, when a supplier sends a new message, then the Procurement Specialist receives a visible notification within the dashboard, ensuring they are aware of incoming messages in real-time.

Cross-Device Compatibility of Chat Functionality

Given a Procurement Specialist accesses the IntelliSupply platform from a mobile device or tablet, when they log in, then the chat functionality should be fully operational, providing the same features as on a desktop version.

Secure Messaging for Sensitive Information Exchange

Given a conversation involves the sharing of sensitive performance metrics, when messages are sent through the chat, then all messages should be encrypted to ensure confidentiality and data protection.

Integration with Existing Communication Tools

Given a Procurement Specialist prefers to use existing communication tools, when accessing the IntelliSupply chat feature, then they should have the option to link or integrate with tools like Slack or Microsoft Teams to streamline conversations.

Document Sharing Capabilities

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to share documents with my suppliers securely so that I can ensure everyone has access to the information needed for effective collaboration.
Description: The Document Sharing Capabilities requirement focuses on enabling users to easily share essential documents related to procurement and supply chain management through the IntelliSupply platform. This feature will allow Procurement Specialists and suppliers to upload, share, and access documents, such as contracts, performance reports, and risk assessments, in a secure and organized manner. By streamlining the document-sharing process, the platform enhances collaboration and ensures that critical information is readily available for informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Document Upload Process for Procurement Specialists

Given a Procurement Specialist is logged into IntelliSupply, when they upload a document (like a contract), then the document should be securely stored and accessible in the shared documents section with proper metadata tagging for easy retrieval.

Supplier Access to Shared Documents

Given a supplier accesses the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the shared documents section, then they should be able to view all documents uploaded by the Procurement Specialist related to their procurement transactions.

Document Version Control for Continuous Updates

Given a document has been shared by a Procurement Specialist, when the document is updated, then the previous version should be archived automatically, and the supplier should receive a notification of the new version availability.

Secure Document Sharing with Access Permissions

Given a Procurement Specialist uploads a sensitive document, when they set access permissions for that document, then only authorized personnel (specific suppliers or team members) should be able to access it, ensuring confidentiality.

Performance Metrics Document Sharing

Given that performance metrics are generated, when a Procurement Specialist shares this report with relevant suppliers, then the suppliers should be able to view, comment, and request revisions directly within the IntelliSupply platform.

Search Functionality for Shared Documents

Given a user is in the shared documents section, when they use the search function to look for a specific document title or keyword, then the platform should return relevant documents instantly based on user input.

Document Deletion Workflow

Given a Procurement Specialist decides to delete a document, when they initiate the deletion process, then a confirmation prompt should appear, and upon confirmation, the document should be removed from shared access and logged in the system as deleted with timestamp.

Performance Metrics Dashboard

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to view a dashboard of key performance metrics for my suppliers so that I can assess their performance and address any issues proactively.
Description: The Performance Metrics Dashboard requirement involves creating a dedicated section within the IntelliSupply platform where users can visualize and analyze key performance indicators (KPIs) related to supplier performance. This dashboard should integrate data from various sources and provide intuitive visuals, such as charts and graphs, to enhance understanding. Users will be able to track supplier performance over time, identify trends, and make data-driven decisions. The functionality aims to foster accountability and transparency between Procurement Specialists and suppliers.
Acceptance Criteria: Users access the Performance Metrics Dashboard to view supplier performance metrics in real-time during a quarterly review meeting.

Given a user has access to the Performance Metrics Dashboard, When the user selects a specific supplier, Then the dashboard displays real-time KPIs in a visually intuitive format (charts and graphs) relevant to that supplier.

A Procurement Specialist analyzes performance trends over the past 12 months to prepare for an upcoming supplier evaluation.

Given the Performance Metrics Dashboard is accessed, When the user filters the data to show performance metrics for the last 12 months, Then the dashboard must display a comprehensive timeline of key performance indicators, including at least three different types of graph or chart visualizations.

A user identifies a sudden drop in a supplier's performance metric and needs to examine the underlying data to understand the cause.

Given a user is viewing the dashboard, When the user clicks on a specific performance metric that has decreased, Then the dashboard provides an in-depth report that includes details on the factors affecting that metric, along with historical data comparisons.

An administrator wants to ensure that all data displayed in the Performance Metrics Dashboard is accurate and up-to-date before a client presentation.

Given the data sources are integrated into the Performance Metrics Dashboard, When the dashboard is refreshed, Then it retrieves and displays the most current data from all integrated sources without any discrepancies.

Procurement Specialists need to download performance reports from the dashboard for their own analysis and record-keeping.

Given a user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, When the user selects the download option, Then the dashboard generates a comprehensive report in a user-friendly format (e.g., PDF or Excel) that includes all selected metrics and visualizations.

A user seeks clarification on the performance indicators displayed on the dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, When the user hovers over any performance metric, Then a tooltip should appear providing a clear explanation of what the metric represents and how it is calculated.

Multiple Procurement Specialists collaboratively assess supplier performance metrics to draft a joint evaluation report.

Given multiple users are accessing the Performance Metrics Dashboard simultaneously, When they discuss and analyze the displayed data, Then the dashboard must remain responsive, allowing all users to view and interact with the metrics in real-time without latency issues.

Risk Evaluation Templates

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to use standardized risk evaluation templates so that I can systematically assess and mitigate risks associated with my suppliers.
Description: The Risk Evaluation Templates requirement comprises providing a set of customizable templates that Procurement Specialists can use to assess and document supplier risks. These templates will guide users in identifying potential risks, scoring them based on likelihood and impact, and creating action plans for mitigation. The templates will standardize the risk evaluation process, enhance clarity, and ensure all necessary factors are considered, ultimately leading to better risk management in supplier relationships.
Acceptance Criteria: Procurement Specialists use the Risk Evaluation Templates to assess a new supplier's risk profile during the onboarding process.

Given a user has access to Risk Evaluation Templates, when they select a template for a new supplier, then they should be able to edit the template fields, save their inputs, and retrieve the completed assessment later.

A Procurement Specialist needs to evaluate existing suppliers against updated industry standards using the Risk Evaluation Templates.

Given that the templates are customizable, when a Procurement Specialist modifies the risk factors according to new standards, then they should be able to score each risk and generate an action plan for mitigation without errors.

The organization requires all Procurement Specialists to use standardized Risk Evaluation Templates for supplier assessments to ensure consistency.

Given that the templates have been finalized, when a Procurement Specialist conducts a risk evaluation, then their assessment must adhere to the standardized format and all sections must be filled before submission.

A Procurement Specialist reviews and analyzes risk evaluations conducted by team members using the Risk Evaluation Templates.

Given that multiple evaluations exist, when a Procurement Specialist accesses the report dashboard, then they should be able to view all risk assessments, identify scoring patterns, and filter results by supplier or risk type.

During a quarterly review, the organization looks to measure the effectiveness of the Risk Evaluation Templates in identifying supplier risks.

Given that several risk evaluations have been conducted using the templates, when the procurement team compiles the data, then they should find that at least 80% of evaluated suppliers had identified risks with documented action plans.

Supplier Feedback System

User Story: As a Procurement Specialist, I want to give feedback to my suppliers so that I can encourage improvements in performance and strengthen our working relationship.
Description: The Supplier Feedback System requirement involves implementing a mechanism for Procurement Specialists to provide feedback to suppliers on their performance and communication. This system should enable the submission of feedback forms that suppliers can access and respond to, fostering a culture of continuous improvement. By integrating this feedback loop into the platform, the relationship between Procurement Specialists and suppliers can be enhanced, resulting in better alignment and collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Review Submission

Given a Procurement Specialist has accessed the Supplier Feedback System, when they submit a performance review form for a supplier, then the form should be recorded in the system and the supplier should receive a notification of the feedback submission.

Supplier Response to Feedback

Given a supplier has received feedback from a Procurement Specialist, when the supplier accesses their feedback dashboard, then they should be able to view all feedback submissions and respond to them directly through the platform.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

Given a Procurement Specialist wants to analyze supplier feedback, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see aggregated feedback data, including ratings, trends, and response rates presented visually in charts and tables.

User Access Control for Feedback System

Given that the Supplier Feedback System is implemented, when a user attempts to access the feedback submissions, then the system should verify their role and grant access accordingly, ensuring only authorized users can view and manage feedback.

Feedback Submission Confirmation

Given a Procurement Specialist has successfully submitted a feedback form, when they submit the form, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that the feedback was submitted successfully and will be reviewed by the supplier.

Integration with Existing Systems

Given that IntelliSupply is integrated with other management systems, when a feedback submission is made, then the system should seamlessly log this interaction across connected platforms, ensuring all data remains synchronized.

Feedback System Usability Testing

Given that the Supplier Feedback System has been implemented, when a group of non-technical users is tasked with submitting feedback, then at least 90% should be able to complete the task without external assistance, verifying the system’s user-friendliness.

Role-Specific Metrics

Role-Specific Metrics allow users to curate and display analytics that are directly relevant to their specific functions, ensuring Operational Executives, Logistics Coordinators, and other stakeholders can focus on the most critical data for their roles. This feature enhances productivity by minimizing information overload and enabling more precise decision-making based on tailored insights.

Requirements

Customizable Dashboard

User Story: As an Operational Executive, I want to customize my dashboard to display only the metrics relevant to my role so that I can make data-driven decisions without sifting through unnecessary information.
Description: The Customizable Dashboard feature will allow users to personalize their dashboard layout and the specific metrics displayed based on their unique roles and responsibilities. Users can select which data visualizations are most relevant to their job functions, arrange them as desired, and save these preferences for easy access. This feature will significantly improve user experience by enabling each type of user to focus solely on the metrics that affect their decision-making processes, thereby enhancing productivity and operational effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User Personalization of Dashboard Layout

Given a user has access to the Customizable Dashboard, when they select specific metrics and arrange them according to their preference, then upon saving, the dashboard layout should reflect these changes upon the user’s next login.

Role-Based Metrics Selection

Given a user of the platform with the role of an Operational Executive, when they customize their dashboard, then they should only see metrics relevant to their role such as inventory turnover and order fulfillment rates.

Accessibility of Customized Settings

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they log back into the IntelliSupply platform, then their personalized dashboard settings, including layout and selected metrics, should load automatically without any user intervention.

Dashboard Preferences Saving Functionality

Given a user customizes their dashboard with new metrics and layout, when they click on the 'Save Preferences' button, then all changes should be stored, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User Feedback on Customization Experience

Given a user has finished customizing their dashboard and saved their preferences, when they use the dashboard for the first time, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on their customization experience.

Performance Metrics Real-time Update

Given a customized dashboard has been set up by the user, when real-time data is updated in the system, then the metrics displayed on the dashboard should refresh automatically within 5 seconds.

User Role Change Dashboard Adaptation

Given a user has their role changed from Logistics Coordinator to Operational Executive, when they log in, then their dashboard should adjust automatically to show metrics relevant to their new role without requiring manual customization.

Alerts for Metric Thresholds

User Story: As a Logistics Coordinator, I want to receive alerts when our inventory levels fall below a certain threshold so that I can take immediate action to reorder stock and prevent disruptions in supply.
Description: The Alerts for Metric Thresholds feature will enable users to set custom alerts for specific metrics when they cross defined thresholds. This functionality will empower users to respond promptly to critical changes in supply chain data, such as stock levels dropping below a certain amount or delivery times exceeding expected durations. The alerts can be configured to be sent via email, push notifications, or dashboard alerts, ensuring that important updates are acted upon quickly and effectively, thus minimizing risk and improving responsiveness in operations.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a custom alert for stock levels in IntelliSupply.

Given a user is on the alerts configuration page, when they input a stock level threshold and save the settings, then an alert should be triggered when the stock level falls below the defined threshold.

User receives notification via email when a threshold is crossed.

Given a user has set up an email alert for a specific metric, when that metric crosses the defined threshold, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes.

User updates an existing alert for delivery times.

Given a user has an existing alert for delivery times, when they change the threshold and save the updates, then the new alert criteria should be applied immediately and shown in the alert list.

User gets dashboard popup alert when a metric threshold is crossed.

Given a user is actively using the IntelliSupply dashboard, when a threshold for any metric is crossed, then a dashboard popup notification should appear within 2 minutes.

User deactivates an alert for inventory levels.

Given a user has an active alert for inventory levels, when they choose to deactivate it, then the alert should be removed from the active alerts list and should no longer trigger notifications.

User views a history of triggered alerts.

Given a user wants to review past alert notifications, when they access the alert history section, then they should see a complete list of all triggered alerts with timestamps and affected metrics.

Integrated Reporting Tool

User Story: As a Business Analyst, I want to generate customized reports that include specific metrics relevant to our operational strategies so that I can share insights with my team effectively and facilitate better decision-making.
Description: The Integrated Reporting Tool will provide users with the capability to generate comprehensive reports that compile role-specific metrics and analytics directly from the platform. Users can choose from pre-defined report templates or create custom reports by selecting specific metrics, date ranges, and data trends. This feature will facilitate in-depth analysis and reporting, allowing teams to share insights across departments and make informed strategic decisions. It enhances the collaboration and communication of data-driven insights across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a report using pre-defined metrics for an upcoming management meeting.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they select a pre-defined report template, then the report is generated correctly with the selected metrics displayed accurately.

User customizes a report by selecting specific metrics and date range for an analysis session.

Given the user selects specific metrics and a date range for a custom report, when they click 'Generate Report', then the system compiles and displays the report with the correct data corresponding to the user's selections.

User shares a generated report with team members via email directly from the IntelliSupply platform.

Given the user has a report open, when they choose to share the report via email, then the system sends the report to the specified email addresses with the correct content and format as displayed in the report.

User views a summary of insights derived from a generated report on the platform's dashboard.

Given a report has been generated, when the user navigates to the dashboard, then the summary of insights is displayed prominently and accurately reflects the key findings from the report.

User attempts to generate a report without selecting any metrics or date range.

Given the user has not selected any metrics or date range, when they attempt to generate the report, then the system prompts an error message stating 'Please select at least one metric and date range'.

Multiple users collaborate on a report simultaneously from different locations.

Given multiple users are accessing and editing a report at the same time, when they try to save their changes, then the system synchronizes the data and displays all updates without conflict.

User reviews the report generation history within the platform for auditing.

Given the user navigates to the report generation history section, when they view the logs, then all generated reports are listed with timestamps and user details, ensuring accountability and traceability.

Mobile Accessibility

User Story: As a Logistics Coordinator, I want to access the platform from my mobile device so that I can monitor key metrics and respond to alerts while I am away from the office.
Description: The Mobile Accessibility feature will ensure that users can access the IntelliSupply platform and their role-specific metrics from mobile devices. This functionality would include a responsive design and a mobile app option, granting users the flexibility to monitor metrics and receive alerts on-the-go. This enhancement is essential for professionals who need immediate insights and updates while away from their desks, thus supporting quicker decision-making and greater operational agility in managing supply chain activities.
Acceptance Criteria: Mobile Access to Role-Specific Metrics for Logistics Coordinator

Given that the Logistics Coordinator is using a mobile device, when they access the IntelliSupply platform, then they should see a dashboard displaying only the metrics relevant to their role, with no information overload.

Responsive Design Functionality on Various Mobile Devices

Given that a user is accessing the IntelliSupply platform from different mobile devices (smartphones, tablets), when they navigate through the role-specific metrics, then the layout should be responsive, ensuring that all information is visible and formatted correctly on each device.

Real-Time Alerts on Mobile When Metrics Change

Given that the user has set up notifications for specific metrics, when any of these metrics change or reach predefined thresholds, then the user should receive a real-time alert on their mobile device.

Offline Access to Cached Role-Specific Metrics

Given that the user is in an area with no internet connectivity, when they open the IntelliSupply mobile app, then they should be able to view previously cached role-specific metrics for up to 24 hours without losing access to critical information.

User Authentication for Mobile Access

Given that a user wants to access the IntelliSupply platform from their mobile device, when they attempt to log in, then they must enter their credentials and successfully authenticate before accessing the role-specific metrics.

Integration with Existing Systems for Mobile Use

Given that the IntelliSupply platform is designed to integrate with other systems, when the user accesses role-specific metrics on their mobile device, then they should see seamless data updates that reflect any changes made in the integrated systems in real time.

User Feedback on Mobile Experience

Given that the mobile platform has been deployed to users, when users utilize the mobile access for role-specific metrics, then they should be able to submit feedback about their experience, helping to identify potential issues and improvement areas.

Data Filtering Options

User Story: As an Operational Executive, I want to filter the displayed metrics by time frame and product category so that I can analyze trends relevant to my specific interests and goals.
Description: The Data Filtering Options feature will enable users to apply advanced filters to the metrics displayed on their dashboard, allowing for a more granular look at data relevant to their roles. Users can filter by various parameters such as time frame, location, product category, and more, which enhances the analytical flexibility and ensures that users can extract insights tailored to their immediate needs. This functionality will support more informed decision-making and strategic planning by allowing users to dissect data effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Operational Executive filters dashboard metrics to analyze sales data from the last quarter by product category.

Given that the Operational Executive is on the dashboard, when they select the 'Last Quarter' time frame and 'Product Category' filter, then the dashboard should only display metrics related to sales from the last quarter categorized by the selected products.

Logistics Coordinator uses data filtering to assess logistics performance in a specific region over the past month.

Given that the Logistics Coordinator is viewing the dashboard, when they apply a 'Last Month' filter and select 'Region - North', then the dashboard should update to show logistics performance data exclusively for the Northern region within the past month.

Supply Chain Manager analyzes supplier performance using filters for different product categories.

Given the Supply Chain Manager is operating within the dashboard, when they set the filter to 'Product Category - Electronics', then the displayed metrics should reflect only the performance data relevant to suppliers of electronic products.

Inventory Manager needs to review inventory levels over specified time frames and categories to prepare a report.

Given the Inventory Manager has accessed the dashboard, when they select the 'Last 6 Months' and 'Category - Clothing', then the metrics displayed should specifically show inventory levels for clothing items recorded in the past six months.

A marketing analyst is interested in reviewing the impact of promotions on different product lines using filters.

Given that the marketing analyst is on the metrics dashboard, when they apply the filter for 'Promotions - Yes' and 'Product Line - Footwear', then the analytics should reflect only the performance metrics for footwear products that were subjected to promotions.

Procurement Officers need to evaluate vendor response times across various locations within the last year.

Given that the Procurement Officer has accessed the dashboard, when they choose 'Last Year' as the time frame and set the filter to 'Location - Europe', then all displayed metrics should correspond to vendor response times solely in Europe during the past year.

An executive leader wants to summarize key performance metrics related to operational efficiency over the past two months.

Given that the executive leader is viewing the dashboard, when they apply the filter for 'Last 2 Months' and 'Metrics - Operational Efficiency', then the displayed data should summarize all relevant operational efficiency metrics for the previous two-month period.

Real-Time Data Integration

Real-Time Data Integration seamlessly connects the dashboard with live data sources, providing users with up-to-date analytics as situations evolve. This feature empowers users to react quickly to changes in supply chain dynamics, improving agility and responsiveness and enabling timely adjustments to operational strategies.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Synchronization

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want dynamic data synchronization so that I can always have the most current supply chain information at my fingertips, allowing me to react swiftly to unforeseen changes.
Description: Dynamic Data Synchronization is a requirement that facilitates the seamless integration of multiple data sources into the IntelliSupply dashboard. This feature ensures that the dashboard reflects the most current supply chain data from various channels, such as inventory systems, sales platforms, and logistics providers. By doing so, it enables users to access real-time information, which is crucial for making informed decisions and responding promptly to fluctuations in supply chain performance. The synchronization process should be automated, reducing manual input errors and increasing the reliability of data presented. As a result, businesses can achieve enhanced operational efficiency and a significant reduction in decision-making time.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully retrieves live inventory data from multiple sources during a peak sales period.

Given that the user is logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they initiate a data synchronization request, then the dashboard should display the most current inventory levels from all integrated data sources within 2 minutes.

A business user receives a timely alert for supply chain disruptions through the dashboard.

Given that the real-time data integration is active, when there is a delay in shipment from any logistics provider, then the system should send an alert notification to the user within 5 minutes of the disruption being detected.

A user successfully integrates a new sales platform with the IntelliSupply dashboard.

Given that the user has completed the setup for the new sales platform, when the user triggers the data sync, then the dashboard should automatically include data from this new source within 10 minutes without manual intervention.

Timely updates from the inventory system reflect changes made in real-time to the IntelliSupply dashboard during operational hours.

Given that the inventory levels are modified in the inventory system, when the changes are made, then the dashboard should reflect the updated inventory levels within 3 minutes without any errors.

Users experience a decrease in decision-making time with real-time data access.

Given that data synchronization is fully operational, when users access the dashboard to make inventory decisions, then the average decision-making time should reduce by at least 30% compared to before implementation of this feature.

The dashboard's data integration functionality is tested under multiple concurrent data updates.

Given that multiple data updates are happening across integrated systems, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the data should remain consistent and accurate without any data loss or discrepancies.

Alert System for Anomalies

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want an alert system for anomalies so that I can be immediately notified of any disruptions in the supply chain, enabling me to take proactive measures.
Description: The Alert System for Anomalies requirement is intended to detect irregularities or unexpected changes in supply chain data and notify users in real-time through a customizable alert system. This feature empowers users to set thresholds for different key performance indicators (KPIs) and provides notifications when data deviates from expected patterns. By proactively informing users about potential issues, such as inventory shortages or shipment delays, this system enhances risk management and allows for timely interventions. The alerts should be configurable, enabling users to specify alert preferences, helping them to focus on the most critical data points relevant to their operations.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a high inventory alert when stock levels drop below the configured threshold during routine inventory checks.

Given the user has set a minimum inventory threshold of 20 units, When the stock level of a predefined product drops to 15 units, Then an alert notification should be triggered and sent to the user's dashboard and email.

System detects a shipment delay and notifies the logistics manager to take immediate action.

Given a shipment is scheduled for delivery and the expected arrival time has passed, When the system identifies the shipment is delayed by more than 2 hours, Then an alert should be generated and sent to the logistics manager's email and the dashboard.

User customizes the alert settings for different KPIs based on their operational needs.

Given the user is on the alert settings page, When the user selects KPIs related to shipments and inventory levels and adjusts their thresholds, Then the system should allow changes and save the configuration successfully without any errors.

User receives an alert for unexpected changes in demand forecasting due to a sudden market trend shift.

Given the machine learning system has identified a 30% spike in demand for a product, When this change is detected within 24 hours, Then the system should send an alert to the appropriate users indicating the need to review inventory levels for that product.

User tests the alert system by simulating a scenario where parameters are deliberately changed.

Given that the user has access to a testing environment, When they simulate a scenario where inventory drops suddenly, Then the system should accurately trigger the corresponding alert without delays or errors in the test environment.

Users view a log of all alerts triggered in the past for analysis and reporting purposes.

Given the user accesses the alert history log, When they view the log for the past week, Then all alerts triggered should be listed with timestamps, event types, and actions taken, allowing for comprehensive analysis.

User modifies existing alert thresholds for better alignment with their current business strategies.

Given the user is on the alert management page, When they change the threshold values for specific KPIs, Then the system should save the changes and reflect the updated thresholds in the alert configuration without requiring a page refresh.

Predictive Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a business analyst, I want a predictive analytics dashboard so that I can forecast future supply chain trends and make informed planning decisions ahead of time.
Description: The Predictive Analytics Dashboard requirement focuses on implementing advanced machine learning algorithms that analyze historical supply chain data and predict future trends and disruptions. The dashboard will provide users with insights into potential inventory shortages, demand fluctuations, or delays before they occur. This capability will help users to optimize inventory levels and improve supply chain planning, reducing costs associated with excess stock or urgent orders. The predictive analytics feature must integrate smoothly with real-time data inputs to ensure accurate forecasting, thus enabling users to make proactive decisions based on reliable data-driven insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Predictive Analytics Dashboard to review inventory levels for the upcoming season.

Given the user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they select the Predictive Analytics Dashboard, then they should see an overview of predicted inventory needs based on historical data and current trends.

User receives alerts about potential inventory shortages and demand fluctuations before they occur.

Given the user has set inventory thresholds, when the Predictive Analytics Dashboard processes the real-time data, then they should receive alerts about potential shortages or surpluses at least 72 hours in advance.

User integrates the Predictive Analytics Dashboard with external supplier databases to enhance forecasting accuracy.

Given the user has provided access to external databases, when the Predictive Analytics Dashboard is refreshed, then it should display predictions that are informed by both historical internal data and external supplier data.

User utilizes the insights from the Predictive Analytics Dashboard to adjust inventory levels proactively.

Given the dashboard displays a prediction of increased demand for a product, when the user takes action to adjust inventory levels, then the changes should be updated in the inventory management system in real-time.

User generates a report from the Predictive Analytics Dashboard to present to stakeholders.

Given the user selects the reporting feature, when they generate a report, then it should include visualizations of predicted trends and a summary of key insights, ready for export or presentation.

User evaluates the accuracy of predictive analytics after the demand period has passed.

Given the predicted trends from a previous month, when the user compares actual sales data with the predictions, then they should see an accuracy rate of at least 85% in forecasts generated by the dashboard.

User-Friendly Reporting Tools

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want user-friendly reporting tools so that I can generate tailored reports that provide insights into our supply chain performance without needing technical skills.
Description: User-Friendly Reporting Tools are essential to facilitate the generation of customizable reports and visualizations based on real-time data accessed through the IntelliSupply platform. These tools will allow non-technical users to easily create, modify, and share reports that highlight key metrics and trends within the supply chain. The ability to generate dynamic reports not only improves user efficiency but also enhances the visibility of critical data to stakeholders. Features should include drag-and-drop functionality, various template options, and export capabilities to enhance usability and accessibility of the reports generated.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a customizable report to analyze inventory levels for the past month using the User-Friendly Reporting Tools.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they access the reporting tools and select inventory report, then they should be able to customize the report using drag-and-drop functionality with at least 5 different metrics to choose from and generate a report successfully.

Non-technical user needs to export a report showing delivery delays to share with stakeholders.

Given the user has created a report on delivery delays, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the report in at least 3 different formats (PDF, Excel, CSV) without errors and open the file successfully.

A logistics manager wants to modify an existing report to include new KPIs based on real-time data.

Given the user is in the reporting tool, when they access an existing report and use the modification options, then they should be able to add at least 2 new KPIs and save the updated report without any loss of previous data.

User shares a report with team members through the IntelliSupply platform.

Given the user has a completed report, when they use the share functionality, then the report should be sent to at least 3 specified team members via email notifications with the correct access rights to view the report.

A user accesses the User-Friendly Reporting Tools to visualize sales trends over the last quarter.

Given the user selects the sales trend template in the reporting tool, when they generate the report, then the visualization should accurately reflect data trends for the last quarter using interactive charts or graphs.

User seeks help with using the drag-and-drop feature for report generation.

Given the user accesses help documentation or support, when they are guided on using the drag-and-drop feature, then they should successfully generate a report without requiring additional technical assistance.

Mobile Access for Real-Time Updates

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want mobile access to real-time updates so that I can monitor the status of my supply chain and respond to issues while I am away from my desk.
Description: Mobile Access for Real-Time Updates is a requirement that allows users to access the IntelliSupply platform via mobile devices. This feature is critical for supply chain professionals who need to monitor operations and receive updates while on the go. The mobile access should include a responsive design that maintains functionality without compromising usability, ensuring that users can easily navigate through data analytics and receive real-time alerts. This access will enhance decision-making capabilities, as users can react quickly to operational changes from anywhere, improving overall supply chain agility.
Acceptance Criteria: Mobile access during a supply chain disruption event.

Given a supply chain disruption event occurs, When the user accesses the mobile platform, Then the user must receive real-time alerts and updates about the situation and operational changes.

Monitoring inventory levels on the mobile app.

Given the user is logged into the mobile app, When the user views the inventory dashboard, Then the user must see live updates of inventory levels, including current stock and alerts for low stock.

Accessing historical data analytics via mobile.

Given the user selects the analytics section on the mobile platform, When the user requests historical data, Then the system must display relevant historical analytics in a user-friendly format within 3 seconds.

Receiving custom notifications on mobile devices.

Given the user has set up custom notifications for inventory levels, When inventory reaches a predetermined threshold, Then the user must receive a push notification on their mobile device within 1 minute.

Ensuring responsive design on various mobile devices.

Given the user accesses the platform on different mobile devices, When the user navigates through various features, Then all features must display correctly and be fully functional on all screen sizes.

User authentication and security via mobile access.

Given the user attempts to log in on the mobile app, When the user enters their credentials, Then the system must authenticate the user securely and provide access within 5 seconds.

Accessing customer support via mobile.

Given the user encounters a problem, When the user navigates to the support section on mobile, Then the user must have access to support options, including live chat, FAQs, and contact information within 2 clicks.

Custom Reporting Templates

Custom Reporting Templates enable users to create personalized reports that cater specifically to their needs and preferences. By allowing users to choose metrics, visualizations, and formats, this feature enhances report efficiency and facilitates clearer communication with stakeholders while ensuring that vital insights are highlighted effectively.

Requirements

Template Customization Options

User Story: As a business analyst, I want to customize my reporting templates with specific metrics and visualizations so that I can present insights that are tailored to my stakeholders' needs and improve our decision-making process.
Description: The Custom Reporting Templates feature will allow users to choose from a variety of metrics, visualizations (such as charts and graphs), and formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) to tailor their reports according to specific needs. This functionality will empower users to present data in the most effective way for their audience and facilitate better decision-making. As a core part of the product’s reporting capabilities, it integrates directly with the existing data analytics engine, ensuring that custom reports pull the latest data accurately while allowing users to save their templates for future use. The enhancement of this feature is crucial for improving user engagement and satisfaction, leading to more effective communication of insights to stakeholders and enhancing business operations overall.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects specific metrics and visualizations to create a custom report that highlights sales performance over the last quarter.

Given the user is on the Custom Reporting Templates page, When they select 'Sales Performance' as a metric and choose a bar chart for visualization, Then the report should generate with the selected parameters accurately displayed.

User saves a custom report template for future use and accesses it afterward.

Given the user has created a custom report with selected metrics and visualizations, When they save the template under a specific name, Then the template should be retrievable from the 'Saved Templates' section with all settings intact.

User generates a report in PDF format after customizing their template.

Given the user has selected metrics and visualizations and clicked on 'Export', When they choose PDF as the export format, Then the system should generate the report in PDF format containing the selected customizations.

User customizes the report layout and format to fit specific stakeholder needs before presenting it.

Given the user has selected metrics and visualizations, When they adjust the layout options (e.g., page orientation, margins) and save the design, Then the report layout should reflect these adjustments in the final output.

User selects multiple visualizations and compares different metrics within the same report template.

Given the user is in the Custom Reporting Templates page, When they choose 'Sales', 'Inventory', and 'Customer Feedback' as metrics and select a pie chart and line graph for visualization, Then the generated report should display both visualizations accurately representing the selected metrics side by side.

User views the performance of the data fetching process when generating a custom report.

Given the user has generated a custom report, When they analyze the time taken for the report to load, Then the loading time must not exceed 5 seconds for reports pulling no more than 1000 data points.

User-Friendly Interface for Template Creation

User Story: As a non-technical user, I want an easy-to-use interface for creating custom report templates so that I can generate reports without needing technical support or programming knowledge.
Description: The requirement entails designing an intuitive, user-friendly interface for creating and managing custom reporting templates. The interface must allow non-technical users to easily navigate through options for selecting metrics, visualizations, and layouts without requiring extensive training. This capability will enhance the accessibility of the report generation process, allowing users of varying technical backgrounds to efficiently create their own tailored reports. Incorporating drag-and-drop functionality and pre-built templates will also significantly reduce the time required to generate custom reports, directly leading to increased productivity and user adoption.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the custom reporting templates section and initiates the template creation process.

Given the user is on the custom reporting templates page, when they click on 'Create New Template', then they should be redirected to the template creation interface with a selection of metrics, visualizations, and layouts available.

User selects a variety of metrics and visualizations to be included in the report template.

Given the user is in the template creation interface, when they select multiple metrics and visualizations from the available options, then all selected options should be visibly queued for addition to the report template without errors.

User uses drag-and-drop functionality to arrange the selected items in the report template.

Given the user has selected metrics and visualizations, when they drag an item and drop it into the desired position on the report layout, then the item should appear in the new position and the layout should adjust accordingly, maintaining a user-friendly alignment.

User opts to save the created report template for future use.

Given the user has completed the report template, when they click on 'Save', then the system should prompt for a template name, and upon submission, the template should be saved and retrievable in the user's dashboard.

User attempts to generate a report using the saved custom template.

Given the user has at least one saved report template, when they select the template and click 'Generate Report', then the system should generate the report correctly with all previously selected metrics, visualizations, and layout.

User seeks assistance if they encounter difficulties while creating a custom report.

Given the user is in the template creation interface, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be presented with contextual help options or a guided tutorial to facilitate the report creation process.

Real-Time Data Integration

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to create custom reports that reflect real-time data so that I can make informed decisions quickly and adapt to changing conditions in my operations.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling real-time data integration within the custom reporting templates feature. Users should be able to pull data from various sources in real time, ensuring that their reports reflect the most current information available. This integration must support multiple data formats and sources, such as databases, CSV files, and cloud storage solutions. By providing immediate access to up-to-date information, the custom reports will enhance their relevance and accuracy, allowing businesses to respond quickly to operational changes or market trends.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Custom Reporting Templates feature to create a report that pulls real-time sales data from multiple data sources.

Given that the user selects 'Sales Data' as their report type, when they choose data sources (e.g., a Google Sheet and a SQL database) and click 'Generate Report,' then the report should display the most current sales figures with no more than a 2-second lag in data retrieval.

A user wants to customize a report by selecting specific metrics and visualizations that update in real time.

Given that the user selects specific metrics (e.g., total sales, inventory levels) and visualization types (e.g., bar chart, pie chart), when the user clicks 'Refresh,' then the report should update instantly to reflect the latest data with the chosen visualizations.

A user needs to ensure that their report accurately reflects data from a CSV file and a cloud storage source.

Given that the user integrates a CSV file and a cloud storage source into their report, when they generate the report, then all data from both sources should be incorporated without discrepancies and with correct formatting.

The user configures their report to send an alert when inventory levels fall below a certain threshold based on real-time data.

Given that the user sets an inventory alert threshold of 20 units, when the report updates in real time and inventory levels drop below this threshold, then the user should receive an immediate notification via email or platform alert.

The user wants to generate a report that combines data from different platforms in one visualization.

Given that the user connects to multiple data sources including an ERP system and a CRM, when they create a custom visualization, then the report should merge and display data from both sources accurately in real-time.

A user is looking to print or export their customized report directly from the IntelliSupply platform.

Given that the user finalizes their customized report, when they select the 'Print' or 'Export' option, then the system should produce a document in the specified format (PDF/Excel) that matches the on-screen report without any data loss.

The user requires the platform to handle simultaneous data requests from multiple users without latency issues.

Given that multiple users generate reports concurrently, when they request real-time data, then the system should maintain performance standards with no individual report retrieval exceeding a 3-second load time.

Report Sharing and Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a project manager, I want to share my custom reports with my team and allow collaborative editing so that we can streamline our reporting process and ensure everyone is aligned on our findings.
Description: The requirement is to implement sharing and collaboration tools within the custom reporting templates feature. Users should be able to easily share their customized reports with team members, stakeholders, or external parties via email or direct links. Additionally, collaborative features should allow multiple users to work on a report template simultaneously. This functionality will enhance teamwork and communication, ensuring that all relevant stakeholders can access vital insights without unnecessary delays and that feedback can be integrated efficiently into the reporting process.
Acceptance Criteria: User Sharing Customized Reports via Email

Given a user has created a customized report, when they select the 'Share' option and enter the recipient's email address, then the system should send an email containing a link to the report and any selected message.

User Sharing Customized Reports via Direct Links

Given a user has created a customized report, when they select the 'Share via Link' option, then a unique and secure link should be generated that allows access to the report without requiring additional authentication for the recipient.

Simultaneous Collaboration on Report Templates

Given that multiple users are working on the same report template, when one user makes changes to the report, then all other users should see the updates in real-time without having to refresh their browser.

User Feedback Integration in Reports

Given a user has shared a report with team members, when those members provide feedback through the collaboration tool, then the original user should receive a notification of the feedback and be able to view the comments directly on the report.

Saving Custom Report Templates

Given a user has customized a report, when they select the 'Save Template' option, then the system should save the report with all its parameters including metrics, visualizations, and layout for future use.

Version Control for Report Templates

Given that a report has been shared and edited by multiple users, when the user views the report history, then they should be able to see a list of changes made, including who made each change and the ability to revert to previous versions.

Access Permissions for Shared Reports

Given a user shares a report with others, when they set up sharing permissions, then those permissions should dictate whether the recipients can view, edit or comment on the report, ensuring appropriate access controls are in place.

Template Analytics and Usage Tracking

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to track the usage of my custom report templates so that I can analyze their effectiveness and make improvements based on actual user engagement and feedback.
Description: This requirement involves integrating analytics capabilities to track the usage and effectiveness of custom reporting templates. Users should have access to data on how often templates are utilized, which metrics are most frequently chosen, and the overall impact of reports on decision-making processes. This insight will help improve future reporting capabilities by understanding user behavior and preferences, ultimately enhancing the overall user experience and increasing the value of the reporting feature.
Acceptance Criteria: Template Usage Frequency Tracking

Given a user has created multiple custom reporting templates, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see a list of templates with usage frequency counts displayed for each template over the past month.

Metric Selection Insights

Given a user selects metrics while creating a custom reporting template, when they save the template, then the system should log the selected metrics and display the top 5 most frequently chosen metrics in a dedicated analytics section.

Report Impact Assessment

Given a user generates a report using a custom template, when the report is distributed to stakeholders, then the user should be able to view a summary of user feedback and any decisions made as a result, tracked in the analytics dashboard.

Time-Series Analysis of Template Usage

Given historical data is available, when the user views the usage analytics, then they should see a time-series graph displaying template usage trends over the last six months.

User Activity Notification System

Given a user regularly utilizes specific custom reporting templates, when those templates are used by others, then the original user should receive a notification detailing the new usages of their templates, enhancing collaborative efforts.

Template Customization Feedback Loop

Given a user completes a report using a custom template, when they submit their feedback on the template's effectiveness, then this feedback should be recorded and accessible in analytics for future improvements.

Detailed Report Generation Efficiency Metrics

Given a user has generated multiple reports using custom templates, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics on report generation time and any bottlenecks encountered during creation.

Interactive Visualizations

Interactive Visualizations transform static data into engaging and dynamic charts and graphs, allowing users to drill down into specific data points and uncover deeper insights. This feature enhances user understanding of trends and anomalies, fostering a more visual and intuitive approach to data analysis.

Requirements

Data Filtering Options

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to filter data visualizations by product category and timeframe so that I can analyze specific trends and performance metrics relevant to my current inventory needs.
Description: The Data Filtering Options requirement enables users to refine and customize the data visualizations displayed on the dashboard. This feature allows users to filter data based on various criteria such as time periods, regions, product categories, and specific metrics, providing a tailored view that aligns with their unique analytical needs. Enhanced flexibility in filtering not only improves user experience but also enables more precise insights into trends and anomalies, thus facilitating better decision-making. Integration with the existing database and dynamic visual output will ensure that users can make effective, data-driven decisions quickly and efficiently.
Acceptance Criteria

Exportable Reports Feature

User Story: As a business analyst, I want to export data visualizations into Excel so that I can create detailed presentations and share insights with the executive team.
Description: The Exportable Reports Feature allows users to extract and download custom reports generated from the interactive visualizations. Users can select specific data sets, formats (such as PDF, Excel, CSV), and even pre-defined templates for ease of use. This function is critical for stakeholders who need to share insights with team members or present data to management. By providing easily exportable formats, this feature enhances the usability of the visualizations, enabling better communication of analytical findings and reinforcing the data-driven culture within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the interactive visualizations dashboard and selects data sets that they want to include in a report. After customizing the report parameters, they initiate the export process.

Given that the user has selected specific data sets and defined report parameters, when they click the 'Export' button, then a custom report should be generated in the chosen format (PDF, Excel, or CSV) and available for download within 5 seconds.

User applies filters to visualization data and chooses to export the filtered results for presentation purposes.

Given that the user has applied filters to the visualized data, when they attempt to export this data, then the exported report should accurately reflect those selected filters and include only the relevant data points.

User utilizes a predefined report template while exporting data to ensure consistency in reporting across team members.

Given that the user has selected a predefined report template for export, when they complete the export process, then the final report should adopt the predefined format and structure without errors.

Team member wants to share insights with management by exporting visualizations and ensuring that sensitive data is either excluded or anonymized.

Given that the user has specified data privacy preferences during the export, when they proceed with the export function, then the exported report must comply with the specified privacy settings, ensuring that any sensitive data is properly handled according to the organization's data protection policy.

User attempts to export a report but experiences a system error or delay.

Given that the user faces an error during the export process, when an error occurs, then the system should display an informative error message and provide guidance on how to resolve the issue without losing the user's progress.

User verifies the integrity of the exported report to ensure accurate representation of the original interactive visualizations.

Given that the user has exported a report, when they open and review the report, then the data present in the report must match the data presented in the interactive visualizations, confirming no discrepancies in values or formats.

Interactive Tooltip Insights

User Story: As a sales manager, I want to see detailed insights when hovering over data points in visualizations so that I can understand the context of the data without interrupting my workflow.
Description: The Interactive Tooltip Insights requirement introduces informational tooltips that appear when users hover over specific data points on the visualizations. These tooltips will contain additional contextual information such as definitions, related metrics, and historical data comparisons. This feature greatly enhances the user experience by providing instant insights without requiring additional clicks or navigation, promoting a more intuitive understanding of the data. This real-time interactive feedback is crucial for users to grasp complex patterns and trends quickly, thereby enhancing their analytical capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User Exploring Data Trends through Interactive Visualizations

Given a user hovers over a specific data point in the interactive visualization, when the tooltip appears, then it should display contextual information including definitions, related metrics, and historical data comparisons relevant to that point.

User Seeking Additional Insights While Analyzing Inventory Levels

Given a user is analyzing inventory levels on the dashboard, when the user hovers over any data point representing current stock levels, then the tooltip should provide insights into the average stock over the last three months and highlight any significant deviations.

User Comparing Historical Data Across Different Time Periods

Given a user is reviewing historical sales data through visualizations, when the user hovers over a data point representing a specific month, then the tooltip should show a comparison with the same month from the previous year, including percentage changes.

User Identifying Anomalies in Supply Chain Data

Given a user is engaged with a visualization indicating supply chain disruptions, when the user hovers over the data point indicating a disruption, then the tooltip should contain a brief explanation of the cause and impact of the disruption on operations.

User In Need of Definitions for Metrics in Visualizations

Given a user is interacting with a complex visualization displaying various metrics, when the user hovers over a metric label, then a tooltip should pop up providing a clear and concise definition of that metric.

User Wanting to Drill Down for Deeper Data Insights

Given a user is navigating through a high-level summary visualization, when the user hovers over a summarized data point, then the tooltip should present an option to drill down into more detailed data for that specific category.

Customizable Dashboard Layouts

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can prioritize the data visualizations that matter most to my daily operations.
Description: The Customizable Dashboard Layouts requirement allows users to personalize their dashboard by rearranging, resizing, and selecting widgets based on individual preferences and work requirements. This flexibility ensures that users can prioritize the most relevant data visualizations, creating a user-friendly interface that caters to varying analytical styles. This personalization is essential in increasing user engagement, satisfaction, and productivity, as users can tailor their dashboards to fit their specific informational needs and workflows.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes their dashboard layout to prioritize sales data widgets on the top for the daily review of their performance.

Given a logged-in user, when they access the customizable dashboard feature, then they can drag and drop the sales data widget to the desired position and resize it according to their specifications, and the changes are saved upon exiting the dashboard.

User selects and adds specific data visualization widgets to their dashboard that display relevant information for their team.

Given a user is on the dashboard customization page, when they click on the 'Add Widget' button, then they should see a list of data visualization options and be able to select multiple widgets to display on their dashboard.

User attempts to reset their dashboard layout to the default settings after customizing it.

Given a user has customized their dashboard layout, when they click on the 'Reset to Default' button, then the dashboard layout is restored to its initial configuration, and all custom settings are cleared without any error messages.

User wants to switch between multiple saved dashboard layouts during a meeting to present different data sets.

Given a user has multiple saved dashboard layouts, when they select a different layout from the dropdown menu, then the dashboard updates immediately to reflect the selected layout without any delay or glitches.

User wants to verify that the dashboard layout customization saves accurately and is preserved across sessions.

Given a user customizes their dashboard layout, when they log out and log back in, then the dashboard should display the same customized layout without requiring the user to make adjustments again.

User intends to verify if the dashboard allows multiple users to have distinct layouts based on their roles.

Given multiple users with different roles log in, when each user accesses their dashboard, then each user can have a unique layout that is tailored to their specific data needs and roles without interference from other users' settings.

User accesses the dashboard customization tool on a mobile device to ensure responsiveness and usability.

Given a user navigates to the customizable dashboard on a mobile device, when they attempt to rearrange and resize widgets, then the interface should be responsive, allowing smooth interactions without any loss of functionality compared to the desktop version.

Real-time Data Updates

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want the visualizations to update in real-time so that I can react promptly to any changes in supply chain dynamics and keep operations running smoothly.
Description: The Real-time Data Updates requirement ensures that the interactive visualizations display the most current data available, automatically refreshing at defined intervals or upon significant data changes. This enables users to gain real-time insights into their supply chain operations and make timely decisions based on the latest information. The immediate access to updated data is critical for maintaining operational efficiency and responsiveness, allowing businesses to swiftly adapt to changes in demand or disruptions in the supply chain.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the interactive visualizations dashboard during peak business hours to monitor real-time inventory levels and sales trends.

Given that the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, When the dashboard is accessed, Then the visualizations should display the most current data, automatically refreshing every 5 minutes without user intervention.

A user is analyzing sales data to identify trends and must ensure the displayed visualizations reflect the latest updates subsequent to recent sales activity.

Given that significant sales activity has occurred within the last minute, When the interactive visualizations are viewed, Then the charts and graphs should reflect the updated data immediately, with no more than a 10-second delay.

A user needs to prepare a report based on real-time data before a meeting and relies on the interactive visualizations to present accurate and current information.

Given that the user prepares for the meeting at least 10 minutes in advance, When the user requests the report output, Then the data represented in the report must align with the visualizations generated within the last 5 minutes, ensuring accuracy and timeliness.

A logistic manager is monitoring potential disruptions in supply chain data during an unexpected surge in demand and needs instant insights.

Given that a disruption alert has been triggered due to demand increase, When the user refreshes the interactive visualizations, Then the updated insights should be available within 2 seconds, allowing for timely decision-making.

A non-technical user is navigating through the interactive visualizations to understand trends in their inventory over the last week.

Given that the user selects the last week's data range, When viewing the interactive visualizations, Then the system should automatically pull and display the most relevant data within 3 seconds, ensuring ease of accessibility for non-technical users.

A data analyst is verifying the accuracy of visualizations by comparing them to the raw data source at the end of each business day.

Given that the data analyst retrieves the raw data source after business hours, When a comparison with the interactive visualizations is made, Then there should be no discrepancies greater than 1% between the raw data and the displayed visualizations, verifying accuracy.

Alerts & Notifications Engine

The Alerts & Notifications Engine provides customizable alerts based on key performance indicators (KPIs) monitored within the dashboard. Users can set thresholds for critical metrics, ensuring they are promptly notified of any significant changes, which helps to prevent issues before they escalate and supports proactive management.

Requirements

Custom Alert Configuration

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to configure custom alerts for key performance indicators, so that I can receive timely notifications that allow me to respond proactively to potential issues before they impact operations.
Description: The Custom Alert Configuration functionality allows users to define specific KPIs and set customizable thresholds for alerts. Users can incorporate various metrics such as inventory levels, shipment delays, and supplier performance, ensuring they receive notifications that are pertinent to their unique operational needs. This feature connects seamlessly with the existing dashboard to ensure real-time updates and notifications when thresholds are crossed, enhancing proactive decision-making and reducing the risk of operational disruptions. Additionally, users can choose the delivery method for alerts, including email, SMS, or in-app notifications, facilitating prompt responses to critical situations.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a custom alert for inventory levels reaching a critical threshold below which reordering is necessary, monitoring this in the IntelliSupply dashboard.

Given that the user accesses the Custom Alert Configuration, when they specify the KPI as 'Inventory Level' and set the threshold to '100 units', then a notification should be triggered via the selected delivery method when the inventory level falls below 100 units.

A user receives a notification about shipment delays exceeding the defined threshold during peak business hours, using the in-app notification method.

Given that the user has configured a custom alert for 'Shipment Delays' with a threshold of '24 hours', when a shipment delays exceed this threshold, then the user should receive an in-app notification immediately.

A user wants to modify their alert settings for supplier performance metrics that have been previously configured.

Given that the user wishes to change the threshold for the 'Supplier Performance' KPI from '85%' to '90%', when they update the configuration and save the changes, then the alert should reflect the new threshold of '90%' and notifications should be triggered accordingly.

The system should allow users to select multiple delivery methods for their alerts, ensuring flexibility in how they receive notifications.

Given that a user configures a new custom alert and selects both 'Email' and 'SMS' as delivery methods for urgent notifications, when the alert is triggered, then the user should receive notifications via both selected methods.

A user wishes to test the functionality of the alerts before reliance on them in a live environment.

Given that a user is in the Custom Alert Configuration screen, when they choose to test the alert functionality, then the system should simulate crossing the threshold and send a test notification to the user's selected delivery methods for confirmation.

The user intends to ensure that alerts are customizable not only in their thresholds but also in the types of KPIs they can monitor, reflecting diverse business needs.

Given that a user accesses the Custom Alert Configuration, when they select 'Add KPI', then they should see a comprehensive list of available KPIs including 'Inventory Levels', 'Shipment Delays', and 'Supplier Performance' to choose from.

Threshold Management Dashboard

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want to manage KPIs and their alert thresholds through a dashboard, so that I can easily tailor my alerts to the evolving requirements of my supply chain operations.
Description: The Threshold Management Dashboard provides a user-friendly interface for managing alert settings and thresholds. It offers a visual representation of current KPIs, alert configurations, and their current statuses, allowing users to easily modify thresholds and alert parameters as necessary. The dashboard enables users to view historical data on alerts triggered, providing insights into performance trends and enabling continuous improvement in supply chain management practices. Integrating with underlying data sources ensures that changes are reflected in real-time, enhancing the usability and effectiveness of the Alerts & Notifications Engine.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Threshold Management Dashboard to review and modify alert settings for inventory levels.

Given the user is on the Threshold Management Dashboard, when they select a specific KPI for inventory levels, then they can view the current threshold and modify it accordingly.

User sets a threshold for order fulfillment delays and receives an alert when the threshold is breached.

Given the user has set a threshold for order fulfillment delays, when the delay exceeds this threshold, then the user receives an immediate notification in the Alerts & Notifications Engine.

User reviews historical data on triggered alerts to identify performance trends.

Given the user is on the Threshold Management Dashboard, when they navigate to the historical alerts section, then they can view a visual representation of all triggered alerts for the selected KPI over a specified time period.

User integrates the Threshold Management Dashboard with existing data sources for real-time updates.

Given the integration settings are configured, when the user modifies an alert threshold, then the changes are reflected in real-time across all relevant data sources and displays.

User customizes alert parameters for sales metrics to get specific notifications.

Given the user accesses the alert configuration, when they select a sales KPI and customize the notification parameters, then the system saves these settings and the user receives alerts based on the new parameters.

User tests the alert system for different threshold levels to ensure functionality.

Given the user sets various threshold levels for a KPI, when the KPI changes and meets these thresholds, then the alert notifications are correctly triggered and displayed in the user’s notification panel.

User ensures the dashboard is accessible for non-technical users by using simple language and UI elements.

Given the user is a non-technical staff member, when they access the Threshold Management Dashboard, then they can easily understand and interact with all features without requiring technical assistance.

Multi-Channel Notification System

User Story: As an inventory control specialist, I want to receive alerts through my preferred communication channels, so that I can respond to critical issues in the most efficient way possible, regardless of where I am working.
Description: The Multi-Channel Notification System enhances the Alerts & Notifications Engine by allowing users to choose their preferred communication channels for receiving alerts. This includes options such as email, messaging apps, SMS, and in-app notifications. The system is designed to ensure that alerts are both timely and accessible, catering to users' preferences and ensuring that critical information reaches the right personnel without delay. The feature supports a wide range of communication integrations to facilitate smooth and effective alert delivery, further consolidating seamless operation management.
Acceptance Criteria: User opts to receive alerts via email for inventory level changes.

Given the user has set up an email notification for inventory level alerts, when the inventory drops below the defined threshold, then an email alert should be sent to the user's registered email address within one minute of the change.

User selects SMS as their preferred channel for critical performance alerts.

Given the user has provided a valid phone number and selected SMS notifications, when a critical KPI exceeds the defined threshold, then the user should receive an SMS notification immediately after the threshold breach.

User configures in-app notifications for downtime alerts.

Given the user has enabled in-app notifications and configured downtime alerts, when system downtime occurs, then the user should receive an in-app notification promptly when the downtime is detected.

User customizes notification preferences for different KPIs in the dashboard.

Given the user is configuring notifications, when the user sets different channels (email, SMS, in-app) for each KPI, then the system should save these preferences and apply them when respective KPI thresholds are met.

A user receives alerts through multiple channels simultaneously for high-priority alerts.

Given a user has configured multiple communication channels for high-priority alerts, when a high-priority alert is triggered, then the user should receive notifications through all configured channels (email, SMS, in-app) within 2 minutes of the alert being triggered.

User tests the notification system for receiving alerts across all channels.

Given the user initiates a test alert from the notification settings, when the system sends test alerts to all configured channels, then the user should receive all test alerts successfully within 5 minutes.

User wants to deactivate notifications temporarily during off-hours.

Given the user has a schedule set for active and inactive notification hours, when the system is within the inactive hours, then no notifications should be sent to the user until the active hours resume.

Alert History Log

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to access a historical log of alerts, so that I can analyze their frequency and effectiveness over time to better optimize our supply chain response strategies.
Description: The Alert History Log provides users with access to a comprehensive archive of past alerts and notifications. This log details not only what alerts were triggered but also the context of those alerts, including the specific metric breached, the threshold set, and the time of notification. This historical data is crucial for analyzing alert effectiveness and responding to trends within the supply chain operations. Users can filter logs based on date ranges, KPIs, and alert types, providing an invaluable tool for assessing the system's performance and making data-driven decisions for future alert configurations.
Acceptance Criteria: User is accessing the Alert History Log to review past alerts for specific KPIs they track closely for decision-making.

Given the user navigates to the Alert History Log, when they apply filters for date range, KPI, and alert type, then the displayed alerts should exactly match the specified criteria without omissions or errors.

A user wants to analyze the effectiveness of past alerts to improve future configurations and identify trends.

Given the user opens the Alert History Log, when they view the details of a specific alert, then the alert context should include the metric breached, threshold set, and time of notification accurately displayed.

The system administrator needs to ensure that the Alert History Log performs efficiently under load and retains all previous alerts.

Given a load test simulates multiple users accessing the Alert History Log simultaneously, when the test is conducted, then the system should log all alerts without latency or data loss, maintaining uptime of 99.5%.

Users want assurance that the Alert History Log is reliable and reflects all alerts generated by the system.

Given alerts are triggered based on user-defined thresholds, when the user checks the Alert History Log, then all triggered alerts should appear, including the correct timestamps and configurations they set, with no discrepancies.

A user aims to retrieve a comprehensive view of all alerts triggered over the last quarter for performance evaluation.

Given the user selects the last quarter in the Alert History Log filters, when they execute the search, then the system should return a complete list of all alerts triggered, sortable by date or alert type.

Users need to extract the alert history for reporting purposes for stakeholder meetings.

Given the user requests a download of the Alert History Log in CSV format, when they submit the request, then they should receive an accurate and correctly formatted CSV file that matches the displayed data in the log.

Users are checking the Alert History Log to verify whether a specific alert was triggered during a past event.

Given the user knows the specific threshold they set and the time of the event, when they search for the alert in the Alert History Log, then the system should accurately display the alert details in the time frame mentioned, confirming its occurrence.

Automated Alert Optimization

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want the system to automatically suggest optimized thresholds for alerts based on historical data, so that I can minimize unnecessary notifications and focus on significant operational changes.
Description: The Automated Alert Optimization feature leverages machine learning algorithms to analyze historical alert data and optimize threshold settings automatically. By continuously learning from previous alerts and user interactions, this functionality aims to refine and suggest optimal thresholds that minimize false positives and missed alerts. This ensures a better balance between alert sensitivity and operational noise and leads to enhanced user engagement and system effectiveness. Users can review automated suggestions and implement them with a single click, streamlining the alert management process.
Acceptance Criteria: User adjusts alert thresholds based on historical data analysis to reduce false positives.

Given the Automated Alert Optimization feature is active, when the user accesses the alert settings page, then they should see suggested optimized thresholds based on historical alert data.

User receives a notification when the threshold adjustment suggestions are available after analysis.

Given the analysis is completed, when the user logs into the dashboard, then they should receive a notification indicating that new threshold suggestions are ready for review.

User reviews and implements suggested alert thresholds with one click.

Given the user views suggested thresholds in the alert settings, when they click on the 'Implement Suggestions' button, then the system should apply the new thresholds successfully without errors.

User views the historical performance of alerts to understand previous adjustments.

Given the user accesses the alert history, when they look for insights, then they should be able to see a report detailing past alerts, their thresholds, and user interactions with recommendations.

User provides feedback on the effectiveness of new alert thresholds after implementation.

Given a specified time period has passed after threshold adjustment, when the user reviews alert outcomes, then they should be able to submit feedback on the effectiveness of the new thresholds, indicating satisfaction or issues encountered.

Automated algorithm refines alert sensitivity based on user feedback data.

Given the user has provided feedback on alert suggestions, when the system analyzes this feedback, then it should improve the next set of threshold recommendations according to identified user preferences.

System optimizes alert thresholds dynamically based on real-time performance metrics.

Given the system is operating in real-time, when performance metric thresholds are met or exceeded, then the automated alert optimization should adjust alert thresholds based on the latest incoming data.

Collaboration Workspace

The Collaboration Workspace integrates communication tools within the dashboard, allowing users to share insights, discuss findings, and make decisions collectively without leaving the platform. This feature promotes cross-departmental collaboration and ensures that all stakeholders are aligned on operational insights and strategies.

Requirements

Real-Time Chat Integration

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to use real-time chat features within the Collaboration Workspace so that I can discuss urgent matters with my team without leaving the platform and ensure timely decisions are made.
Description: The Real-Time Chat Integration allows users to communicate instantly with their colleagues while using the Collaboration Workspace. This functionality eliminates delays in discussions and fosters quicker decision-making by enabling users to share insights and discuss findings directly within the platform. The chat tool should support both one-on-one and group conversations, and provide options for sharing files, links, and messages. This integration enhances interactivity and ensures that all team members can contribute at any given moment, thus promoting an agile work environment.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a one-on-one chat within the Collaboration Workspace to discuss inventory data with a colleague.

Given the user is logged into the Collaboration Workspace, when they select a colleague and initiate a chat, then the chat window should open and the user should be able to send and receive messages in real-time without any noticeable lag.

A user creates a group chat to discuss findings from a recent report with multiple team members.

Given the user is in the Collaboration Workspace, when they choose multiple colleagues to add to a group chat, then all selected members should receive an invitation, and the chat should allow file sharing and message exchanges among all members without glitches.

A user wants to share a report link while in a chat conversation to discuss it with other team members.

Given the user is engaged in a chat, when they paste a report link into the chat, then the link should be clickable for all participants, allowing them to access the report directly without needing to exit the chat.

A user receives a notification for a new message during an active chat session.

Given the user is in an active chat conversation, when a new message is received, then a notification should appear in the chat interface, and the message should be highlighted in bold for easy visibility.

Users are sharing files within a group chat to complement their discussions.

Given users are in a group chat, when a user uploads a file, then all chat members should receive a notification about the new file, and the file should be accessible for download directly within the chat interface.

Users are able to access chat history from previous conversations.

Given a user has had previous chat conversations, when they navigate to the chat history section, then the user should be able to search for and view past messages and files exchanged during those conversations.

A user attempts to initiate a chat with a colleague who is currently offline.

Given the user is logged in and selects an offline colleague to chat, when they attempt to send a message, then the system should display a notification indicating that the colleague is offline, and the message should be queued for delivery when the user comes online.

Document Sharing Capabilities

User Story: As a project coordinator, I want to share documents easily within the Collaboration Workspace so that my team can access necessary materials for our discussions and ensure everyone is working with the latest information.
Description: The Document Sharing Capabilities feature enables users to upload and share important documents directly within the Collaboration Workspace. Users can collaborate on a variety of file types, such as spreadsheets, presentations, and reports, ensuring that all stakeholders have access to the same information. This feature should include version control to track changes and maintain document integrity, which is essential for collaborative decision-making. By having a centralized place for document sharing, the visibility and accessibility of critical information are significantly improved.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a document to the Collaboration Workspace for team review before a critical meeting.

Given a user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they select the 'Upload Document' option and choose a valid file type (e.g., .docx, .xlsx, .pptx), then the document is successfully uploaded and appears in the Collaboration Workspace.

A user edits an existing document and saves the changes within the Collaboration Workspace.

Given a user has access to a shared document in the Collaboration Workspace, when they make edits and select 'Save', then the changes are updated in the document, and a version history timestamp is created reflecting the update.

Team members provide feedback on a shared document using comments.

Given a user has opened a shared document in the Collaboration Workspace, when they add a comment on a specific section and submit, then the comment is saved, visible to all collaborators, and notifications are sent to relevant stakeholders.

A user retrieves the version history of a document to review previous edits and changes.

Given a document has multiple versions saved in the Collaboration Workspace, when a user selects 'View Version History', then a list of all previous versions is displayed with dates and authors, and the user can restore an earlier version if needed.

Multiple users collaborate on a document simultaneously and see real-time updates.

Given a document is open by several users in the Collaboration Workspace, when one user makes edits, then all other users see the changes in real-time without needing to refresh the document.

A user shares a document link with external stakeholders for review.

Given a user is viewing a shared document in the Collaboration Workspace, when they select the 'Share Link' option and send the link, then the external stakeholders receive access with the appropriate permissions set by the user.

Task Assignment and Tracking

User Story: As a team lead, I want to assign tasks to my team members within the Collaboration Workspace so that I can keep track of who is responsible for what and ensure that deadlines are met effectively.
Description: The Task Assignment and Tracking feature allows users to create, assign, and monitor tasks directly within the Collaboration Workspace. This functionality helps teams to stay organized by allocating responsibilities related to discussions, documents, and decisions made within the platform. Users should be able to set due dates, add descriptions, and track progress, which will promote accountability and improve overall productivity. With this feature, stakeholders can have a clearer understanding of who is responsible for what, ensuring transparency in collaborative efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a task for a project within the Collaboration Workspace.

Given the user is on the Collaboration Workspace, when they create a task with a description and due date, then the task should be saved and visible in the task list.

User assigns a task to a team member within the Collaboration Workspace.

Given a task is created, when the user assigns it to a specific team member, then the assigned team member should receive a notification and the task should reflect the new assignment.

User tracks the progress of a task during a project meeting.

Given a task is created and assigned, when the user views the task progress, then the progress bar should accurately reflect the completion percentage based on user updates.

Team members discuss updates on assigned tasks in a chat within the Collaboration Workspace.

Given team members are collaborating on a project, when they post updates about their assigned tasks, then those updates should be visible in the chat history for future reference.

User sets a reminder for a task within the Collaboration Workspace.

Given a task is assigned, when the user sets a reminder for the due date, then a notification should be sent to the user on the reminder date.

User marks a task as complete in the Collaboration Workspace.

Given a task is in progress, when the user marks the task as complete, then the task should be updated to show completion status and removed from the active task list.

Administrator views the overall task status across all projects in the Collaboration Workspace.

Given multiple tasks have been created across various projects, when the administrator accesses the task overview dashboard, then a summary of task statuses (active, completed, overdue) should be displayed clearly.

Integration with Third-Party Tools

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want to integrate my calendar application with the Collaboration Workspace so that I can manage my schedule while collaborating on tasks without losing context.
Description: The Integration with Third-Party Tools feature provides the ability to connect external applications and services such as calendar tools, project management software, and email platforms. This integration facilitates seamless flow of information across different platforms, allowing users to centralize their workflows without needing to switch between multiple applications. By ensuring that relevant information from these external tools can be accessed directly in the Collaboration Workspace, this feature enhances productivity and streamlines communication, thereby supporting a more cohesive working environment.
Acceptance Criteria: User connects a calendar tool to the Collaboration Workspace to schedule joint meetings among team members from different departments.

Given the user is logged into the Collaboration Workspace, when they select 'Add Integration' and choose a calendar tool, then the integration is established successfully, and events are visible in the workspace calendar.

A project manager wants to link their project management software to the Collaboration Workspace to update task statuses directly.

Given the user has linked their project management tool, when they update a task status in the external tool, then the task status should automatically update in the Collaboration Workspace without manual intervention.

A team member shares insights from an email conversation by integrating the email platform within the Collaboration Workspace.

Given the user has integrated their email platform, when they select an email thread, then they should be able to share relevant insights directly within the Collaboration Workspace with all stakeholders.

An analyst utilizes integrated reporting tools to generate and share a performance report within the Collaboration Workspace.

Given the user has access to integrated reporting tools, when they generate a report, then the report should be directly accessible and shareable in the Collaboration Workspace with relevant team members.

A finance team uses the collaboration features to discuss budget concerns by accessing the finance app integrated into the workspace.

Given the finance app is integrated into the Collaboration Workspace, when the user accesses the app, then they can view, discuss, and collaboratively edit budget files without leaving the workspace.

A user receives notifications from different integrated tools regarding updates or actions required in the Collaboration Workspace.

Given the user has multiple tools integrated, when an update occurs in any integrated tool, then the user should receive a real-time notification within the Collaboration Workspace alerting them of the update.

Feedback and Commenting System

User Story: As a business analyst, I want to provide feedback on insights shared by my peers in the Collaboration Workspace so that I can contribute my perspective and help shape our strategic decisions together.
Description: The Feedback and Commenting System allows users to provide feedback and comments on specific insights and documents within the Collaboration Workspace. This feature promotes collaborative discussions and helps in refining ideas and strategies based on team input. Users should be able to tag colleagues in comments, react to others' inputs, and receive notifications for updates. By enabling an interactive environment for feedback, this system streamlines the review process and ensures collaborative input is valued and tracked efficiently.
Acceptance Criteria: User provides feedback on a report in the Collaboration Workspace during a team meeting.

Given a user is logged into IntelliSupply and has access to the Collaboration Workspace, when they open a document, they can click on the feedback icon, enter their comments, and submit them. The comment should be visible to all users with access to the document, and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the comment was successfully submitted.

Team member tags a colleague in a comment for discussion on a shared insight.

Given a user is viewing a comment section of a shared insight, when they type '@' followed by the colleague's name, a list of matching colleagues should appear. After selecting a colleague and submitting the comment, the tagged colleague should receive a notification regarding the comment they were tagged in.

User reacts to inputs provided by colleagues within the comment section.

Given a user is viewing a comment thread, when they hover over a comment from a colleague, they should see options to react (like, dislike, etc.). Upon clicking a reaction, the reaction count should update in real-time to reflect the new total for that comment.

User receives notifications for updates on their comments and feedback in the Collaboration Workspace.

Given a user has submitted comments on any document, when there are new replies or reactions to their comments, the user should receive an in-app notification and an email notification indicating the updates to their comments.

User deletes their own comment in the Collaboration Workspace.

Given a user has submitted comments on a report, when they choose to delete one of their comments, they should see a confirmation prompt. Once confirmed, the comment should be permanently removed from the thread, and a message should indicate the deletion was successful.

Admin reviews and moderates comments submitted within the workspace.

Given an admin user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they access the moderation panel, they should see a list of all comments made, the ability to filter by document or user, and options to delete or edit any inappropriate comments, with actions logged for accountability.

Trend Analysis Tools

Trend Analysis Tools offer users the ability to visualize historical data and identify patterns over time, making it easier to forecast future performance and prepare for upcoming challenges. This feature is essential for strategic planning and enhances the decision-making process by equipping users with valuable predictive insights.

Requirements

Data Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to view historical data visualizations so that I can identify trends and patterns that inform my inventory management decisions.
Description: The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement involves creating an interactive interface that allows users to visualize historical supply chain data through graphs, charts, and other graphical representations. This dashboard must enable users to easily identify trends, patterns, and anomalies in the data over specified time periods. The dashboard will integrate with existing data sources within the IntelliSupply platform, ensuring real-time updates and seamless user experience. This requirement is crucial for facilitating data-driven decision-making and empowering users to proactively address supply chain challenges based on historical insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to visualize monthly supply chain performance to identify trends in inventory levels over the last 6 months.

Given that the user selects the '6 Month' time frame on the dashboard, when they click 'Apply', then the dashboard displays a line graph showing monthly inventory levels, clearly marking trends and anomalies with appropriate labels.

User accesses the dashboard to compare the current fiscal quarter's supply chain data against the previous fiscal quarter.

Given that the user selects 'Q1 2024' and 'Q1 2023' for comparison, when they view the dashboard, then the comparison chart shows differences in inventory turnover rates and highlights significant changes using contrasting colors.

User needs to analyze historical data to predict upcoming disruptions in supply chain operations.

Given that the user selects the 'Trend Analysis' tool, when they input specific parameters such as lead times and demand forecasts, then the dashboard generates relevant predictive analytics visuals showing forecasted inventory needs and potential disruptions.

A user wants to filter supply chain data by product categories to assess inventory performance historically.

Given that the user applies a filter for 'Electronics' category, when they view the dashboard, then the visualizations update to reflect only the historical data for the selected product category without displaying irrelevant data.

User wants to download a report of the visualized data for offline analysis.

Given that the user has generated a visualization, when they click the 'Download Report' button, then a CSV file containing the raw data used in the visualization is successfully downloaded to their device.

User accesses the dashboard and expects real-time updates of supply chain data during peak business hours.

Given that the dashboard is connected to live data sources, when the user monitors it during peak hours, then the dashboard refreshes the data at least every 5 seconds to reflect real-time changes.

Predictive Analytics Engine

User Story: As a business owner, I want predictive analytics to forecast future trends so that I can make informed decisions about inventory purchases and reduce costs.
Description: The Predictive Analytics Engine requirement includes developing machine learning algorithms that analyze historical and real-time data to predict future supply chain trends and disruptions. This engine will leverage various data points including sales patterns, supplier reliability, and market conditions to provide actionable insights. Integration with the existing IntelliSupply architecture will be necessary to ensure data flow and system coherence. This feature is vital as it enhances the ability of small businesses to forecast demand accurately, manage inventory levels, and minimize operational risks.
Acceptance Criteria: Predictive analytics engine processes historical sales data to provide forecasts for the next quarter during a strategic planning meeting.

Given historical sales data for the last year, When the predictive analytics engine is invoked, Then it should return forecasted sales figures for the next quarter with a confidence interval of at least 85%.

Users access the trend analysis dashboard to visualize the impact of supplier reliability on inventory levels over the last six months.

Given historical data on supplier reliability and inventory levels, When the user views the trend analysis dashboard, Then it should display clear visualizations highlighting correlations with at least 90% accuracy based on the analyzed data points.

A logistics manager uses the predictive analytics engine to evaluate risks associated with potential market disruptions.

Given current market condition data and past disruption scenarios, When the predictive analytics engine runs its analysis, Then it should generate a risk report identifying at least three potential disruption trends with suggested mitigations.

The predictive analytics engine integrates with existing supply chain system to update inventory recommendations in real time.

Given configured access to the current inventory system, When a significant change in demand is detected, Then the predictive analytics engine updates the recommended inventory levels in the supply chain system within 10 seconds.

Decision-makers review predictive insights to adjust procurement strategies based on forecasted demand.

Given access to predictive insights, When the decision-makers adjust procurement strategies, Then system should provide actionable feedback based on predictive analytics, with at least 80% of suggested changes leading to decreased stock shortages.

An end-user accesses the feature during a supply chain crisis to make urgent inventory decisions.

Given a crisis scenario, When the user pulls up the predictive analytics results, Then the system should display actionable insights that enable at least one immediate corrective action within a 5-minute timeframe.

The database of historical data is updated to include newly acquired customer purchasing patterns.

Given new data entries regarding customer purchasing patterns, When the predictive analytics engine processes this data, Then it should include the new patterns in its predictions with the accuracy measured at no less than 75% for key metrics.

Custom Reporting Feature

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want to generate custom reports so that I can share specific performance metrics with my team and stakeholders.
Description: The Custom Reporting Feature requirement focuses on allowing users to create tailored reports based on specific metrics, time frames, and parameters relevant to their supply chain operations. Users should be able to select from various data points and visualizations to generate reports that meet their unique business needs. This feature will support exporting reports in different formats (PDF, Excel) and scheduling automated report generation. The capability to produce custom reports will enhance user insights and facilitate communication with stakeholders, thereby improving strategic planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User must create a custom report for their inventory performance over the last quarter.

Given the user has accessed the Custom Reporting Feature, when they select the desired metrics and time frame for inventory performance, then the system should generate a report accurately reflecting the selected parameters.

User wants to export a custom report in PDF format after generating it.

Given the user has generated a custom report, when they select the export option and choose PDF format, then the system should successfully export the report as a PDF and prompt a download dialog.

User needs to automate report generation for weekly logistics performance.

Given the user has configured a custom report for logistics performance, when they set a schedule for automated generation, then the system should create the report at the specified time and deliver it via email to the designated recipients.

User is creating a report using various visualizations to analyze sales trends.

Given the user has selected multiple data points for their custom report, when they choose different visualization types, then the system displays the relevant visualizations correctly in the report preview.

User wants to view a summary of the custom report before final generation.

Given the user has populated the fields for their custom report, when they click the 'Preview' button, then the system should display a summary view of the report including all selected metrics and visualizations.

User needs to select and deselect specific metrics for their custom report.

Given the user is in the metric selection interface of the Custom Reporting Feature, when they check or uncheck metrics, then the system should update the available metrics in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

User wants to schedule a monthly report to be sent to stakeholders automatically.

Given the user has defined a custom report and selected the scheduling option, when they set frequency to 'monthly' and input recipient emails, then the system should confirm the schedule and prepare to send the report automatically each month.

Notifications and Alerts System

User Story: As an operations manager, I want to receive alerts for critical supply chain changes so that I can take immediate action to resolve issues before they impact the business.
Description: The Notifications and Alerts System requirement is designed to notify users of significant changes or anomalies in supply chain data through real-time alerts. This system will utilize predefined triggers based on user-selected criteria, such as inventory thresholds, delivery delays, or pattern deviations. The alerts will be delivered via email and in-app notifications, ensuring users remain informed and can respond quickly to potential issues. This feature is essential for enhancing operational responsiveness and decision-making efficiency for SMEs that rely heavily on timely information.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert when inventory levels fall below predefined thresholds while monitoring stock levels in the dashboard.

Given the user has set an inventory threshold, when the inventory falls below this limit, then an alert is sent via email and shown in-app.

A user is notified of delivery delays when processing incoming shipments during peak operational hours.

Given a user is tracking incoming shipments, when a shipment's estimated arrival changes to delayed, then an email notification and in-app alert should be triggered immediately.

The system alerts users if a significant deviation from historical trends is detected during a routine check of supply chain analytics.

Given a user is running a trend analysis report, when the report indicates a deviation greater than 15% from historical data trends, then an alert should be sent through both email and in-app notifications.

User sets custom notifications for specific products and receives an alert upon product status changes.

Given the user has subscribed to product status notifications, when the status of a selected product changes, then the user receives an immediate email and in-app notification.

An administrator reviews the alert history to analyze the responsiveness of the team to previous alerts.

Given the administrator accesses the alert history, then they should see a comprehensive list of alerts, their response times, and the final outcome for each alert.

The user needs to adjust alert settings based on newly established criteria for monitoring supply chain performance.

Given the user is on the settings page, when they update the alert criteria and save changes, then the system should confirm the updates and apply them immediately for future notifications.

Seasonal Demand Predictor

The Seasonal Demand Predictor uses historical sales data and seasonal trends to forecast demand fluctuations throughout the year. This allows Supply Chain Analysts and Inventory Managers to prepare inventory levels in advance for peak and off-peak seasons, reducing the risk of stockouts or overstock situations and enhancing cash flow management.

Requirements

Historical Data Integration

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want the Seasonal Demand Predictor to access historical sales data automatically so that I can generate accurate forecasts without manual data entry and potential errors.
Description: The Historical Data Integration requirement ensures that the Seasonal Demand Predictor can seamlessly access and analyze prior sales data from various sources. This involves developing robust APIs that connect with existing sales databases and data warehouses to import historical sales metrics. The integration should enable automatic data refresh cycles to keep the forecasting model up-to-date with the latest information. This functionality is critical for enhancing the accuracy of demand predictions and empowering users to make informed decisions based on reliable data, ultimately reducing costs linked to inventory mismanagement. By leveraging accurate historical data, the platform can identify sales trends, seasonal patterns, and anomalies that affect stock levels.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Historical Sales Data for Seasonal Demand Predictions

Given the API is connected to the historical sales database, when a data refresh cycle occurs, then the Seasonal Demand Predictor should successfully access and import the most recent sales data without errors.

Validation of Historical Data Accuracy

Given that historical sales data has been imported, when a Supply Chain Analyst reviews the data, then at least 95% of the data entries should match the accuracy criteria established in the data quality standards.

Automatic Updates of Historical Data

Given the system is configured for automatic refresh cycles, when a new sales record is added to the database, then the Seasonal Demand Predictor should automatically update its data set within 24 hours.

Error Handling in Historical Data Integration

Given that a data import fails due to connectivity issues, when the system attempts to refresh historical sales data, then it should log the error and notify the user while attempting another refresh in 30 minutes.

User Accessibility of Historical Data Reports

Given that historical sales data has been successfully integrated, when a user navigates to the reporting dashboard, then they should be able to view and filter sales data for the past three years without technical assistance.

Performance Testing of Data Retrieval Speed

Given that the system has been integrated with historical data, when a user requests demand predictions based on this data, then the predictions should be generated and displayed within three seconds.

Monitoring of Integration Success Metrics

Given that historical data integration is ongoing, when 10 data refresh cycles have been completed, then the system should provide performance metrics indicating at least 90% success rate for data imports and updates.

Seasonal Trend Identification

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want the Seasonal Demand Predictor to identify and visualize seasonal trends in sales data so that I can adjust inventory levels proactively and avoid stockouts during peak periods.
Description: The Seasonal Trend Identification feature will harness advanced analytics to detect and highlight recurring seasonal trends within historical sales data. By employing machine learning algorithms, the system will be able to identify significant patterns and shifts in customer demand corresponding to seasonal changes. This requirement is pivotal as it will enhance the predictive capabilities of the Seasonal Demand Predictor, allowing for proactive inventory adjustments and improved alignment with customer needs throughout different seasons. The identification of these trends will also include visual representations, making it easier for users to interpret data and act accordingly, leading to optimized stock management and reduced wastage.
Acceptance Criteria: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to analyze historical sales data to identify recurring seasonal trends, allowing me to prepare inventory levels for upcoming peak seasons in advance.

Given that I have access to the historical sales data, when I run the Seasonal Trend Identification feature, then it should return a list of identified seasonal trends with corresponding data points and visual representations.

As an Inventory Manager, I want to view the visual representations of seasonal trends, so that I can easily interpret the data and make informed inventory decisions based on expected fluctuations.

Given that seasonal trends have been identified, when I navigate to the visual dashboard, then it should display clear graphs and charts that illustrate these trends over time with legends and annotations for better understanding.

As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to receive alerts for significant shifts in customer demand due to seasonal changes, so that I can proactively adjust inventory levels and mitigate risks.

Given that significant demand shifts are detected through the Seasonal Trend Identification feature, when these shifts occur, then an alert should be triggered and communicated via email or dashboard notifications to relevant users.

As an Inventory Manager, I want to see recommended inventory adjustments based on identified seasonal trends, enabling me to avoid stockouts and overstock situations during peak and off-peak seasons.

Given that seasonal trends have been detected, when I view the recommendations section, then it should suggest specific inventory adjustments based on the forecasted demand for the upcoming season along with the data used for analysis.

As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to review the accuracy of the identified seasonal trends by comparing predicted demand against actual sales data, ensuring that the Seasonal Demand Predictor's recommendations are reliable.

Given that a season has ended, when I analyze the predicted demand and compare it to the actual sales data, then it should show a variance report that indicates the accuracy of the seasonal trend predictions within a defined percentage threshold.

User-Friendly Dashboard

User Story: As a non-technical user, I want a simple and intuitive dashboard that presents demand forecasts and recommendations in an easily understandable way so that I can make informed inventory decisions without needing technical expertise.
Description: The User-Friendly Dashboard requirement focuses on developing an intuitive and visually appealing interface that presents the output of the Seasonal Demand Predictor in an easily digestible format. This dashboard will display key metrics such as expected demand forecasts, recommended inventory adjustments, and trend graphs. The design will prioritize usability for non-technical users, ensuring that information is presented in a clear and actionable manner. The dashboard will also feature customizable views, allowing users to tailor the information displayed according to their specific roles, thus improving overall user experience and engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the dashboard to view the demand forecasts for the upcoming quarter.

Given the user is logged in and on the dashboard, when they select the 'Upcoming Quarter' filter, then the dashboard should display demand forecasts for each product category with accuracy above 90%.

Inventory Manager customizes the dashboard to display specific metrics relevant to their role.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select 'Customize View' and choose specific metrics such as 'Stock Levels' and 'Turnover Rate', then the dashboard should update to reflect these chosen metrics without any delay.

Supply Chain Analyst reviews the trend graphs to identify potential overstock situations.

Given the user is logged into the dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Trend Graphs' section, then the system must highlight any product categories projected to exceed 150% of their optimal inventory levels.

User wants to generate a report based on the dashboard data for presentation purposes.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then the system should produce a downloadable PDF report containing all displayed metrics and forecasts that can be exported successfully.

User needs to toggle between seasonal views to analyze past demand fluctuations.

Given the user is on the seasonal demand dashboard, when they select the 'Seasonal View' option then the dashboard should refresh to show historical data for the selected season, comparing it against current forecasts without error.

Non-technical user seeks assistance while navigating the dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a tooltip or guide should appear, offering step-by-step instructions on how to interpret each section of the dashboard.

User wishes to receive alerts for critical changes in demand forecasts.

Given the user has set alert preferences in their profile, when there is a significant fluctuation in demand forecasts, then the system should send an alert notification via email or in-app message to the user immediately.

Alerts and Notifications

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive alerts when there are significant changes in demand so that I can take immediate action to maintain optimal stock levels and avoid lost sales.
Description: The Alerts and Notifications functionality will inform users of significant changes in demand patterns, stock levels, and potential disruptions detected by the Seasonal Demand Predictor. This requirement necessitates the creation of a notification system that can deliver alerts via email, SMS, or in-app messaging. By alerting users to critical situations such as projected stockouts or unexpected demand spikes, this feature enables proactive inventory management, allowing Supply Chain Analysts and Inventory Managers to respond swiftly to changing market conditions and maintain optimal inventory levels. Timely notifications are essential for minimizing risks and enhancing operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives notifications for significant stock level changes corresponding to predicted demand patterns during peak season.

Given the Seasonal Demand Predictor projects a stock level change, when the stock level reaches the predefined threshold, then the user should receive a notification via their chosen method (email/SMS/in-app).

User is alerted about demand spikes that exceed historical averages in specified product categories.

Given the Seasonal Demand Predictor identifies a significant increase in demand for a product, when the demand forecast exceeds the historical sales average, then an alert should be sent to the user notifying them of this spike.

Users receive daily summary alerts on inventory levels and predicted demand fluctuations for the upcoming week.

Given the system runs daily at a specified time, when the seasonality analysis is complete, then users should receive a summary of inventory levels and demand predictions via their preferred communication channel.

Users can customize notification preferences based on product categories and urgency of alerts.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when the user selects specific product categories and urgency levels they are interested in, then the system should save these preferences and only send relevant notifications.

System logs all alerts and notifications for audit and performance analysis.

Given an alert is generated for any user, when the notification is sent, then an entry for that alert should be recorded in the system log with a timestamp and recipient details for auditing purposes.

Users can access a history of notifications received from the system.

Given the user navigates to the alerts history section, when they view the history, then all past notifications should be displayed in chronological order with relevant details (date, type of alert, etc.).

Users receive alerts for potential disruptions detected by the Seasonal Demand Predictor.

Given the Seasonal Demand Predictor detects a potential disruption in the supply chain, when the disruption is identified, then an alert should be sent to the user to inform them of the situation and recommend actions to mitigate it.

Performance Analytics

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to review performance analytics on forecast accuracy so that I can adjust the demand planning process and improve future predictions.
Description: The Performance Analytics requirement will provide users with insights into the accuracy of the Seasonal Demand Predictor's forecasts by comparing predicted outcomes against actual sales data. This evaluation will include detailed reports that assess forecasting accuracy and identify areas for improvement. By implementing this requirement, the platform will empower users to refine their inventory strategies further and enhance the reliability of future predictions. The analytics will entail visual charts and metrics that are easy to interpret, enabling a continuous improvement cycle within the supply chain management process, ultimately leading to better decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Validating the Accuracy of the Seasonal Demand Predictor's Forecasts

Given historical sales data input for the past year, when the Seasonal Demand Predictor generates a forecast, then the predicted demand should be within 10% of the actual sales data for the same period in at least 80% of the cases.

Generating Performance Analytics Reports

Given that the Seasonal Demand Predictor has been utilized over a defined period, when the user requests a performance analytics report, then the system should deliver a report containing at least three visual charts that outline the forecasting accuracy, including metrics such as Mean Absolute Error (MAE) and Mean Absolute Percentage Error (MAPE).

Identifying Areas for Improvement in Forecasting Accuracy

Given the data generated from multiple forecasts, when the system analyzes forecasting performance, then it should identify at least two areas for improvement based on historical performance metrics and suggest actionable insights in the analytics report.

User Accessibility of Analytics Dashboard

Given that a non-technical user accesses the Performance Analytics feature, when they navigate the dashboard, then they should be able to interpret all generated charts and metrics without requiring assistance, achieving at least a 90% task completion rate in usability testing.

Comparative Analysis of Forecasts

Given the Seasonal Demand Predictor has generated forecasts for various product categories, when the user conducts a comparative analysis between different categories, then the system should provide a coherent summary that highlights discrepancies exceeding 15% between forecasts and actual sales for any category.

Continuous Improvement Cycle Implementation

Given the insights gained from the Performance Analytics reports, when users implement changes to inventory management strategies, then there should be a measurable improvement in stockout rates or overstock situations by at least 20% in the following quarter.

Real-Time Market Adjustments

Real-Time Market Adjustments continuously analyze live market conditions and consumer sentiment to refine demand forecasts. By integrating dynamic data sources, users can quickly adapt to changes in market trends, ensuring their inventory levels align with current consumer behavior and reducing the impact of unexpected demand spikes.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Integration

User Story: As a retail manager, I want the system to automatically integrate live market data so that I can adjust my inventory levels in real time according to current consumer behavior and market conditions.
Description: This requirement involves the integration of various dynamic data sources, such as market trends, social media sentiment, and economic indicators, into the IntelliSupply platform. The purpose is to enhance the real-time market adjustments feature by providing up-to-date information that will refine demand forecasts. By continuously pulling data from these sources, users will benefit from improved accuracy in inventory predictions, leading to better alignment with consumer behavior and reduced inventory costs. Effective implementation will involve collaborating with APIs and ensuring data consistency and reliability across systems, enabling seamless operation and insights generation within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic Data Source Integration and Testing

Given the IntelliSupply platform is operational, when a new data source is integrated, then the integration process validates that the data is consistently updated and accurately reflects current market conditions within 5 minutes of the change.

User Access to Real-Time Data Updates

Given a user logs into the IntelliSupply platform, when they access the Real-Time Market Adjustments feature, then they must see updated inventory predictions based on the latest integrated dynamic data sources.

Accuracy of Demand Forecasts with Integrated Data

Given that dynamic data sources are actively integrated, when demand forecasts are generated, then the forecasts should demonstrate at least 90% accuracy compared to actual sales data over a 30-day period.

Impact Analysis of Market Trend Changes

Given that market trend data changes significantly, when users view the inventory recommendations, then they should reflect an adjustment that aligns with the new market trends within 10 minutes.

Consistency of Data Across APIs

Given multiple dynamic data sources are integrated, when accessed simultaneously, then the data must match across all platforms and APIs used in the IntelliSupply system.

System Performance under Data Load

Given various dynamic data sources are integrated and pulling data, when the system is under full operational load, then it should maintain response times of less than 2 seconds for all data requests.

Historical Data Accuracy Check

Given that historical market data is integrated into the system, when users generate reports, then the historical data presented must have a minimum accuracy rate of 95% when cross-referenced with external reliable sources.

User-Friendly Dashboard

User Story: As a non-technical user, I want to have an intuitive dashboard that displays real-time updates on market conditions so that I can quickly make informed supply chain decisions without needing technical assistance.
Description: The User-Friendly Dashboard requirement focuses on designing an intuitive interface that allows users to easily access and interpret real-time market and inventory data. The dashboard should display key metrics and alerts regarding market shifts and inventory levels in a clear and visually engaging manner. This feature will empower users, regardless of their technical skill level, to make informed decisions quickly. This will enhance user experience by simplifying complex analytics and facilitating proactive inventory management through visualizations that highlight essential information without overwhelming the user. Proper usability testing and user feedback will guide the design to ensure it meets user needs effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the IntelliSupply dashboard on their device during regular business hours to check current inventory levels and market conditions in response to a sudden change in consumer demand.

Given the user is logged into the dashboard, when they access the real-time market adjustments section, then they should see updated inventory levels and market data displayed within 2 seconds.

A user wants to receive alerts when inventory levels drop below a predefined threshold as indicated on the dashboard.

Given the user has set specified inventory thresholds in the dashboard settings, when inventory levels fall below those thresholds, then the dashboard should generate an alert that is visually prominent and includes clear instructions on how to address the issue.

A non-technical user is utilizing the dashboard to interpret complex market data and make decisions for inventory restocking.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when they hover over any metric, then an intuitive tooltip should appear, providing a brief explanation of that metric's significance and suggested actions based on its value.

Users are utilizing the dashboard to analyze historical market trends and adjust their inventory strategies accordingly.

Given the user is accessing the historical data analytics feature, when they apply filter options for date ranges or specific metrics, then the dashboard should update the displayed data within 3 seconds and reflect the selected filters accurately.

A user needs to export the current dashboard view and analytics for a presentation to the management team.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when they select the export button, then the system should generate a downloadable file in PDF format that includes all relevant visuals and metrics displayed on the dashboard without errors.

The user wants to customize their dashboard layout to prioritize specific metrics that are most relevant to their operations.

Given the user is in the dashboard customization mode, when they drag and drop the metrics to adjust the layout, then the dashboard should retain the new layout settings for future sessions without manual reconfiguration.

Automated Alerts for Demand Changes

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want to receive automated alerts when market conditions change significantly so that I can take immediate action to adjust inventory levels accordingly.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for an automated alert system that notifies users of significant changes in market conditions that may affect demand. These alerts should be customizable, allowing users to set specific thresholds for notifications relevant to their business. By receiving timely alerts, users can proactively respond to unexpected demand spikes or drops, optimizing inventory levels and minimizing stockouts or overstock situations. The implementation will involve defining the criteria for alerts, integrating with existing notification systems, and creating a user-friendly setup for customization within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of Alert Thresholds for Demand Changes

Given a user has access to the 'Automated Alerts' feature, when they set a threshold for demand changes to 20%, then the system should save this threshold and reflect it in the alert settings interface.

Notification of Demand Spike

Given the market demand increases by more than the user-defined threshold, when the spike occurs, then the user receives a real-time notification via their preferred channel (email, SMS, app notification).

Notification of Demand Drop

Given the market demand decreases by more than the user-defined threshold, when the drop occurs, then the user receives a real-time notification via their preferred channel (email, SMS, app notification).

Integration with Existing Notification Systems

Given the user's notification system preferences, when the automated alert system is triggered, then it should seamlessly integrate with the user's existing notification system, delivering alerts without delays.

Preview Alerts Configuration

Given that the user is in the alert settings page, when they adjust their thresholds and preferences, then they should be able to preview their alert configuration before saving the changes.

Test Alert Functionality for Different Thresholds

Given the user has set multiple thresholds, when demand fluctuations occur, then the system should accurately trigger the appropriate alerts corresponding to each threshold without overlap or error.

Trend Analysis Reports

User Story: As a business owner, I want to receive detailed trend analysis reports so that I can understand market patterns and make strategic inventory decisions for future growth.
Description: The Trend Analysis Reports requirement involves generating comprehensive reports that provide insights into market trends over time. These reports will utilize historical data combined with real-time inputs to identify and visualize patterns in demand, allowing users to forecast future inventory needs more accurately. Integration of advanced analytics tools will be essential to create user-friendly, visual reports that summarize key findings and suggest actionable steps. This feature will enable users to make strategic decisions based on solid data insights, ultimately enhancing supply chain resilience and efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Trend Analysis Report Accessibility for Users

Given a user with appropriate permissions, When the user navigates to the Trend Analysis Reports section, Then the user should see a list of generated reports that can be easily accessed and opened.

Visualization of Market Trends

Given a selected Trend Analysis Report, When the report is opened by the user, Then the report should display visualizations such as graphs and charts summarizing key market trends over the selected period.

Integration of Real-Time Data

Given that real-time market data sources are connected to the platform, When a Trend Analysis Report is generated, Then the report should include the latest market data inputs that reflect current trends and consumer sentiment.

User-Centric Report Design

Given the design requirements for the reports, When the report is reviewed by a non-technical user, Then the user should be able to understand the key findings and suggested actions without additional assistance.

Accuracy of Demand Forecasts

Given the historical data and real-time inputs used for generating reports, When the user compares the forecasted inventory needs against actual sales data over the same period, Then the variance should not exceed 10% for valid data sets.

Actionable Insights Generation

Given the completion of a Trend Analysis Report, When the report is reviewed, Then it should include at least three actionable insights based on the identified trends.

Report Export Functionality

Given a generated Trend Analysis Report, When the user opts to export the report, Then the system should provide options to download the report in PDF, Excel, and CSV formats, ensuring data is preserved in these formats.

Historical Data Storage and Access

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to easily access historical market data so that I can compare it with current trends to improve my forecasting accuracy.
Description: The Historical Data Storage and Access requirement mandates a system to securely store and allow easy access to historical data relevant to market conditions and inventory levels. This functionality is crucial for the analysis and future forecasting as it enables users to compare past trends with real-time data to better understand market fluctuations. Effective implementation will involve designing a database that supports fast queries and robust security measures to protect sensitive information. This feature ensures that users can conduct thorough analyses over different time frames, improving decision-making processes within the IntelliSupply platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses historical inventory data to analyze past market trends for decision-making.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the Historical Data section and select a date range, then the system should retrieve and display all relevant historical inventory data for the selected period within 5 seconds.

User performs a comparison between historical data and current market conditions to determine future inventory needs.

Given the user has selected a historical data set and the current market trend data, when they initiate a comparison report, then the system should generate a report highlighting discrepancies and insights within 10 seconds.

User attempts to load historical data exceeding the storage limits to test system limitations.

Given the user uploads historical data files larger than the maximum storage limit, when the upload is attempted, then the system should display an appropriate error message indicating the data exceeds the allowable limit.

User retrieves analysis results of historical market data to adjust future inventory plans based on trends.

Given the user has accessed the analysis tools within the Historical Data section, when they submit a request for analysis on a specific data set, then the system should provide comprehensive analytical results, including visualizations, within 15 seconds.

User needs to access historical data securely while maintaining sensitive information privacy.

Given the user is in the Historical Data section, when they access data with sensitive information, then the system should ensure all sensitive fields are masked and adhere to security protocols during access.

User customizes the historical data retrieval criteria based on various parameters like region, product, and time frame.

Given the user is in the Historical Data section, when they apply filters for region, product, and time frame, then the system should successfully filter and display results that match the criteria set by the user.

Machine Learning Demand Forecasting

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to leverage machine learning algorithms to enhance demand forecasting so that I can optimize my inventory management based on accurate predictions.
Description: The Machine Learning Demand Forecasting requirement focuses on implementing advanced machine learning algorithms that analyze historical data combined with real-time market conditions to improve the accuracy of demand predictions. This feature will continuously learn and adapt to new patterns in consumer behavior and market dynamics, thereby enhancing the platform's capabilities in demand forecasting. The integration of machine learning will allow users to benefit from smarter insights and recommendations, ultimately reducing costs associated with overstocking or stockouts. Proper training and validation of models will be crucial for effectiveness, ensuring that insights provided are reliable and actionable.
Acceptance Criteria: Machine Learning Demand Forecasting Model Integration with Historical Data

Given the historical sales data is integrated with live market data, When the demand forecasting model is trained, Then it must demonstrate a minimum of 85% accuracy on historical prediction tests.

Real-Time Insights for Inventory Adjustments

Given the demand forecasting model is operational, When real-time market conditions change, Then inventory recommendations should adjust within 30 seconds to reflect the new demand predictions.

User Access to Forecast Reports

Given a user accesses the demand forecasting dashboard, When the user requests a forecast report, Then the report should generate within 5 seconds and display accurate insights based on the latest market conditions.

Model Adaptation to New Consumer Behavior Patterns

Given the model has been deployed for three months, When new data patterns emerge due to market changes, Then the model should automatically retrain itself and improve its predictions by at least 10% compared to the previous model.

User Notification System for Demand Shifts

Given significant shifts in demand are predicted by the model, When those shifts occur, Then the system should notify users via email and in-app alerts within 1 minute to facilitate quick inventory decisions.

Validation of Machine Learning Model Performance

Given the machine learning model is in production, When performance is evaluated quarterly, Then it should meet or exceed the baseline KPI metrics established during the training phase.

Collaborative Forecasting Tools

Collaborative Forecasting Tools enable teams across various departments to contribute insights and data into the forecasting process. By fostering collaboration, this feature helps align sales, marketing, and supply chain strategies, leading to more accurate demand forecasts and unified decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want real-time data integration so that I can ensure all relevant insights from sales and marketing are included in our forecasts, minimizing discrepancies and improving our overall decision-making process.
Description: The Real-time Data Integration requirement ensures that the Collaborative Forecasting Tools can seamlessly pull data from various departments, including sales, marketing, and supply chain. This integration allows for a holistic view of all relevant data in real-time, facilitating accurate forecasting. The functionality will enhance decision-making by ensuring all teams are working with the most current data available, thereby reducing discrepancies and improving collaboration. This integration is crucial for the accuracy of the forecasts and will support cross-departmental strategies, ultimately leading to more effective supply chain management.
Acceptance Criteria: User interfaces with the Collaborative Forecasting Tools to initiate a demand forecast using data from multiple departments, such as sales and supply chain.

Given the user has access to the Collaborative Forecasting Tools, when they initiate a demand forecast, then the tool should automatically pull the latest data from sales, marketing, and supply chain systems within 5 seconds.

A marketing manager inputs promotional data into the Collaborative Forecasting Tools that should reflect in real-time updated forecasts.

Given the marketing manager inputs promotional data, when they submit the information, then the forecasting tool should update the relevant forecasts to reflect this data within 10 seconds without requiring a page refresh.

Different departments collaborate to review forecasts and discover discrepancies in data from sales and logistics.

Given teams from sales, marketing, and logistics are reviewing the forecast, when data discrepancies arise, then the forecasting tool shall display highlighted sections of conflicting data with a prompt for further review within 3 seconds.

A supply chain manager wants to analyze the impact of changes in sales data on inventory forecasts.

Given the supply chain manager accesses the forecasting tool, when they adjust the sales forecast, then the inventory forecast should automatically recalculate and display the new projections within 5 seconds.

A user needs to generate a report that includes insights from all departments involved in the forecasting process.

Given that the user requests a report, when the report generation process is initiated, then the report should include aggregated insights from sales, marketing, and supply chain departments, completed within 15 seconds.

Management reviews the accuracy of past forecasts using historical data integrated into the Collaborative Forecasting Tools.

Given management selects a historical forecast report, when they view the report, then the accuracy of past forecasts should be displayed as a percentage, comparing predicted vs. actual results for each department, updated in real-time.

User-friendly Forecasting Interface

User Story: As a marketing professional, I want a user-friendly forecasting interface so that I can easily contribute my insights to the forecasts without needing technical training, helping the team align our marketing strategies efficiently.
Description: The User-friendly Forecasting Interface requirement involves the design and implementation of an intuitive interface where teams can easily input their forecasts and add comments or insights. This interface should be accessible to non-technical users, ensuring that all team members can contribute to the forecasting process without a steep learning curve. The functionality will promote increased participation from various departments, fostering collaboration and improving the accuracy of forecasts.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the User-friendly Forecasting Interface to input their department's sales forecast for the upcoming quarter.

Given that the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, When they access the User-friendly Forecasting Interface, Then they should see an input field for entering forecasts, a comments section, and clear submission buttons that are easily accessible.

A team member inputs their forecast and adds comments to the User-friendly Forecasting Interface.

Given that the user is on the User-friendly Forecasting Interface, When they input their sales forecast and comments, Then clicking the submit button should save the data with a confirmation message displayed.

A manager reviews all submitted forecasts through the User-friendly Forecasting Interface to ensure data consistency and accuracy.

Given that several forecasts have been submitted by various team members, When the manager accesses the review section of the User-friendly Forecasting Interface, Then they should see a list of all submitted forecasts with corresponding comments, and be able to filter and sort the entries by department or date.

A team member attempts to submit a forecast without filling out the required fields in the User-friendly Forecasting Interface.

Given that the user attempts to submit without entering data in the required fields, When they click the submit button, Then they should receive an error message indicating which fields are mandatory and preventing submission until resolved.

Users on the User-friendly Forecasting Interface want to ensure that the interface functions across different devices and screen sizes.

Given that the User-friendly Forecasting Interface is accessed from various devices, When users log in from a mobile phone or tablet, Then they should be able to view and interact with the interface without losing functionality, with elements adjusting appropriately to the screen size.

Users need to access historical forecasts to compare current inputs in the User-friendly Forecasting Interface.

Given that the user is on the User-friendly Forecasting Interface, When they navigate to the historical forecasts section, Then they should be able to view past forecasts along with relevant data insights and trends for comparison.

Collaboration Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a team member, I want a collaboration feedback mechanism so that I can share my insights on the forecasting outcomes and suggest improvements for future forecasts, ensuring we continuously enhance our collaborative efforts.
Description: The Collaboration Feedback Mechanism requirement aims to provide a built-in functionality for users to offer feedback and suggestions on the forecasting process. This feedback loop will allow team members to evaluate the accuracy of previous forecasts and suggest improvements for future predictions. By collecting this feedback, the system can evolve and adapt, continuously improving the forecasting accuracy and user satisfaction levels while enhancing collaborative efforts across departments.
Acceptance Criteria: Users submit feedback on the accuracy of a forecast after a sales period, detailing which aspects they believe were accurate or inaccurate based on the actual sales performance.

Given a user is logged into the platform, when they view the forecast report, they should see an option to provide feedback and suggestions. When they submit their feedback, the system should acknowledge the submission and display a confirmation message.

The system automatically aggregates feedback from various users and generates a report that highlights trends in the feedback received regarding past forecasts.

Given multiple users have submitted feedback, when the admin views the feedback report, the system should display a summary of all feedback with an analysis of common themes identified across submissions.

After the feedback collection period ends, teams should receive notifications summarizing the feedback to discuss adjustments to future forecasts during their strategy meetings.

Given the feedback collection period is complete, when the system processes the feedback, team members should receive a notification email containing the summarized feedback along with actionable recommendations for future forecasts.

Team members can view the history of feedback submitted for previous forecasts, allowing them to understand how feedback has influenced adjustments in forecasting methodologies.

Given a user selects the feedback history option, when they view the historical feedback, they should see a chronological list of submissions along with the forecasts they correspond to, including any resulting changes.

Users can indicate the urgency of their feedback to prioritize certain suggestions over others for the forecasting team to address strategically.

Given a user submits feedback, when they fill out the feedback form, there should be an option to mark the importance level of their feedback as 'Low', 'Medium', or 'High', which is reflected in the feedback report accordingly.

The platform provides an analytics dashboard that showcases metrics related to the accuracy of forecasts and the effectiveness of user feedback.

Given the feedback mechanism is in use, when the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, they should be able to see key performance indicators (KPIs) showing forecast accuracy over time, influenced by user feedback submissions.

Automated Reporting Generation

User Story: As a operations analyst, I want automated reporting generation so that I can receive timely reports based on our collaborative forecasts, enabling me to quickly analyze the information and make informed operational decisions without the delay of manual reporting.
Description: The Automated Reporting Generation requirement enables the system to generate comprehensive reports based on the collaborative forecasting inputs. These reports should present key insights, trends, and discrepancies automatically, saving time for the teams involved in manual reporting. This automation increases efficiency significantly and provides a consistent format for analysis, enabling teams to make swift, informed decisions based on the latest forecasts and data insights.
Acceptance Criteria: Reporting generated for varying collaborative insights across departments

Given a collaborative forecasting input from sales, marketing, and supply chain, When the reporting tool is triggered, Then an automated report is generated summarizing the key insights and trends from the inputs provided.

Verification of report format consistency across different data sets

Given multiple collaborative inputs from different departments, When the automated reporting generation occurs, Then all reports should maintain a consistent format for analysis and presentation of data.

Real-time report generation following changes in collaborative input

Given updates to the collaborative forecasting inputs by any department, When the changes are saved, Then the automated report should refresh automatically to reflect the new data without delay.

End-user accessibility and usability of generated reports

Given a non-technical user interaction, When accessing the automated reports, Then the generated report should be easily understandable with clear data visuals and insights for effective decision-making.

Distribution of generated reports to relevant stakeholders

Given the completion of an automated report, When the report is generated, Then it should be automatically emailed to all designated stakeholders within a specified timeframe.

Integration with existing platforms for seamless collaboration

Given the integration of the Automated Reporting Generation with existing systems, When reports are generated, Then they should correctly incorporate data from all relevant systems without errors.

User feedback loop on report effectiveness and accuracy

Given the distribution of automated reports, When users review the reports, Then there should be an option for users to provide feedback on accuracy and usefulness that is collected for future improvements.

Trend Analysis Tool

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want a trend analysis tool so that I can analyze historical data and identify patterns affecting our forecasts, which will help us improve our future predictions and resource planning.
Description: The Trend Analysis Tool requirement involves developing a feature that allows users to identify patterns and trends based on historical data and collaborative inputs. This tool will utilize machine learning to analyze past performances and help teams understand how different variables affect demand forecasts. By incorporating these analysis capabilities, users can make more informed predictions and strategic decisions, enhancing the overall accuracy of the forecasting process.
Acceptance Criteria: Trend Analysis Tool allows users to analyze historical sales data to identify patterns affecting demand forecasting.

Given a set of historical sales data, when a user applies the Trend Analysis Tool, then the tool should display patterns and trends clearly on the dashboard with visualizations.

Multiple users from various departments input their insights into the Trend Analysis Tool to enhance demand forecasts.

Given that multiple users have entered collaborative inputs, when the Trend Analysis Tool is executed, then the tool should incorporate these inputs and display a unified forecast on the dashboard.

The Trend Analysis Tool provides predictive analytics based on historical patterns to inform future inventory needs.

Given selected historical data spans, when the predictive analytics feature of the Trend Analysis Tool is accessed, then it should return future demand forecasts along with confidence intervals and historical comparison metrics.

Users can customize the parameters used for trend analysis within the Trend Analysis Tool.

Given that a user wants to customize analysis parameters, when they modify the input settings and initiate the analysis, then the Trend Analysis Tool should reflect the updated outputs based on the new parameters set by the user.

The Trend Analysis Tool generates reports summarizing key findings and predictions for stakeholders.

Given completed analysis sessions, when users request a report from the Trend Analysis Tool, then the tool should generate a downloadable report that includes insights, trends, and predictions in a clear and concise format.

Predictive Stock Allocation

Predictive Stock Allocation uses forecasted demand trends to suggest optimal stock distribution across multiple locations. This feature ensures that Inventory Managers can allocate resources effectively, minimizing carrying costs and maximizing product availability where it’s most needed.

Requirements

Dynamic Demand Forecasting

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want accurate demand forecasts for each location so that I can optimize stock levels and reduce carrying costs.
Description: Dynamic Demand Forecasting is a requirement that utilizes real-time analytics and historical sales data to predict future product demand. This functionality will enable IntelliSupply to provide accurate stock allocation recommendations tailored to specific locations and timeframes. By leveraging advanced machine learning techniques, the feature will continuously refine its predictive capabilities based on changing market conditions and consumer behavior. This ensures Inventory Managers can proactively adjust inventory levels, reducing the risk of stockouts and overstock situations, ultimately improving customer satisfaction and operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Inventory Managers need to use the Predictive Stock Allocation feature during peak sales periods, such as holidays, to optimize stock levels across various store locations based on demand forecasts.

Given historical sales data and current market trends, when the Inventory Manager requests stock allocation recommendations, then the system should provide optimized stock distribution suggestions for each location with at least 95% accuracy compared to actual sales.

A small retail business implements the Dynamic Demand Forecasting and needs to evaluate its effectiveness after the initial month of operation to ensure accurate predictions.

Given the initial forecasting data and actual sales from the first month, when the Inventory Manager compares predicted stock levels to actual sales, then the predicted accuracy rate must be at least 90% for essential products.

An Inventory Manager wants to adjust stock levels in response to identified trends in the data, requiring the dynamic forecasting tool to adapt quickly to changing consumer behavior.

Given the continuous influx of real-time sales data, when market conditions change significantly, then the forecasting system should refresh predictions within 10 minutes and notify the Inventory Manager of adjustments needed in stock levels.

After implementing the new forecasting capability, stakeholders want to see the impact on customer satisfaction and overall sales performance over a quarter.

Given three months of sales data post-implementation, when stakeholders assess customer feedback and sales figures, then there should be a measurable increase in customer satisfaction scores by 15% and an increase in sales by at least 10% from baseline metrics.

A distribution manager is overseeing multiple warehouse locations and needs to confirm that the stock recommendations are being followed and are resulting in reduced carrying costs.

Given stock allocation recommendations from the predictive tool, when the distribution manager reviews the inventory levels after implementation, then carrying costs must be reduced by at least 20% compared to previous periods without the predictive feature.

A logistics coordinator uses the predictive analytics dashboard to prepare for regional demand spikes during promotional events and needs clear insights on potential stock needs.

Given upcoming promotional events and historical sales data, when the coordinator accesses the predictive analytics dashboard, then the recommended stock levels should display for each product within 5% variance of estimated demand.

Location-Based Stock Reallocation Alerts

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to receive alerts for stock imbalances at my locations so that I can take timely action to reallocate stock and meet customer demand.
Description: Location-Based Stock Reallocation Alerts are notifications that inform Inventory Managers when stock levels are critically low or high at specific locations based on predictive analytics. This feature will be integrated within the IntelliSupply dashboard, providing real-time alerts and recommendations for reallocating stock from surplus locations to those facing shortages. By addressing stock imbalances promptly, this functionality enhances responsiveness to market demands and increases overall inventory efficiency, thus enabling better customer service and reduced lost sales opportunities.
Acceptance Criteria: Inventory Manager receives an alert for low stock levels at Location A and needs to take action to reallocate stock from Location B.

Given the stock levels at all locations, when the alert triggers for low stock at Location A, then an actionable recommendation for stock reallocation from Location B should be displayed in the dashboard.

An Inventory Manager reviews the dashboard after a stock reallocation alert has been triggered for an item due to predicted demand trends.

Given that stock levels are critically low based on predictive analytics, when the alert is triggered, then the system must notify the Inventory Manager of the recommended stock levels and locations for reallocation within 5 minutes.

A new stock allocation scenario arises due to a significant increase in demand for a product at Location C, prompting a review of current inventory distributions.

Given the predictive analytics tools in the IntelliSupply dashboard, when demand spikes at Location C, then the system should automatically re-evaluate stock levels and suggest reallocations to meet the new demand within 10 minutes.

Inventory Managers need to ensure that the reallocation alerts are accurate and not excessive, focusing on critical stock levels only.

Given the predefined thresholds for low and high stock levels, when stock levels are assessed, then alerts should only be generated if the stock is above or below 20% of the critical threshold set by the Inventory Manager.

An Inventory Manager uses the dashboard at the end of the day to analyze the effectiveness of the reallocation alerts over the week.

Given the analytics feature in the dashboard, when the Inventory Manager reviews the reallocation alerts for the past week, then they should see a report indicating the percentage change in stock levels across all locations and the resulting impact on sales or inventory efficiency.

Customizable Inventory Allocation Criteria

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to customize allocation criteria for inventory distribution so that I can align with our unique business strategies and market conditions.
Description: Customizable Inventory Allocation Criteria allows users to define their own parameters for stock distribution based on unique business needs. Inventory Managers can select various factors such as seasonal trends, regional preferences, and sales velocity to influence stock allocation decisions. This flexibility not only tailors the predictive stock allocation to specific industry and market conditions but also enhances user satisfaction as it aligns the inventory management strategy with the company’s goals. This requirement ensures that IntelliSupply remains adaptable to diverse business environments, providing competitive advantages.
Acceptance Criteria: Inventory Manager customizes stock allocation criteria based on regional customer demand variations.

Given that the Inventory Manager selects the region and input specific parameters for stock allocation, when they save these settings, then the system should reflect these personalized criteria in the stock allocation suggestions and predictions at the relevant locations.

Inventory Manager defines seasonal trends affecting product demand for the winter season.

Given that the Inventory Manager enters seasonal trends as a criterion, when forecasting allocations for the winter season, then the system should adjust stock suggestions to increase inventory for identified high-demand products accordingly.

User adjusts sales velocity as a parameter in stock distribution settings to respond to changes in sales performance.

Given that the user modifies the sales velocity parameter to reflect higher recent sales data, when stock allocation predictions are generated, then the system should allocate more stock to locations where sales velocity is above average.

Inventory Manager reviews the effectiveness of the customizable allocation criteria over a quarter.

Given that the Inventory Manager has been utilizing customizable inventory allocation criteria, when reviewing the stock availability and sales performance report after one quarter, then at least a 15% increase in stock availability of high-demand products should be demonstrated as compared to the previous quarter.

User modifies allocation criteria based on historical sales data.

Given that the Inventory Manager accesses historical sales data to define allocation criteria, when applying this data, then the system should successfully use historical trends to inform and suggest stock distribution patterns across multiple locations.

Inventory Manager utilizes the platform to set criteria reflecting unique business needs and constraints.

Given that the Inventory Manager specifies unique business constraints such as budget limits and supplier delivery times, when configuring stock allocation criteria, then the system should ensure that all generated suggestions comply with these constraints without exceeding specified limits.

User seeks assistance for setting up customizable inventory allocation criteria successfully.

Given that the user accesses help documentation and support for customizable allocation criteria setup, when completing the setup process, then the user should be able to successfully configure at least three different allocation criteria that are saved and functional in the stock allocation prediction system.

Dashboard Integration of Predictive Analytics

User Story: As an Inventory Manager, I want to see demand forecasts and allocation suggestions on my dashboard so that I can make data-driven decisions quickly and efficiently.
Description: Dashboard Integration of Predictive Analytics enables users to visualize demand forecasts and suggested stock allocations directly within the IntelliSupply dashboard. By presenting this data in easily digestible formats such as graphs and charts, users can quickly understand complex trends and make informed decisions. This requirement enhances user experience and ensures that critical data is readily available, supporting strategic planning and operational efficiency within the supply chain management processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User views predictive stock allocation data on the IntelliSupply dashboard during a weekly inventory review meeting.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply account, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see visual representations of demand forecasts and suggested stock allocations prominently displayed.

Inventory Manager receives alerts for potential stock shortages based on predictive analytics during peak sales periods.

Given the predictive analytics feature is active, when a forecast indicates a potential stock shortage, then the system should automatically generate and display an alert on the dashboard for the Inventory Manager.

User utilizes filter options on the dashboard to analyze stock allocation across different locations during a strategic planning session.

Given the user is on the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they apply location filters to the analytical data, then the dashboard should update to display only the relevant stock allocation information for the selected locations.

User customizes the dashboard layout to prioritize stock allocation data during a busy sales season.

Given that custom dashboard settings are available, when the user rearranges the dashboard elements to highlight stock allocation analytics, then the new layout should be saved and visible upon their next login.

Team leader reviews historical predictive analytics data to identify past trends and inform upcoming inventory decisions.

Given the dashboard includes historical data toggle, when the user selects a date range in the predictive analytics view, then the dashboard should accurately display historical demand forecasts and stock allocations for that period.

User accesses training materials directly from the dashboard while exploring predictive stock allocation features.

Given that training resources are integrated into the dashboard, when the user clicks on the 'Help' section, then they should be directed to relevant training documents and tutorials about predictive stock allocation.

User Training and Support Documentation

User Story: As a new user, I want easy access to training and support materials so that I can learn how to use the Predictive Stock Allocation features effectively.
Description: User Training and Support Documentation provides detailed guides and resources to help users navigate the features of the Predictive Stock Allocation system effectively. This requirement includes creating tutorial videos, user manuals, and FAQs that cater to both technical and non-technical users. By ensuring users have easy access to training materials, this requirement promotes user adoption, reduces errors, and enhances overall satisfaction with the IntelliSupply platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User Training Resource Accessibility

Given a user accesses the IntelliSupply platform, When they navigate to the support section, Then they should find user manuals, tutorial videos, and FAQs available for download or viewing.

Training Material Effectiveness

Given a user completes a training module for Predictive Stock Allocation, When they take a subsequent quiz, Then they should score at least 80% to demonstrate understanding of the material.

Tutorial Video Playback

Given a user selects a tutorial video, When they press play, Then the video should load within 3 seconds and play without buffering interruptions.

User Satisfaction with Support Documentation

Given a user has accessed support documentation, When they complete a feedback survey, Then at least 90% of users should report being satisfied or very satisfied with the resources provided.

Update Notification for Training Materials

Given there are updates to the Predictive Stock Allocation feature, When users log into the platform, Then they should receive a notification about the availability of updated training materials.

Search Function for FAQs

Given a user is on the FAQs page, When they type a keyword related to their question, Then relevant FAQ entries should appear within 2 seconds.

Support Response Time

Given a user submits a support request regarding user training, When they check for updates, Then they should receive a response within 24 hours during business days.

API Integration for Third-Party Supply Chain Systems

User Story: As an IT Manager, I want to integrate IntelliSupply with our existing ERP system so that we can maintain data consistency and streamline our supply chain operations.
Description: API Integration for Third-Party Supply Chain Systems allows IntelliSupply to connect seamlessly with existing enterprise resource planning (ERP) and inventory management systems. This requirement focuses on creating robust APIs that facilitate data exchange and enhance overall functionality within the supply chain ecosystem. By integrating with external systems, users can ensure data consistency, streamline operational workflows, and improve the overall effectiveness of inventory management, enabling businesses to maximize inventory visibility across platforms.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of IntelliSupply with a third-party ERP system for real-time data exchange.

Given the third-party ERP is connected, When a stock level is updated in the ERP, Then the corresponding stock level in IntelliSupply should reflect the same change within 5 minutes.

Verification of data consistency between IntelliSupply and external inventory management systems.

Given an item is added in the external inventory system, When the data sync occurs, Then the item should appear in IntelliSupply with the correct details such as quantity, location, and status.

Automated error handling when API requests fail during data exchange.

Given an API request fails due to a network issue, When the API is retried after 2 minutes, Then the system should successfully reconnect and complete the data exchange without data loss.

User experience while configuring API settings in IntelliSupply.

Given a user accesses the API configuration settings, When they navigate to the API setup page, Then they should find clear instructions and the ability to input credentials, select endpoints, and save changes seamlessly.

Performance testing of API under high load conditions.

Given 100 concurrent users are making requests to the API, When API calls are made simultaneously, Then the response time should not exceed 2 seconds for 90% of the requests.

Establishing user permissions for API access.

Given a user role with limited permissions, When the user attempts to access API settings, Then they should receive an error message stating that they do not have the required permissions to access this section.

Ensuring data encryption during API data transmission.

Given data is being transmitted between IntelliSupply and a third-party system, When the data is in transit, Then it should be encrypted using industry-standard SSL/TLS protocols to ensure security.

Demand Variability Insights

Demand Variability Insights provide users with detailed analysis of past demand fluctuations to understand patterns and irregularities. This feature equips Supply Chain Analysts with the knowledge to anticipate and prepare for future demand variability, enabling proactive inventory management.

Requirements

Historical Demand Analysis

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to analyze historical demand data so that I can identify patterns and prepare for future inventory needs effectively.
Description: This requirement enables the system to analyze historical demand patterns by processing data from previous sales, seasonality factors, and market trends. It will allow Supply Chain Analysts to visualize fluctuations in demand over time, identify peak periods, and recognize trends that affect product availability. The analysis will be interactive, providing users with graphical representations and actionable insights that can drive strategic planning. By integrating smoothly with existing data sources, this capability enhances the overall functionality of IntelliSupply by transforming raw data into comprehensive insights, ultimately leading to improved inventory management and reduced stockouts.
Acceptance Criteria: Use Case for Historical Demand Analysis by Supply Chain Analysts during Quarterly Planning Sessions.

Given the Supply Chain Analyst accesses the Historical Demand Analysis feature, when they filter data for the last 12 months and select the 'Peak Demand Period' graph, then they should see a clear visual representation of demand spikes and corresponding product availability for that timeframe.

Scenario where Supply Chain Analysts review seasonal influences on product demand patterns.

Given the historical data includes seasonal factors, when the Supply Chain Analyst views the 'Seasonality Overview' report, then they should see distinct visual markers indicating seasonal trends affecting demand for different products.

Situation where Supply Chain Analysts prepare for an upcoming promotional campaign by analyzing past sales data.

Given a promotional campaign is planned, when the Supply Chain Analyst analyzes historical demand data from previous campaigns using the 'Campaign Insights' tool, then they should receive actionable insights that predict likely demand surges during the upcoming campaign.

Scenario in which Supply Chain Analysts validate the accuracy of the data feeding into Historical Demand Analysis.

Given the system integrates with multiple data sources, when the Supply Chain Analyst runs a data integrity check, then they should see confirmation that over 95% of the data is accurate and that discrepancies are identified with suggested corrections.

Use case involving various interactive elements in the Historical Demand Analysis dashboard.

Given the dashboard is designed for interactivity, when the Supply Chain Analyst interacts with the demand fluctuation charts, then they should be able to drill down into specific product categories and view detailed metrics without experiencing lag or errors.

Situation where Supply Chain Analysts require report generation for stakeholder meetings.

Given the Historical Demand Analysis feature, when the Supply Chain Analyst selects 'Generate Report' for the last quarter's data, then the system should produce a formatted PDF report that accurately reflects demand insights and trends within 3 minutes.

Real-time Demand Dashboard

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want access to a real-time dashboard displaying current demand so that I can respond swiftly to significant fluctuations and optimize inventory levels.
Description: The Real-time Demand Dashboard requirement focuses on displaying live statistics related to demand fluctuations. This dashboard will visualize current demand levels, immediate changes due to promotions or market events, and provide alerts when demand exceeds predetermined thresholds. By integrating with real-time data feeds, this feature will ensure that users can make informed decisions and quickly adapt to changing business conditions. This capability empowers users to manage inventory proactively and enhances the responsiveness of the supply chain, ultimately leading to increased customer satisfaction and reduced excess inventory.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time demand monitoring during promotional events.

Given a promotional event is active, when a user views the Real-time Demand Dashboard, then they should see immediate updates in demand levels reflecting the impact of the promotion within 5 minutes.

Alerting users for demand spikes.

Given that demand levels exceed a predefined threshold, when the dashboard refreshes, then the user should receive an alert notification within 1 minute indicating the spike and the corresponding demand level.

Visual representation of demand fluctuations over time.

Given a user selects a specific date range, when the Real-time Demand Dashboard is rendered, then it should display a clear graphical representation of demand fluctuations including peak and low points for the selected period.

Integration with existing data feeds.

Given that the dashboard is connected to live data sources, when data is updated in those sources, then the dashboard should reflect these updates without requiring manual refresh within 1 minute.

User customization of alert thresholds.

Given a user has access to dashboard settings, when they set a new alert threshold for demand levels, then the system should save this threshold and use it to trigger alerts going forward immediately after saving.

User accessibility for non-technical users.

Given a non-technical user accesses the Real-time Demand Dashboard, when they navigate the interface, then they should be able to understand and utilize all features without external assistance.

Historical demand analysis and reporting.

Given the user requests historical demand data, when they use the reporting function, then the dashboard should generate a comprehensive report with relevant insights from the past 6 months within 2 minutes.

Predictive Analytics for Demand Variability

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want predictive analytics to forecast future demand variability so that I can proactively manage our inventory and minimize costly stockouts.
Description: This requirement includes the implementation of advanced machine learning algorithms that predict future demand variability based on historical trends and various influential factors. The predictive model will analyze patterns and incorporate external data sources, such as economic indicators and market conditions, to enhance accuracy. By providing insights into potential demand shifts, this feature enables businesses to preemptively adjust inventory levels and supply chain operations, leading to reduced costs and minimized stockouts. The integration of this functionality into the IntelliSupply platform solidifies its role as a forward-thinking solution for inventory management.
Acceptance Criteria: Supply Chain Analyst views predictive analytics dashboard to assess future demand for a specific product line during the monthly review meeting.

Given the Supply Chain Analyst is logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they select the 'Predictive Analytics for Demand Variability' feature, then they must see a visual representation of future demand forecasts for the next three months based on historical data and external factors.

User tests the accuracy of predictive analytics by comparing predicted demand with actual sales data after one month.

Given the predictive analytics report has been generated, when the user reviews the forecasted demand versus the actual sales data for the last month, then the prediction accuracy should be at least 85% for the analyzed product categories.

Supply Chain Analyst integrates additional external data sources to enhance model predictions for seasonal trends.

Given the Supply Chain Analyst accesses the predictive analytics settings, when they input external data sources such as economic indicators and market conditions, then the predictive model must be updated and reflect the influence of these new data points within one hour.

User receives alerts for significant changes in predicted demand variability due to external data inputs such as market trends.

Given the predictive analytics is active and external data is integrated, when there is a significant change in the predicted demand (increase or decrease of over 20%), then the user must receive an immediate alert via email or dashboard notification.

Supply Chain Analyst utilizes predictive analytics insights to adjust inventory levels proactively for upcoming product launches.

Given the Supply Chain Analyst has identified a demand surge for an upcoming product launch, when they adjust the inventory levels based on the predictive insights, then the system should recommend optimal stocking levels to meet projected demand within two business days of the launch.

User generates a report summarizing the effect of predictive analytics on inventory costs over the past quarter.

Given the Supply Chain Analyst navigates to the reporting section, when they select the report for 'Inventory Cost Reduction due to Predictive Analytics', then the report must show a clear correlation between predictive insights and a cost reduction of at least 10% in the last quarter.

Integration with External Market Data

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to integrate external market data into IntelliSupply so that I can enhance my understanding of demand variability and improve forecasting accuracy.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for IntelliSupply to integrate with external market data sources to enhance demand variability insights. By connecting to third-party services that provide information on economic trends, market conditions, and consumer behavior, analysts can gain a more comprehensive view of demand predictors. This feature will enrich the predictive analytics capabilities of IntelliSupply and allow users to tailor their strategies based on broader economic indicators. Ultimately, this integration can facilitate more informed decision-making and enhance the product's overall value proposition.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of external market data to enhance demand variability insights for Supply Chain Analysts.

Given that a Supply Chain Analyst accesses the IntelliSupply dashboard, when the external market data sources are successfully integrated, then the analyst should be able to view updated demand variability insights that incorporate this external data.

Assessment of data accuracy from integrated external market sources.

Given that external market data has been integrated into IntelliSupply, when the system aggregates and analyzes this data, then the output should reflect accurate demand predictions that align with verified market trends from at least 90% accuracy.

User training on using external market data features within IntelliSupply.

Given that the integration of external market data has been completed, when a Supply Chain Analyst completes a training module, then they should demonstrate the ability to effectively use the new demand variability insights in decision-making processes with at least an 80% proficiency rating.

Real-time reporting on demand variability insights incorporating external data.

Given that the IntelliSupply platform is live and the integration is functioning, when analysts generate a report on demand variability, then the report should display the most recent data from external sources within a 2-minute refresh rate.

User feedback on the usability of the integrated external market data feature.

Given that users have been using the new integration for 30 days, when solicited for feedback, then at least 75% of users should report that the new feature has improved their ability to analyze demand variability.

Monitoring system performance and load times post-integration.

Given that external market data integration has been implemented, when multiple Supply Chain Analysts are accessing the system simultaneously, then the system should maintain load times of less than 3 seconds for retrieving demand variability insights.

Customizable Reporting Tools

User Story: As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want customizable reporting tools so that I can generate tailored insights that are relevant to my business needs and enhance my decision-making process.
Description: The Customizable Reporting Tools requirement allows users to create personalized reports based on their unique analysis needs. This feature will provide various templates and options for users to specify the metrics they want to track, the timeframes for analysis, and the formats for output (e.g., PDF, Excel). By offering flexibility in reporting, users can derive valuable insights tailored to their specific business contexts, facilitating better strategic planning and operational adjustments. The rich reporting capabilities will ensure that decision-makers have access to critical data in formats that support their workflow and analysis processes.
Acceptance Criteria: Users need to create a custom report to analyze sales data from the last quarter to identify trends in product demand and inventory requirements.

Given the user has access to the Customizable Reporting Tools, when they select the 'Sales Data' template and input the last quarter date range, then a report should be generated that includes total sales, average daily sales, and inventory levels for that period in the specified output format.

A supply chain analyst wants to generate a report focusing on seasonal sales peaks and inventory adjustments for specific products over the last year.

Given the user chooses the 'Seasonal Analysis' template, when they specify the product categories and the date range for the last year, then the generated report must display sales peaks, corresponding inventory levels, and recommended inventory adjustments for each category in PDF format.

The management team needs a comprehensive report for an upcoming strategic meeting to discuss overall supply chain performance, including metrics from various departments.

Given the user is logged into the system, when they select multiple templates for different departments and compile them into one comprehensive report for the current fiscal year, then the system should allow the user to merge these reports into a single document with clear section breaks and a table of contents.

A user wishes to quickly export a generated report to view offline and share with team members.

Given the report has been created using Customizable Reporting Tools, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then the system should allow an export in chosen formats (PDF and Excel), ensuring that all data represented in the report is preserved accurately in the exported files.

The user wants to schedule a recurring report to be automatically generated and sent to their email every month to monitor inventory turnover.

Given the user has configured the report settings for 'Inventory Turnover' with a monthly frequency, when the user saves these settings, then the system should automatically generate and email the report to the user's specified address on the designated day of each month without additional user intervention.

A user requires the option to filter report data by specific metrics such as region, product type, or sales channel for targeted analysis.

Given the user is in the reporting tool, when they apply filters for region, product type, and sales channel before generating the report, then the resulting report should reflect only the data that meets the selected filter criteria, allowing detailed analysis tailored to specific requirements.

A supply chain analyst wishes to compare data across different timeframes to observe demand variability and make predictions.

Given the user selects the 'Demand Variability' template, when they specify two distinct timeframes for comparison, then the generated report must show comparative metrics and highlight fluctuations in demand between those periods in an easy-to-read format.

Benchmark Forecasting

Benchmark Forecasting compares the company’s demand trends against industry standards and competitor performance. This feature helps users identify areas for improvement in their forecasting accuracy and align their strategies with top-performing businesses, ultimately driving competitiveness.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want real-time integration of demand data so that I can adjust our inventory strategies based on the most current market trends and sales information.
Description: The Real-time Data Integration requirement enables the Benchmark Forecasting feature to seamlessly connect with various data sources within the supply chain ecosystem. This integration allows for the automatic collection of sales, inventory, and market data, ensuring that the forecasts are based on the most current information available. By facilitating real-time updates, businesses can rely on accurate and timely insights, improving their ability to make informed decisions and adjust strategies proactively. The implementation of this requirement involves developing APIs and data connectors to link with ERP systems, e-commerce platforms, and other relevant data repositories. The expected outcome is a drastically improved forecasting accuracy due to the availability of up-to-the-minute data, thereby enhancing overall supply chain efficiency and responsiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: Sales data from an e-commerce platform is being seamlessly integrated into the Benchmark Forecasting feature to enhance accuracy in forecasting.

Given the integration of the e-commerce sales data, when the data is updated, then the Benchmark Forecasting feature should reflect the latest sales figures within 5 minutes.

Inventory levels from multiple sources are automatically consolidated within the Benchmark Forecasting tool for a comprehensive view of stock availability.

Given inventory data from ERP and other sources, when the data is collected, then the Benchmark Forecasting tool must show updated inventory levels in real-time without manual intervention.

Market data from industry reports is integrated into Benchmark Forecasting, enabling users to compare their data against market trends.

Given the availability of market trend data, when the data is fetched, then Benchmark Forecasting should allow users to view comparisons between their performance and industry benchmarks within the dashboard.

Users need to receive notifications when significant changes occur in their incoming sales or inventory data.

Given the implementation of real-time data integration, when a 10% variance from the previous data occurs, then users should receive an automated notification via email and within the platform.

Multiple API connections are established to gather data from various sources to enhance forecasting accuracy.

Given the requirement for real-time data integration, when the APIs are implemented, then all designated data sources should successfully connect and transfer data without errors during testing.

The Benchmark Forecasting feature allows users to customize the data parameters they wish to analyze for tailored insights.

Given the user access to the data filter options, when the parameters are adjusted, then the forecasting results should update dynamically in real-time based on the selected criteria.

A user desires to visualize historical sales trends alongside current data for better decision-making.

Given the integrated data visualization tool within Benchmark Forecasting, when the user selects the historical data option, then the system must display a clear and comprehensive graph showing both historical and current sales trends on the dashboard.

Benchmark Comparison Dashboard

User Story: As a business analyst, I want a comparison dashboard that shows how our demand forecasts stack up against competitors, so that I can identify strategic adjustments we need to make to improve our market position.
Description: The Benchmark Comparison Dashboard requirement focuses on developing a user-friendly interface within the Benchmark Forecasting feature that visually presents comparisons between the company's demand trends and industry benchmarks. This dashboard should highlight key metrics, such as inventory turnover ratios and sales forecasts, and allow users to toggle between different time frames and competitors. By displaying data in an easily digestible format, users will be able to quickly identify gaps, opportunities for improvement, and specific areas where they lag behind competitors. This requirement is essential for driving data-driven decision-making, as it provides actionable insights and helps refine strategic planning. The expected outcome is an intuitive dashboard that enhances user experience, promotes engagement, and encourages performance improvement based on empirical data.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction with the Benchmark Comparison Dashboard

Given that the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the Benchmark Comparison Dashboard, then the dashboard should load within 2 seconds and display an overview of the company’s demand trends compared to the selected industry benchmarks and competitors.

Toggle Between Time Frames on the Dashboard

Given that the user is viewing the Benchmark Comparison Dashboard, when the user selects a different time frame from a dropdown menu, then the dashboard should update to reflect the selected time frame and present the corresponding metrics without needing to refresh the page.

Comparison Metrics Clarity and Presentation

Given that the user is on the Benchmark Comparison Dashboard, when the user views key metrics such as inventory turnover ratios and sales forecasts, then all metrics should be clearly labeled, and graphical representations (like charts or graphs) should be used to enhance visual understanding.

Data Accuracy Verification

Given that the Benchmark Comparison Dashboard is displaying data, when users compare their demand trends with industry benchmarks, then the data shown should match the most updated information from the back-end database to ensure data accuracy within a 95% threshold.

User Engagement and Feedback Collection

Given the user has interacted with the Benchmark Comparison Dashboard, when the user submits feedback through the provided mechanism, then the system should capture this feedback accurately and display a confirmation message indicating that the feedback was received successfully.

User Customization of Competitor Comparisons

Given that the user is on the Benchmark Comparison Dashboard, when the user selects competitors to compare against from a list, then the dashboard should dynamically update to display the chosen competitors alongside the user’s data, ensuring customization is intuitive and seamless.

Predictive Analytics and Trend Insights

User Story: As an inventory planner, I want predictive analytics that indicate future demand trends, so that I can optimize our stock levels and minimize lost sales opportunities.
Description: The Predictive Analytics and Trend Insights requirement aims to leverage advanced machine learning algorithms to provide users with not only historical benchmarking data but also predictive insights into future demand trends. This feature will utilize historical sales data, market trends, and external factors such as seasonality and economic indicators to forecast demand for various SKUs. Including visual predictive analytics in the Benchmark Forecasting tool will enable users to proactively manage inventory levels and reduce stockouts or excess inventory situations. The implementation involves data modeling, algorithm selection, and continuous learning to improve forecast accuracy over time. The expected outcome is a robust forecasting tool that empowers users to make proactive inventory decisions based on predictive insights rather than reactive approaches to demand fluctuations.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Benchmark Forecasting tool to analyze their company's historical sales data in comparison to industry benchmarks.

Given the user has logged into IntelliSupply, when they select the Benchmark Forecasting tool, then they should view a comprehensive dashboard showing their sales performance versus industry standards for the last two years.

User requests a forecast for specific SKUs based on historical data and external indicators such as seasonality.

Given the user inputs SKU data and selects the forecast option, when the system processes the request, then it should generate a predictive report displaying expected demand trends for the next quarter inclusive of visual graphs.

User wants to understand the reasons for an inventory stockout that occurred last month using predictive analytics.

Given the user selects a previous stockout incident from the dashboard, when they view the predictive insights section, then the system should present analysis highlighting the factors causing the stockout based on historical data and external trends.

User seeks to compare their demand forecast accuracy against a competitor's performance.

Given the user has historical demand forecast data and competitor benchmarks, when they run the comparison report, then the system should display a detailed analysis indicating areas of improvement with a visual representation of discrepancies.

User adjusts their inventory strategy based on the predictive analytics and trend insights provided by the platform.

Given the user utilizes the insights provided, when they implement changes to their inventory levels according to the recommendations, then they should see a decrease in stockouts and an increase in inventory turnover within three months.

User reviews forecast accuracy over time to measure improvements in predictive analytics capabilities.

Given that the user accesses the accuracy tracking feature, when they analyze forecast performance against actual sales for the past year, then the system should display accuracy percentage metrics and trends over time, highlighting improvements or declines.

User accesses detailed visual analytics to better understand market trends impacting their product sales.

Given the user navigates to the visual analytics section, when they select various market indicators to display, then the system should render dynamic graphs and charts illustrating the impact of these indicators on sales over the selected period.

Scenario Planning Tool

User Story: As a supply chain strategist, I want to create various demand scenarios based on market changes, so that I can understand potential risks and formulate mitigation strategies proactively.
Description: The Scenario Planning Tool requirement allows users to create and evaluate various demand scenarios to test the impact of different variables on forecasting accuracy. Users can input factors such as economic changes, promotions, or unexpected events and see how they would affect demand predictions. This tool can serve as a risk management feature, helping businesses prepare for uncertainties in the supply chain. The implementation requires the development of simulations based on historical data that can predict potential changes in demand given specific variables. The expected outcome is a versatile tool that enhances forecasting reliability by allowing users to visualize the impact of different scenarios and make informed decisions in advance.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs various economic variables to forecast demand changes over the next quarter and evaluates the results from the Scenario Planning Tool.

Given the user inputs economic changes, when they run the scenario simulation, then the tool should display a forecast report that accurately reflects variations based on historical data.

Users wish to evaluate the impact of a marketing promotion on future demand using the Scenario Planning Tool.

Given the user selects a promotion scenario, when the simulation runs, then the tool must provide demand predictions that show potential increases or decreases based on past promotional outcomes.

A user tests the Scenario Planning Tool with unexpected events like natural disasters or supplier failures to prepare for risks.

Given a user simulates an unexpected event, when the simulation is completed, then the resulting forecast must highlight potential demand fluctuations and suggest mitigation strategies based on historical disruptions.

A user wants to compare their demand forecast with industry benchmarks using the Scenario Planning Tool.

Given industry benchmarks are available, when the user completes a scenario simulation, then the tool should provide a comparison report that maps the user's predictions against industry standards.

The tool must be able to save multiple scenario configurations for future analysis by users.

Given a user creates a new scenario, when they save it, then the system must confirm the scenario is saved and retrievable for future simulations.

Users need to access historical data to create scenarios effectively in the Scenario Planning Tool.

Given a user requests access to historical data, when the request is processed, then the system should display relevant historical data clearly and allow users to utilize it in scenario creation.

Automated Reporting

User Story: As a decision-maker, I want automated reports on forecasting performance sent to me weekly, so that I can stay informed and make timely decisions without having to manually generate reports.
Description: The Automated Reporting requirement involves creating a system that generates tailored reports automatically based on the Benchmark Forecasting data and user preferences. Users should be able to set parameters for the reports they wish to receive, such as timeframes, types of metrics, and specific datasets. Reports could include insights about forecasting accuracy, trends against benchmarks, and recommendations for improvements. This feature enhances user engagement by providing valuable insights without requiring manual intervention. The implementation includes setting up reporting processes, user access controls, and customizable templates. The expected outcome is a significant reduction in time spent on report generation and improved access to actionable insights that support strategic decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a report generation for the past quarter's sales data to analyze forecasting accuracy against industry benchmarks.

Given the user has set the reporting parameters for the past quarter and selected metrics for forecasting accuracy, when the report is generated, then the report should include a comprehensive analysis of the user’s sales data with comparative insights against industry standards and visualizations of trends over the specified period.

A user wants to schedule monthly automated reports to be sent via email to their team, highlighting key performance indicators and recommendations.

Given the user selects the monthly frequency and enters valid email addresses for recipients, when the scheduling is completed, then the system should send the automated reports every month on the designated date with the specified KPIs and recommendations included.

A retail manager modifies report parameters to focus solely on inventory turnover rates and includes only data for specific product categories.

Given the manager changes the reporting parameters and saves the settings, when the report is generated, then the report should reflect only the inventory turnover rates for the selected product categories without any extraneous data included.

An administrator reviews user access controls for the automated reporting feature to ensure compliance with company policies.

Given the administrator accesses the user permissions settings, when they review the access controls, then they should see a clear log of users, their specified permissions for report generation, and modifications should be reversible.

A user provides feedback on the usability of the automated reporting interface regarding ease of setting parameters and generating reports.

Given the user completes a feedback survey after using the automated reporting feature, when their feedback is analyzed, then at least 85% of respondents should indicate that the interface is intuitive and easy to use for generating customized reports.

Forecast Accuracy Analytics

Forecast Accuracy Analytics offers metrics and visualizations that assess the accuracy of past forecasts. This feature helps users refine their forecasting methods over time, enhancing their predictive capabilities and instilling confidence in decision-making processes.

Requirements

Historical Forecast Comparison

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want to compare historical forecasts with actual outcomes so that I can understand discrepancies and improve my predictive accuracy in future forecasts.
Description: The Historical Forecast Comparison requirement involves developing a feature that allows users to compare their previous forecasts against actual outcomes. This functionality will provide visual representations, such as graphs and charts, highlighting variances between predicted and actual metrics. By enabling users to explore discrepancies, this requirement aims to enhance their understanding of forecasting performance. Users will benefit from actionable insights, allowing them to adjust their forecasting methodologies and improve accuracy over time. Integration will occur seamlessly within the existing user interface of IntelliSupply, ensuring usability for non-technical users. The expected outcome is a more refined forecasting process that leads to better inventory management and reduced carrying costs.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Historical Forecast Comparison feature to analyze previous forecasts for the last quarter and compare them against actual sales data.

Given the user has selected a specific time frame for comparison, when they view the comparison dashboard, then they should see a visual representation (graphs/charts) that highlights the discrepancies between forecasts and actual outcomes for the selected period.

A user wants to understand the reasons for large variances in forecast accuracy for the past month.

Given the user clicks on a specific forecast in the comparison view, when they request detailed insights, then they should receive a report that identifies specific areas of underperformance and suggestions for improvement based on the data presented.

A non-technical user checks the Historical Forecast Comparison feature to present findings in a team meeting.

Given the user is on the comparison dashboard, when they export the visualizations and metrics to a PDF format, then the export should include all relevant graphs, charts, and a summary of key variances without requiring technical intervention.

A user notices that the visualizations in the Historical Forecast Comparison feature are loading slowly.

Given the user tries to access the comparison dashboard, when the dashboard is fully loaded, then it should load within 5 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience.

A user wants to view historical forecasts from different product lines to analyze performance across categories.

Given the user selects multiple product lines for comparison, when they view the historical comparison results, then the dashboard should display comparative metrics for each selected product line in a cohesive and user-friendly format.

The user attempts to compare forecasts over a customized date range that spans multiple years.

Given the user inputs a custom date range in the Historical Forecast Comparison feature, when they submit the range, then the system should accurately retrieve and display comparison data within that range without errors.

User-Defined Forecast Adjustments

User Story: As a business owner, I want to manually adjust my forecasts based on recent market trends so that I can ensure my inventory levels are more aligned with anticipated demand.
Description: The User-Defined Forecast Adjustments requirement focuses on enabling users to manually alter forecast parameters based on qualitative insights or unforeseen events. This feature will allow users to input their adjustments directly into the forecasting model, thus providing flexibility in adapting to dynamic market conditions. The user-defined nature of this requirement ensures that users can fine-tune their forecasts, making them more relevant and accurately reflective of real-world situations. Integration will maintain a user-friendly approach, ensuring that even non-technical users can easily make adjustments. The expected outcome is heightened confidence in forecast accuracy, leading to better strategic decisions and reduced risk of stockouts or overstock.
Acceptance Criteria: Manual Adjustment of Forecast Parameters by Users

Given a user is logged into IntelliSupply and navigates to the Forecast Accuracy Analytics section, when they input manual adjustments to predefined forecast parameters, then the adjustments should be reflected in the forecast model within 5 seconds, with a confirmation message displayed to the user.

Validation of Forecast Adjustments

Given a user has made manual adjustments to the forecast parameters, when they review the adjusted forecast, then the metrics should show a clear comparison between the original and adjusted forecasts, and the user should be able to save or discard changes without data loss.

User Interface for Adjustments

Given a user is on the forecast adjustment interface, when they attempt to input adjustments, then the input fields should provide clear validation messages for acceptable value ranges, ensuring non-technical users can easily understand and correct their inputs if necessary.

Impact Assessment of Adjustments on Forecast Accuracy

Given a user has submitted forecast adjustments, when they generate a report on forecast accuracy, then the report should display updated accuracy metrics reflecting the changes made, compared to previous forecasts, enabling users to evaluate the impact of their adjustments.

Access Control for Forecast Adjustments

Given multiple users with varying roles in the organization, when a user attempts to make adjustments to forecast parameters, then the system should restrict access based on defined user permissions, ensuring only authorized users can make changes.

Training Material Availability for Non-Technical Users

Given that non-technical users might need assistance in making forecast adjustments, when they access the help section, then they should find comprehensive training materials, including step-by-step guides and video tutorials specifically addressing the adjustment feature.

Audit Trail of Forecast Adjustments

Given that a user has made adjustments to the forecast parameters, when they view the audit trail of adjustments, then the system should display a detailed log of all changes made, including timestamps and the user’s identity, ensuring accountability and transparency.

Forecast Alert System

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to receive alerts when actual sales differ dramatically from forecasts so that I can take timely action to adjust inventory and avoid stock issues.
Description: The Forecast Alert System requirement entails creating an automated notification feature that informs users when actual metrics diverge significantly from predicted forecasts. This system will allow users to set threshold levels for alerts, ensuring they are promptly notified of potential issues in their supply chain operations. The alerts can be configured to be sent via email or within the app, providing immediate visibility into critical discrepancies. This feature will enhance proactive decision-making capabilities, allowing users to respond swiftly to forecast inaccuracies and make informed adjustments. Integration will leverage existing communication pathways within IntelliSupply to keep users engaged and informed. The expected outcome is improved responsiveness to forecast changes, leading to optimized inventory levels and better customer service.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an email notification when actual sales fall below the predicted threshold for the first time in a fiscal quarter.

Given the user has configured the alert system with a threshold for sales predictions, When actual sales data is processed, Then the user should receive an email notification highlighting the discrepancy if it falls below the set threshold.

User views an in-app notification when actual supply chain disruptions exceed the forecasted metrics.

Given the user has set up alerts in the app, When actual supply chain metrics are recorded, Then an in-app notification appears immediately if the metrics exceed the threshold defined by the user.

Administrator adjusts the threshold levels for forecast alerts in the settings of the application.

Given an administrator is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, When they navigate to the alert settings and change the threshold levels, Then the system should save these settings and apply them to future forecast evaluations.

User checks the history of alerts received for discrepancies in forecast metrics over the past month.

Given the user accesses the alert history section in the app, When they filter alerts for the past month, Then they should see a complete and accurate list of all alerts generated for forecast discrepancies.

User selects preferred alert methods for notifications regarding forecast inaccuracies.

Given the user is in the notification settings of the app, When they choose their preferred alert methods (email, in-app), Then the system should accurately save and implement these preferences for future alerts.

User tests the alert system by simulating a relevant forecast metrics discrepancy.

Given the user has access to a simulation feature, When they execute a test scenario that causes a forecast metrics discrepancy, Then the system should trigger the alert notification as configured by the user.

User reviews the effectiveness of the Forecast Alert System after implementation.

Given the user has been using the Forecast Alert System for one month, When they assess the number of accurate alerts received versus missed discrepancies, Then the user should find that at least 80% of the alerts were accurate and actionable based on their forecasts.

Forecast Confidence Score

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to see a confidence score for each forecast so that I can make better-informed decisions based on the reliability of the data provided.
Description: The Forecast Confidence Score requirement involves implementing an algorithm that calculates and displays a confidence score for each forecast based on historical accuracy, seasonality, and other relevant variables. This score will be presented alongside each forecast, giving users a quick understanding of the reliability of their predictions. The aim is to empower users with a clear, quantifiable measure of forecast accuracy, helping them to make informed decisions. By integrating this feature into the existing dashboard, users can visualize trends in accuracy over time, which will enhance their analytical capabilities. The expected outcome is a greater understanding of forecast reliability, improving strategic planning and resource allocation.
Acceptance Criteria: Forecast Confidence Score Calculation and Display for a Retail Forecast

Given a historical dataset for retail sales, when the user accesses the forecast module, then the Forecast Confidence Score should be calculated accurately and displayed alongside the forecast for easy reference.

User Interaction with the Forecast Confidence Score in the Dashboard

Given that a user is viewing the forecast dashboard, when they hover over the Forecast Confidence Score, then a tooltip should appear showing the details of how the score was derived including historical accuracy and seasonality factors.

Performance Benchmarking of the Forecast Confidence Score Algorithm

Given a set of historical forecasts and their actual outcomes, when the algorithm runs its calculation, then the performance of the Forecast Confidence Score should be benchmarked against industry standards to ensure it provides meaningful insights.

Visualization of Trends in Forecast Accuracy Over Time

Given that a user has accessed the analytics dashboard, when they select the 'Trend Analysis' view, then a line chart should display the changes in Forecast Confidence Score over the past 12 months, allowing for quick assessment of forecasting reliability.

User Feedback on the Clarity of the Forecast Confidence Score

Given that the Forecast Confidence Score is displayed, when users are prompted for feedback, then at least 80% of users should express understanding of what the score represents and its relevance to their forecasting accuracy.

Integration of the Forecast Confidence Score into Reporting Modules

Given that a user generates a report, when the report includes forecasting data, then the report must also include the associated Forecast Confidence Score for each forecast presented.

Tutorial Series

The Tutorial Series offers a step-by-step guide on how to utilize IntelliSupply's features effectively. It includes interactive video tutorials and written documentation that cater to various learning styles, helping users enhance their understanding and confidence in navigating the platform.

Requirements

Interactive Video Modules

User Story: As a new user, I want to access interactive video tutorials so that I can learn how to navigate IntelliSupply effectively and gain confidence in using the platform.
Description: The Interactive Video Modules requirement encompasses the creation of engaging video tutorials that guide users through the various features of IntelliSupply. Each video will integrate interactive elements, such as quizzes and clickable prompts, allowing users to practice what they've learned in real-time. This functionality enhances user engagement and retention, enabling users to absorb information effectively. Providing various scenarios, these tutorials will cater to different industries, ensuring relevance and applicability. This requirement is crucial for delivering a comprehensive learning experience that boosts user confidence in the platform and reduces the need for direct support.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Interactive Video Modules from the IntelliSupply dashboard after logging in to their account.

Given the user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they select the Interactive Video Modules from the dashboard, then they must be directed to the video selection screen without any error messages.

User interacts with an engaging video tutorial that includes quizzes and clickable prompts based on the features of IntelliSupply.

Given the user is watching a video tutorial, when they click on interactive elements or answer quiz questions, then their responses should be saved and feedback must be provided immediately after each interactivity.

User completes a module and attempts to take a quiz that assesses their understanding of the material presented in the video tutorial.

Given the user has finished watching an interactive video tutorial, when they access the associated quiz, then they must be able to take the quiz and see their score immediately after submission, along with explanations for any incorrect answers.

User attempts to view a video module on a mobile device.

Given the user is accessing IntelliSupply on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Interactive Video Modules, then all videos and interactive features must be accessible and function smoothly without layout issues.

User provides feedback on the video tutorial after completing it.

Given the user has completed an interactive video tutorial, when they submit their feedback on the tutorial, then the feedback should be recorded successfully in the system and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

User searches for a specific feature tutorial using the search function in the Interactive Video Modules section.

Given the user is in the Interactive Video Modules section, when they enter a keyword related to a specific feature in the search bar, then relevant video tutorials must be displayed in the search results accurately.

Written Documentation Access

User Story: As a user, I want to have access to written documentation so that I can find detailed instructions and troubleshooting information whenever I encounter issues while using IntelliSupply.
Description: The Written Documentation Access requirement involves the development and organization of comprehensive written guides that complement the interactive video content. This documentation will be categorized by feature and accessible through the platform’s help section. Each guide will provide step-by-step instructions, troubleshooting tips, and FAQs to ensure users can find the information they need quickly. This requirement aims to provide a supportive knowledge base for users, catering to varying learning preferences and enhancing the overall user experience by offering readily available resources.
Acceptance Criteria: Users access the Written Documentation from the platform's help section during their onboarding process to learn about the various features of IntelliSupply.

Given a user is on the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the help section, then they should see a clear list of written documentation organized by feature.

Users utilize the troubleshooting guide from the written documentation to resolve an issue they encounter while using the platform.

Given a user encounters an issue, when they access the troubleshooting section of the written documentation, then they should find relevant troubleshooting steps that address their issue.

Users search for specific topics within the written documentation when they have questions about using IntelliSupply functionalities.

Given a user is on the help section, when they enter a search term in the search bar, then relevant written documentation articles should be displayed that match the search criteria.

New users complete a tutorial using the written documentation during training sessions held weekly.

Given a user is participating in a training session, when they refer to the written documentation while following along with the tutorial, then they should successfully complete the tutorial with no more than two assistance queries.

Users provide feedback on the clarity and usefulness of the written documentation after using it for a month.

Given a user has accessed the written documentation, when they submit feedback through the feedback form, then the feedback should indicate at least a 75% satisfaction rate regarding clarity and usefulness.

Users compare the written documentation against the video tutorials to ensure consistency in the information provided.

Given a user accesses both the written documentation and video tutorials, when they cross-reference the information, then they should identify no more than three discrepancies between the two resources.

Progress Tracking System

User Story: As a user, I want to track my progress through the tutorial series so that I can stay motivated and know which topics I have mastered and which ones I need to focus on next.
Description: The Progress Tracking System requirement entails implementing a feature that allows users to track their advancement through the tutorial series. This system will provide feedback on completed modules, highlight areas yet to be explored, and offer personalized recommendations for further learning. Users can view their progress in a user-friendly dashboard that visualizes their learning journey. This functionality will motivate users to engage with the content consistently and provide a sense of accomplishment as they navigate the tutorial series, ultimately leading to improved proficiency with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Progress Tracking System dashboard after completing several tutorial modules.

Given the user has completed at least 3 tutorial modules, when they view the Progress Tracking System dashboard, then the dashboard displays the total number of modules completed and the progress percentage accurately.

User attempts to start a new module in the tutorial series.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking System dashboard, when they select a tutorial module to start, then the system should prompt them to confirm their choice before proceeding to the module.

User views feedback after completing a module in the tutorial series.

Given the user has just completed a tutorial module, when they finish the module, then the system provides feedback that includes a completion message and a link to the next recommended module.

User wants to review their overall progress in the tutorial series.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking System dashboard, when they request to view overall progress, then the system displays a visual representation (e.g., bar graph) of both completed and remaining modules.

User wishes to receive personalized recommendations for further learning after completing all modules.

Given the user has completed all available tutorial modules, when they check their Progress Tracking System dashboard, then the system suggests related resources or advanced topics tailored to their learning history.

User interacts with tutorial content without prior completion of modules.

Given the user is new to the tutorial series, when they access the Progress Tracking System dashboard for the first time, then the system clearly indicates that no modules have been completed yet and suggests the first module to start.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on the tutorial content so that I can share my thoughts on what worked well and what could be improved, ensuring that the tutorials meet user needs more effectively.
Description: The User Feedback Mechanism requirement involves incorporating tools that allow users to provide feedback on the tutorial series after completing modules. This will include ratings, comments, and suggestions for improvement, enabling the development team to gather insights on the tutorials' effectiveness and areas for enhancement. This feedback loop is critical for continuously evolving the tutorial content to meet user needs and expectations better, fostering a user-centric environment that prioritizes communication and adaptation to feedback.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback after completing a tutorial module.

Given that the user has completed a tutorial module, When they navigate to the feedback section, Then they should be able to see a rating system (1-5 stars) and a comment box to submit feedback and suggestions.

Collected feedback is accessible for the development team.

Given that feedback has been submitted by users, When the development team accesses the feedback management dashboard, Then they should see a list of all feedback entries categorized by module, including ratings and comments.

Users receive confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given that the user has submitted their feedback, When the submission is successful, Then the user should see a confirmation message stating 'Thank you for your feedback!' along with a recap of their submission.

Feedback can be rated on its usefulness by other users.

Given that feedback has been submitted, When other users view the feedback list, Then they should have the option to rate feedback as 'Helpful' or 'Not Helpful', and the total helpfulness ratings should be displayed next to each entry.

Users can edit their submitted feedback if needed.

Given that a user wants to change their feedback, When they navigate to their previously submitted feedback, Then they should have the option to edit their comment and resubmit their rating without creating a duplicate entry.

Development team reviews feedback for improvement areas.

Given that feedback is collected, When the development team analyzes the feedback data, Then they should be able to identify common trends and suggestions for improving the tutorial content based on user responses.

Metrics on feedback submission are tracked over time.

Given that feedback has been collected, When the development team accesses the analytics report, Then they should see metrics including the number of feedback submissions, average ratings per module, and any changes in user engagement with tutorials over time.

Gamification Elements

User Story: As a user, I want gamification elements in my learning experience so that I feel motivated to complete the tutorials and can track my achievements over time in an exciting way.
Description: The Gamification Elements requirement aims to integrate gamified components within the tutorial series to enhance user engagement and motivation. This includes implementing points, badges, and leaderboards that reward users for completing tutorials and engaging in interactive activities. By fostering a sense of achievement and friendly competition, this requirement seeks to increase user interaction with the tutorial content and improve knowledge retention. Integrating these elements will make the learning process enjoyable and encourage users to explore more features of IntelliSupply.
Acceptance Criteria: Gamification Elements in the Tutorial Series are displayed to the user after completing a tutorial module.

Given a user completes a tutorial, When the tutorial is finished, Then the user should receive points, a badge, and see their score on the leaderboard updated in real-time.

Users can view and understand their progress through the Tutorial Series with gamification elements clearly shown.

Given a user is on their dashboard, When they access the Tutorial Series, Then they should be able to see their accumulated points, badges earned, and their rank on the leaderboard.

Users can earn a badge for completing a set number of tutorials within the Tutorial Series, enhancing motivation.

Given a user completes five tutorials, When they finish the fifth tutorial, Then the user should automatically be awarded a 'Novice Learner' badge and notified about this achievement.

Leaderboards display user rankings based on points earned from tutorials and activities, fostering competition.

Given multiple users have completed tutorials, When the leaderboard is accessed, Then users should see an accurate ranking based on total points, with the top three users highlighted.

Notifications are sent to users about new gamification achievements and leaderboard changes to improve engagement.

Given a user earns a new badge or ranks up on the leaderboard, When these events occur, Then the user should receive a notification via email and within the platform indicating their new achievement.

Users can share their achievements on social media to promote healthy competition and platform visibility.

Given a user has earned a new badge, When they choose to share their achievement, Then the user should be able to successfully share their badge on social media platforms directly from the tutorial interface.

The system provides users with an option to opt-in or opt-out from gamification notifications based on their preferences.

Given a user accesses their account settings, When they navigate to notifications settings, Then they should see the option to enable or disable gamification-related notifications successfully.

Gamified Learning Modules

Gamified Learning Modules add a fun and competitive twist to training by allowing users to complete challenges and quizzes related to IntelliSupply functionalities. This feature not only encourages engagement but also reinforces learning through instant feedback and rewards, making the training process enjoyable.

Requirements

Interactive Quiz Interface

User Story: As a warehouse manager, I want to complete quizzes on IntelliSupply functionalities so that I can learn effectively while enjoying the process, leading to better inventory management skills.
Description: The Interactive Quiz Interface allows users to engage with gamified quizzes that cover various functionalities of IntelliSupply. This interface should be intuitive and visually appealing, featuring multiple question formats, including multiple-choice, fill-in-the-blank, and scenario-based questions. Users will receive instant feedback on their responses, enhancing their learning experience. This feature is crucial for reinforcing knowledge retention and making complex topics more digestible for non-technical users, ensuring that all staff members can effectively utilize IntelliSupply's functionalities and features.
Acceptance Criteria: User accessing the Interactive Quiz Interface to complete a quiz on IntelliSupply functionalities after a training session.

Given a user has completed the initial training session, when they access the Interactive Quiz Interface, they should see a visually appealing dashboard with clear navigation options to select quizzes on different topics.

User attempting to take a quiz with multiple-choice questions on the Interactive Quiz Interface.

Given a user selects a quiz, when they answer multiple-choice questions, then they should receive instant feedback indicating whether their answers are correct or incorrect after each question is submitted.

User interacting with fill-in-the-blank questions in the Interactive Quiz Interface to test their knowledge.

Given that a user is taking a fill-in-the-blank quiz, when they submit their answers, then the system should highlight the correct answers immediately and provide the correct wording for each blank where the user was incorrect.

User completing a scenario-based question in the Interactive Quiz Interface that involves real-world application of IntelliSupply.

Given a user is on a scenario-based question, when they select their answer, then the system should provide context on the scenario, explain the correct answer, and offer additional resources for learning.

User reviewing their overall performance after completing a quiz in the Interactive Quiz Interface.

Given that a user completes a quiz, when they click on the review results button, then they should see their score, the list of questions answered, the correct answers, and personalized feedback for areas of improvement.

Admin monitoring user progress and engagement with the Interactive Quiz Interface.

Given that an admin is overseeing the quiz usage, when they access the admin dashboard, then they should see analytics on user participation rates, average scores, and completion times for each quiz.

User receiving rewards for completing quizzes in the Interactive Quiz Interface.

Given a user has successfully completed a quiz, when the completion screen is displayed, then the user should see a rewards summary highlighting any points earned, levels achieved, and possible future challenges available to them.

Leaderboard and Rewards System

User Story: As a team member, I want to see my rank on the leaderboard so that I can track my progress and earn rewards for my training efforts, which motivates me to learn more.
Description: The Leaderboard and Rewards System fosters a competitive environment by displaying user scores on a leaderboard, motivating users to participate in quizzes and challenges. This system will allow users to earn points based on their quiz performance and participation, which can be redeemed for rewards such as certificates, discounts on subscriptions, or other recognitions. By integrating this system, IntelliSupply encourages continuous learning and engagement, leading to improved user proficiency and a stronger community around the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the leaderboard after completing a quiz to check their rank and scores compared to others.

Given a user completes a quiz, when they navigate to the leaderboard section, then the user should see their score and rank displayed accurately compared to other users.

User completes a quiz and earns points based on their performance.

Given a user finishes a quiz, when the quiz is submitted, then the user should automatically have points awarded based on their score calculated by predefined criteria.

User redeems their points for a reward after accumulating enough points through quizzes.

Given a user has sufficient points, when they select a reward and confirm the redemption, then the points should be deducted from their account, and the reward should be issued promptly.

Admin reviews and manages the leaderboard to ensure fair play among users.

Given an admin accesses the leaderboard management system, when they check user scores, then they should be able to edit scores or remove users if discrepancies are found, ensuring integrity of the leaderboard.

User receives instant feedback after completing a quiz that includes their score and areas for improvement.

Given a user completes a quiz, when the results are displayed, then the user should see their score along with a breakdown of correct and incorrect answers, along with suggestions for study topics.

User accesses a rewards catalog to view available rewards they can redeem with points.

Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the rewards section, then they should see a comprehensive list of rewards available, including the required points for each.

Users can see participation metrics to check how they stack up against their peers in terms of quizzes taken.

Given a user accesses their profile, when they view participation metrics, then the metrics displayed should include the number of quizzes completed and the average score relative to other users’ scores.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a new employee, I want to track my learning progress on a dashboard so that I can understand where I need to improve and ensure I'm prepared for my role.
Description: The Progress Tracking Dashboard provides users with a comprehensive overview of their learning journey within the gamified learning modules. Users should be able to view metrics such as completed quizzes, scores, time spent on learning tasks, and areas needing improvement. This dashboard will help users identify their strengths and weaknesses, allowing them to focus on specific areas for improvement. By offering personalized learning insights, the dashboard enhances the overall learning experience and drives user engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing a gamified learning module.

Given a user has completed a learning module, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard displays metrics including completed quizzes, total scores, time spent, and suggested improvement areas.

User selects a specific quiz category to analyze their performance metrics over the last month.

Given a user chooses a quiz category, when they view the metrics for that category, then the dashboard presents accurate statistics including percentage of correct answers, average score, and comparison to overall category performance.

User receives an instant feedback notification after completing a quiz on the dashboard.

Given a user completes a quiz, when the results are calculated, then the dashboard generates instant feedback that includes score, time taken, and immediate suggestions for next steps based on performance.

User identifies their weakest subject based on the metrics displayed on the dashboard.

Given multiple completed quizzes, when the dashboard aggregates performance data, then it highlights the subject with the lowest scores as the focus area for improvement.

User engages with the dashboard on a mobile device to track learning progress remotely.

Given the user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device, when viewing it, then the layout and metrics are fully responsive and easily readable, providing the same functionality as on a desktop.

User wants to export their learning progress data for reporting purposes.

Given a user selects the export option on the dashboard, when they request the data, then the system generates a downloadable report in CSV format containing their quiz scores, completion dates, and improvement areas.

User accesses the dashboard to compare their progress with other team members participating in the same learning modules.

Given multiple team members have completed the same modules, when the user accesses the dashboard, then it displays a team comparison feature showing relative performance scores and completion rates.

Mobile Compatibility for Learning Modules

User Story: As a busy logistics supervisor, I want to access the training modules on my mobile device so that I can learn during my commute and maximize my schedule.
Description: Mobile Compatibility for Learning Modules ensures that users can access gamified learning content from their smartphones or tablets. This requirement focuses on developing a responsive design that adapts to various screen sizes and devices, allowing users to engage in training on-the-go. By providing flexibility in how users learn, this feature can increase participation and user satisfaction, accommodating different learning preferences and lifestyles.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the learning module on their smartphone during a break at work.

Given the user is on their smartphone, When they navigate to the gamified learning module, Then the module should display correctly without any content cutoff or overflow.

User attempts to complete a quiz using their tablet while commuting.

Given the user is using a tablet, When they start a quiz in the gamified learning module, Then they should be able to complete the quiz without any lag or disruption.

User receives instant feedback on their performance after completing a challenge on their mobile device.

Given the user has finished a challenge, When they check their performance, Then they should receive instant feedback and rewards on the screen.

User changes the orientation of their smartphone while accessing the learning module.

Given the user is viewing the module in portrait mode, When they rotate their smartphone to landscape mode, Then the module should adjust and display correctly in the new orientation.

User tries to access the learning module over a slow internet connection.

Given the user is connected to a slow internet network, When they try to load the gamified learning module, Then the content should still load efficiently, allowing interactions without significant delay.

User shares their progress on social media after completing a module on their mobile device.

Given the user has completed a learning module, When they choose to share their progress on social media, Then the sharing function should successfully post an update without errors.

User navigates between different gamified learning modules on their mobile device.

Given the user is in one gamified learning module, When they select another module from the menu, Then they should be redirected to the new module without losing previous progress.

Feedback Mechanism for Content Improvement

User Story: As a training participant, I want to provide feedback on the modules I completed so that I can contribute to improving the training experience for everyone.
Description: The Feedback Mechanism facilitates user feedback on the gamified learning modules, allowing users to share their experiences, suggestions, and any difficulties faced. This input will be crucial for continuously improving the training content and ensuring its relevance and effectiveness. Incorporating user feedback into future iterations of the training modules helps create a more user-centric experience and fosters a sense of ownership among users.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on gamified learning modules after completing a training session.

Given a user has completed a learning module, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit their feedback through a structured form that includes fields for rating, suggestions, and comments.

System processes submitted feedback and confirms receipt to the user.

Given a user has successfully submitted feedback, when they click submit, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been received and will be reviewed.

Admin reviews the feedback received from users over a specified period.

Given feedback has been collected over one month, when an admin accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should see a summary report that includes trends, common suggestions, and areas for improvement.

Users receive notifications about changes made to the learning modules based on their feedback.

Given feedback has been implemented into the training modules, when users log in to the platform, then they should receive a notification detailing what changes were made based on user feedback.

Engagement metrics are tracked to measure the effectiveness of the feedback mechanism.

Given the feedback mechanism has been in place for three months, when the analytics dashboard is reviewed, then there should be measurable improvements in user engagement scores on training modules compared to previous metrics.

Users are able to see a history of their submitted feedback to encourage future participation.

Given a user has previously submitted feedback, when they access the feedback section, then they should be able to view a history of their submitted feedback along with any responses from administrators.

Feedback submissions are categorized for easier analysis and reporting.

Given feedback has been submitted, when it is reviewed by the admin, then it should be automatically categorized into predefined topics such as 'Content Improvement', 'Technical Issues', and 'User Experience' for streamlined analysis.

Live Q&A Sessions

Live Q&A Sessions connect users with experts for real-time discussions about platform functionalities and best practices. This interactive feature enables users to ask questions specific to their roles and challenges, fostering a deeper understanding and immediate application of their newfound knowledge.

Requirements

Expert Interaction Module

User Story: As a user of IntelliSupply, I want to participate in live Q&A sessions with experts so that I can get tailored advice on how to effectively use the platform and address my specific challenges in supply chain management.
Description: The Expert Interaction Module allows users to connect with industry experts through live Q&A sessions. This feature will be accessible from the main dashboard and will include a calendar of upcoming sessions, a searchable archive of past discussions, and a user-friendly interface for submitting questions in real-time. By engaging with experts, users can gain valuable insights into platform functionalities and best practices, enhancing their operational efficiencies. This functionality will empower users, particularly those in non-technical roles, to leverage expert knowledge, thereby improving their understanding and utilization of the IntelliSupply platform. The live sessions will also be recorded, providing users with the ability to revisit discussions for ongoing learning and reference.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Expert Interaction Module from the main dashboard to view upcoming live Q&A sessions and submits a question for an upcoming session.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the Expert Interaction Module, then they should see a list of upcoming live Q&A sessions and a submit question feature.

User searches the archive of past live Q&A sessions to find discussions relevant to their queries regarding platform functionalities.

Given the user is on the Expert Interaction Module page, when they utilize the search function to enter keywords, then they should see relevant past Q&A sessions displayed in the results.

User participates in a live Q&A session and asks a question about managing inventory efficiently using insights from an industry expert.

Given the user is attending a live Q&A session, when they ask a question, then their question should be visible to the expert and receive a response during the session.

User wants to revisit a previous live Q&A session to clarify certain aspects of platform functionalities discussed.

Given that a live Q&A session has been conducted, when the user accesses the Expert Interaction Module's archive, then they should be able to play back the recorded session.

User receives notifications for upcoming live Q&A sessions based on their preferences set in their profile.

Given the user has set notification preferences, when an upcoming live Q&A session is scheduled which matches their interests, then the user should receive a notification via their chosen method (email/app).

User consults the Expert Interaction Module and views the interface for submitting real-time questions during a live session.

Given the user is on a live Q&A session page, when they look for the question submission interface, then it should be prominently displayed and easily accessible.

User completes a live Q&A session and provides feedback on the session's content and the expert's performance.

Given the user has attended a live Q&A session, when the session ends, they should be prompted to fill in a feedback form regarding the session quality and expert interaction.

Real-Time Notifications

User Story: As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications about live Q&A sessions and answers to my questions so that I can stay informed and actively participate in discussions that help me improve my use of the IntelliSupply platform.
Description: The Real-Time Notifications feature ensures users are promptly informed about new Q&A sessions, responses to their submitted questions, and reminders for upcoming events. This functionality will integrate with users' preferences for communication channels, allowing them to receive notifications via email, SMS, or in-app alerts. This proactive approach enables continuous engagement with the learning modules of the platform, ensuring that users do not miss out on critical information and can participate when it is most convenient for them. By facilitating instant communication, it will enhance user involvement and satisfaction with the platform's educational offerings.
Acceptance Criteria: User signs up for Live Q&A Sessions and sets their preferred notification channels in their profile settings.

Given the user is on their profile settings page, When they select their preferred notification channels (email, SMS, in-app alerts), Then the system should save their preferences and reflect them in their profile summary.

User submits a question for an upcoming Live Q&A Session and waits for a response.

Given the user has submitted a question through the platform, When a response is provided by an expert, Then the user should receive a real-time notification via their selected communication channel.

A Live Q&A Session is scheduled, and users should receive notifications about the event.

Given a Live Q&A Session is created, When the session date approaches, Then all subscribed users should receive a reminder notification 24 hours in advance through their selected communication channels.

Users change their notification preferences after initially setting them.

Given the user is on their notification preferences page, When they update their settings for receiving notifications, Then the system should confirm the changes and immediately apply them, ensuring the user receives notifications according to the new preferences.

A user tries to join a Live Q&A session and checks for notification settings.

Given the user is in the Live Q&A session interface, When they check their notification settings, Then they should see the current preferences displayed accurately and be able to change them if desired.

The system encounters an error while sending notifications during a Live Q&A Session.

Given the system attempts to send notifications, When there is a failure in sending, Then the system should log the error and provide an alert to the admin for resolution without affecting user experience.

Feedback and Ratings System

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on live Q&A sessions so that I can help improve the quality and relevance of future discussions, ensuring they meet my needs and those of my peers.
Description: The Feedback and Ratings System will enable users to provide input on the quality of live Q&A sessions, allowing them to rate the sessions and leave comments on their effectiveness. This feature will collect user feedback after each session, helping to identify the most beneficial topics and experts. This system will also allow facilitators to make data-driven decisions regarding future sessions, improving content quality and relevance based on user input. By emphasizing continuous improvement, the platform will enhance user satisfaction and optimize the learning experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Users provide feedback after participating in a live Q&A session about the platform functionalities.

Given a user has attended the live Q&A session, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to rate the session on a scale of 1 to 5 and submit a comment.

Facilitators review aggregated ratings and comments from users after each live Q&A session to assess session effectiveness.

Given the live Q&A session has concluded, when a facilitator accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should see the average rating and total feedback comments for the session.

Users access past feedback and ratings for live Q&A sessions to inform their future participation.

Given the user is on the feedback section of the platform, when they select a previous Q&A session, then they should be able to see the ratings and comments left by other users for that session.

Data is automatically analyzed to identify trends in user feedback over time to suggest improvements for future sessions.

Given multiple feedback items have been collected from past sessions, when the analytics tool processes the feedback data, then it should produce a report highlighting the sessions with the highest and lowest ratings along with common themes in user comments.

Users receive confirmation after submitting their feedback for a live Q&A session.

Given a user submits their feedback form for a live Q&A session, when the form is submitted successfully, then they should receive a message confirming their submission has been recorded.

Automatic reminders prompt users to provide feedback after attending a live Q&A session.

Given a user has participated in a live Q&A session, when the session concludes, then an automated reminder should be sent to the user via email to provide feedback within 24 hours.

The platform ensures that feedback and ratings are securely stored and accessible only by authorized personnel.

Given feedback has been submitted for a live Q&A session, when an authorized facilitator accesses the feedback database, then they should be able to retrieve feedback while ensuring security measures are in place to protect user information.

Integration with Learning Management Systems (LMS)

User Story: As a training coordinator in my SME, I want to link live Q&A sessions to our Learning Management System so that employees can easily access expert advice and engage in discussions that enhance their learning trajectories.
Description: This requirement involves creating an integration framework that allows IntelliSupply’s live Q&A sessions to be embedded in existing Learning Management Systems used by SMEs. This will facilitate broader access to learning materials and expert discussions, promoting a culture of continuous learning within organizations. Users will be able to log in to their LMS and join live sessions directly, making the process seamless and efficient. This integration fosters collaboration between the IntelliSupply platform and institutional learning tools, enhancing user experience and knowledge retention.
Acceptance Criteria: User access to live Q&A sessions via LMS

Given a user logged into their Learning Management System, When they navigate to the IntelliSupply integration section, Then they should see a list of upcoming live Q&A sessions with the option to join directly.

Authentication and authorization process for users

Given a user attempts to access a live Q&A session from their LMS, When the user is authenticated successfully by IntelliSupply, Then they should be granted access and redirected to the session without errors.

User experience during the live Q&A session

Given a user has joined a live Q&A session via their LMS, When the session is live, Then the user should have the ability to ask questions in real-time and view responses from experts without any lag or disruptions.

Syncing user attendance records with LMS

Given a user participates in a live Q&A session, When the session ends, Then their attendance record should be automatically updated in the LMS with the session details and timestamp.

Notifications for upcoming sessions

Given a user has opted in for notifications within their LMS, When an upcoming live Q&A session is scheduled, Then the user should receive an email or alert 24 hours before the session starts.

Analytics reporting on user engagement

Given the integration of live Q&A sessions with the LMS, When the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, Then they should be able to see metrics on user participation and engagement for each session.

Session Topic Customization

User Story: As a user, I want to suggest and vote for topics for live Q&A sessions so that I can ensure the content is relevant to my needs and interests, increasing my engagement with the learning process.
Description: The Session Topic Customization feature allows users to suggest and vote on topics for upcoming live Q&A sessions. This interactive capability improves user engagement by aligning session content with the specific interests and challenges faced by the community. Users will have the opportunity to influence the educational direction of the platform, ensuring the content remains relevant and user-driven. This feature will also enhance session attendance as topics will be tailored to user preferences, ultimately leading to more effective discussions and knowledge sharing.
Acceptance Criteria: User Initiates Topic Suggestion Process for Live Q&A Session

Given a registered user, when they navigate to the 'Suggest a Topic' section, then they should be able to enter a suggestion and submit it successfully, receiving a confirmation message.

User Votes on Suggested Topics

Given several suggested topics for upcoming Q&A sessions, when a user casts their vote on one of the topics, then the system should update the vote count for that topic and display a success message.

System Displays Most Voted Topics in Real-Time

Given the ongoing voting process for Q&A session topics, when users access the topics list, then they should see the topics ordered by the number of votes in real-time, reflecting current user engagement.

User Receives Notifications for Upcoming Q&A Sessions Based on Interests

Given that a user has voted for specific topics, when an upcoming Q&A session is planned on a voted topic, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the session's date, time, and topic.

Admin Reviews and Finalizes Q&A Session Topics

Given a list of suggested topics and their vote counts, when the admin accesses the topic review dashboard, then they should be able to approve or reject topics for the next session, with approved topics listed clearly.

System Allows Users to Comment on Suggested Topics

Given a topic suggestion, when a user clicks on the 'Comment' option, then they should be able to add their comments or feedback regarding that suggestion and submit it successfully.

Analytics Dashboard Shows User Engagement Metrics for Suggested Topics

Given the analytics dashboard is available to admin, when they view the engagement metrics, then they should see data reflecting the number of suggestions made, votes cast, and comments provided for each topic.

Interactive Case Studies

Interactive Case Studies provide real-world scenarios that demonstrate how to apply IntelliSupply features in daily operations. Users can explore various supply chain situations, enhancing their critical thinking skills and practical knowledge, thereby increasing their ability to use the platform effectively.

Requirements

Scenario-Based Learning

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to engage with interactive case studies so that I can apply IntelliSupply features to real-world scenarios and improve my problem-solving skills.
Description: The Scenario-Based Learning requirement entails the creation of interactive case studies that simulate real-world supply chain challenges and scenarios. These case studies will be designed to help users apply the features of IntelliSupply in practical, everyday situations, enhancing their understanding and operational capabilities. The integration of this feature into the platform is crucial for providing users with a hands-on, experiential learning opportunity that mirrors actual business challenges. By engaging with these case studies, users will improve their critical thinking skills and gain practical insights into managing supply chain operations more effectively, thereby increasing user engagement and platform utilization.
Acceptance Criteria: User Engagement with Interactive Case Studies

Given a user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they access the Interactive Case Studies feature, then they should be able to view a list of available case studies and select one to explore.

Completion Tracking of Case Studies

Given a user is engaging with a case study, when they complete all the sections of the case study, then their progress should be saved and they should receive a completion badge.

User Feedback Collection on Case Studies

Given a user has completed an interactive case study, when prompted for feedback, then they should be able to submit a rating and comments which can be stored and reviewed by the admin.

Integration with User Dashboard

Given a user is logged into their IntelliSupply account, when they complete an interactive case study, then the results and insights from that case study should be reflected in the user’s performance dashboard.

Accessibility of Case Studies on Mobile Devices

Given a user accesses IntelliSupply from a mobile device, when they navigate to the Interactive Case Studies feature, then the case studies should be fully accessible and interactive without functional limitations.

Scenario Difficulty Levels

Given a user selects a specific case study, when the system presents the study, then the user should see the scenario’s difficulty level indicated clearly, along with suggested prerequisites for optimal understanding.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user of the platform, I want to provide feedback on the case studies I engage with, so that my insights can help improve future learning scenarios and enhance user experience.
Description: The User Feedback Mechanism requirement involves implementing a system within the Interactive Case Studies feature that allows users to provide feedback on the effectiveness and applicability of each case study. This mechanism will enable users to rate their experience, suggest improvements, and share insights that could help refine the case studies for future users. The functionality will foster a continuous improvement cycle, ensuring that case studies remain relevant and useful. It also encourages user engagement by making them feel part of the development process, which in turn can lead to enhanced user satisfaction and loyalty to the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User attempts to provide feedback after completing an Interactive Case Study.

Given that a user has completed an Interactive Case Study, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to rate the case study on a scale of 1-5, leave written comments, and submit their feedback successfully.

User views feedback submitted by peers on a specific case study.

Given that feedback has been submitted by users for a particular case study, when a user accesses the feedback section, then they should see a summary of all the feedback including average rating and individual comments.

User attempts to submit feedback without completing the case study.

Given that a user tries to provide feedback before completing the Interactive Case Study, when they click on the feedback section, then they should receive a prompt indicating that feedback can only be submitted after completion.

Admin wants to analyze user feedback for improvements in case studies.

Given that multiple users have provided feedback on various case studies, when the admin accesses the admin dashboard, then they should be able to see comprehensive analytics including total feedback count, average ratings, and common user suggestions across all case studies.

User has the option to edit their submitted feedback.

Given that a user has submitted feedback for an Interactive Case Study, when they revisit the feedback section, then they should be able to view, edit, and resubmit their previous feedback if they choose to do so.

User receives confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given that a user has successfully submitted feedback for a case study, when they do so, then they should receive a confirmation message thanking them for their input and informing them that it will be reviewed.

Analytics Dashboard Integration

User Story: As a learning manager, I want to see analytics on user interactions with case studies, so I can understand their engagement levels and identify areas for improvement in the training content.
Description: The Analytics Dashboard Integration requirement focuses on developing a feature that provides users with analytics related to their performance while engaged with the interactive case studies. This integration will visualize users' learning progress, highlight areas of strength and weakness, and track interactions with the case studies. By analyzing this data, users can gain insights into their learning patterns, which will assist them in improving their skills over time. Furthermore, the integration will support coaches and managers in assessing user engagement and progress across training modules, ultimately fostering a data-driven approach to learning and development within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the analytics section of the Interactive Case Studies after completing a session to review their learning progress and areas for improvement.

Given the user has completed at least one case study, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their learning metrics, including completion percentage, time spent, and scores for each case study.

A coach or manager analyzes a team’s performance through the analytics dashboard to assess engagement levels and identify training needs.

Given the manager is in the analytics dashboard, when they filter by team and review engagement data, then they should be able to see a summary report of team interactions, highlighting the average scores, completion rates, and time spent on case studies.

The platform generates a report of learning trends based on user interactions with the interactive case studies over a specified period.

Given the user has completed multiple case studies over time, when they select the trends report option, then the system should display a graphical representation of their performance trends, including improvement or decline in learning metrics over time.

Users receive personalized recommendations based on their analytics performance to enhance their learning experience.

Given the user has completed several case studies, when they access the recommendations section, then they should see tailored suggestions for additional case studies or resources based on their strengths and weaknesses as indicated in their analytics dashboard.

A user encounters an error while loading the analytics dashboard and needs to report it for technical support.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard and encounters a loading error, when they click the 'Report an Issue' button, then they should be prompted to fill in a form and should receive a confirmation that their issue has been submitted successfully.

A user checks the analytics dashboard and wants to track their progress over multiple sessions.

Given the user has completed multiple case studies, when they view the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to toggle between individual session metrics and cumulative progress, ensuring they can track their improvements effectively.

Multi-language Support

User Story: As an international customer, I want to access case studies in my native language, so that I can fully understand and apply the knowledge without language barriers.
Description: The Multi-language Support requirement is designed to extend the accessibility of the Interactive Case Studies feature to users across different regions and linguistic backgrounds. By providing case studies in multiple languages, the platform will cater to a broader audience, enabling international users to benefit from the learning materials. This feature is crucial for improving user engagement in non-English speaking markets, enhancing comprehension, and ensuring inclusivity. The implementation of multi-language support will facilitate the platform's global reach and effectiveness in diverse business environments, ensuring that all users have equal access to learning resources.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a case study in their preferred language from the Interactive Case Studies feature.

Given a user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they navigate to the Interactive Case Studies section and select their preferred language from the language options, then the case studies should be displayed in the selected language without any errors in translation or formatting.

User attempts to switch languages while viewing an Interactive Case Study.

Given a user is currently viewing an Interactive Case Study in one language, when they choose to switch to another language from the language dropdown menu, then the system should reload the case study in the newly selected language within five seconds and maintain the current context of the study.

User accesses a case study in a language that has been newly added to the platform.

Given a new language has been added to the platform, when a user selects that language in the language options, then they should have full access to all existing case studies, with each case study correctly translated and available for viewing.

User evaluates the quality of the translation in the Interactive Case Studies feature.

Given a user has completed a case study in their selected language, when they provide feedback on the translation quality, then at least 90% of users should rate the translation as accurate and contextually appropriate within a two-week feedback period.

Admin reviews language support metrics and user engagement data for the Interactive Case Studies feature.

Given that the Multi-language Support feature has been implemented, when the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see a report showing user engagement metrics for each language, including the number of views, user ratings, and feedback trends for a minimum of two months post-launch.

User interacts with on-screen tutorials in their preferred language within the Interactive Case Studies module.

Given a user selects a language preference, when they access the tutorial on how to navigate the Interactive Case Studies, then the tutorial should be presented in the selected language, with all on-screen prompts and instructions correctly translated and easy to understand.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

The Progress Tracking Dashboard allows users to monitor their training journey by visualizing completed modules and assessments. This feature motivates users to stay on track with their training, ensuring they gain the necessary skills to utilize IntelliSupply optimally.

Requirements

Interactive Module Visualization

User Story: As a training coordinator, I want to interactively view the progress of all training modules so that I can easily track user engagement and identify areas where users may need additional support.
Description: The Interactive Module Visualization requirement allows users to see a detailed breakdown of completed and pending training modules on the Progress Tracking Dashboard. This interactive feature provides visual indicators such as progress bars and completion percentages for each module, enabling users to gauge their learning path at a glance. Additionally, users can click on each module to access specific details, including module descriptions, assessment scores, and time spent. This capability enhances user engagement by making the training process more interactive and informative, ultimately leading to higher completion rates and better learning outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their Progress Tracking Dashboard as they complete various training modules.

Given the user has completed several training modules, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard displays the progress bars reflecting completion percentages for each module accurately.

User clicks on a specific module to view detailed information about their training progress.

Given the user clicks on a module in the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when the system loads the module details, then the user sees the module description, assessment scores, and time spent on that module without errors.

User has just completed a training module and returns to the Progress Tracking Dashboard to check their updated progress.

Given the user has completed a training module, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the system automatically updates the progress indicators reflecting the new completion status.

User wants to assess their overall training progress on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they view the summary of completed and pending modules, then the dashboard provides a clear visual summary with completion percentages for the entire training program.

User is utilizing the Progress Tracking Dashboard during a training session and needs to gauge which areas need focus.

Given the user observes the Progress Tracking Dashboard during training, when they review the completion percentages and indicators, then they can identify which modules require additional focus based on low completion percentages.

User is new to the platform and is unfamiliar with using the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is new and accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard for the first time, when they view the interface, then the system provides tooltips or onboarding messages to guide them through the features and functionalities available.

User combines the training assessment scores to determine their competency across all modules.

Given the user has completed multiple training modules, when they access their overall assessment scores from the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the system displays a comprehensive summary of scores and an average score calculation for the training program.

Motivational Progress Alerts

User Story: As a user, I want to receive motivational alerts regarding my training progress so that I stay engaged and motivated to complete my training modules.
Description: The Motivational Progress Alerts requirement focuses on sending personalized notifications to users as they reach significant milestones within their training journey. These alerts may include reminders of upcoming assessments, congratulations on module completions, or encouragement to continue in the event of inactivity. By incorporating gamification elements, such as rewards or points for consistent progress, this feature aims to boost user motivation and commitment to completing their training on IntelliSupply. The alerts will be customizable based on user preferences, ensuring relevance and enhancing user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification upon completing a training module.

Given a user completes a training module, when the module is marked as complete, then a congratulatory notification should be sent to the user within 5 minutes.

User receives reminders for upcoming assessments based on their training schedule.

Given a user has an assessment scheduled within the next 24 hours, when the assessment time is approaching, then a reminder notification should be sent to the user 12 hours prior to the assessment.

User receives an encouragement notification after a period of inactivity.

Given a user has not logged into the training platform for 7 days, when the user logs in again, then they should receive a motivational notification encouraging them to resume their training.

Users can customize the types of notifications they receive for progress alerts.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they toggle on or off specific types of notifications, then the system should update the user’s preferences immediately.

User earns rewards for achieving training milestones.

Given a user completes 5 training modules, when this milestone is reached, then the user should receive a reward notification and corresponding points added to their profile.

User receives a summary of their progress at the end of each week.

Given it's the end of a week, when the user logs into the system, then they should see a summary notification of their weekly progress, including completed modules and assessments.

User can opt-out of receiving motivational progress alerts altogether.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they choose to opt-out of motivational alerts, then they should not receive any further alerts of this type unless they opt-in again.

Dynamic Reporting Features

User Story: As a training manager, I want to generate detailed reports on user training progress so that I can analyze effectiveness and identify areas for curriculum enhancements.
Description: The Dynamic Reporting Features requirement involves integrating robust reporting tools into the Progress Tracking Dashboard. Users will be able to generate comprehensive reports on their training progress, including module completion rates, average assessment scores, and time allocations for different learning sections. These reports are vital for training coordinators and managers to assess the effectiveness of training programs and identify any trends or patterns that may require intervention. The reports can be exported in various formats, including PDF and Excel, making it easy to share findings with stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic Reporting for Training Coordinators

Given a training coordinator has logged into the IntelliSupply Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they navigate to the Dynamic Reporting feature, then they should be able to generate a report that displays module completion rates across all users.

Exporting Reports in Multiple Formats

Given a user has generated a training progress report in the Dynamic Reporting feature, when they select the export option, then they should be able to export the report in both PDF and Excel formats successfully.

Average Assessment Scores Calculation

Given a user views their training progress report, when the report is being generated, then it should accurately calculate and display the average scores of completed assessments.

Time Allocation Reporting

Given a training manager is reviewing the training progress, when they access the Dynamic Reporting feature, then they should see a breakdown of time allocated to different modules listed in the report.

Trends and Patterns Identification

Given training coordinators have access to the Dynamic Reporting feature, when they analyze the generated reports, then they should be able to identify any learning trends or patterns demonstrating user engagement or disengagement.

User-Friendly Dashboard Access

Given a non-technical user is accessing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they attempt to use the Dynamic Reporting feature, then they should find the navigation intuitive and straightforward without needing additional training.

Automatic Data Refresh for Reports

Given the ongoing training sessions, when a training coordinator accesses the Dynamic Reporting feature, then the reports should automatically refresh to reflect the most current training data without requiring a manual refresh.

Mobile Accessibility for Progress Tracking

User Story: As a user, I want to access my training progress on my mobile device so that I can stay updated on my learning journey without being tied to my computer.
Description: The Mobile Accessibility for Progress Tracking requirement ensures that users can access their Progress Tracking Dashboard via mobile devices. This feature is vital for users who may be on the move or prefer using smartphones and tablets for their training. The mobile platform will maintain all primary functionalities of the desktop version, optimizing the interface for smaller screens. This flexibility empowers users to track their progress at any time and from anywhere, ultimately contributing to increased training completion rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard via mobile device during a break at work to check their training progress and completed modules.

Given the user has logged in on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see the same modules and assessments as on the desktop version, optimized for mobile view.

User attempts to complete an assessment from their mobile device while commuting and needs to ensure it works seamlessly.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they start an assessment, then the assessment should load within 5 seconds and allow the user to complete it without technical issues.

User connects to Wi-Fi in a public place and accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard to monitor their completed training modules.

Given the user is connected to a stable Wi-Fi network, when they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then it should update real-time data without any lag or missing information.

A user is interrupted while viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard on their mobile device and then resumes later.

Given the user has the Progress Tracking Dashboard open on their mobile device, when they are interrupted and return after a few minutes, then the dashboard should retain their place and session without requiring re-login.

User wants to filter their completed modules by date to see their training progress over the last month using their mobile device.

Given the user is on the mobile Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they apply a date filter to their completed modules, then the dashboard should display only the modules completed within the selected date range.

A user with poor internet connectivity accesses the mobile Progress Tracking Dashboard to review his training status.

Given the user has slow internet connectivity, when they open the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the critical information should load without crashing and should indicate a loading status for additional details.

User Customization Options

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my Progress Tracking Dashboard so that it aligns with my preferences and enhances my learning experience.
Description: The User Customization Options requirement allows users to tailor their Progress Tracking Dashboard experience to better fit their preferences. Users can select which metrics are displayed prominently, customize the look and feel of their dashboard with themes, and choose preferred notification settings for progress alerts. This personalization enhances user satisfaction and engagement by allowing them to create a training dashboard that resonates with their individual learning styles and preferences, leading to improved training attitudes and outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects preferred metrics to display on the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing initial onboarding and accessing the settings menu.

Given the user is logged into the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they navigate to the customization settings, then they should be able to select from a list of available metrics (e.g., completed modules, assessment scores, training hours) to display prominently on their dashboard.

User applies a new theme to the Progress Tracking Dashboard to personalize their visual experience.

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they select a new theme and save the changes, then the dashboard should refresh displaying the new theme immediately without requiring a page reload.

User configures notification settings for progress alerts based on their preferences.

Given the user is on the notification settings section of the customization panel, when they choose the types of notifications (e.g., email, SMS) and set the frequency for these notifications, then those preferences should be saved successfully and reflected in their dashboard under notification settings.

User wants to reset all customization options to default settings on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all previously customized settings should revert to the default settings without losing any user data about training progress.

User checks their Progress Tracking Dashboard and notices changes in their customized settings reflect on the dashboard.

Given the user has customized their dashboard metrics, theme, and notifications, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then all changes should be accurately displayed according to their selections.

User with no prior experience utilizes the customization options without guidance in designing their dashboard.

Given the user is a non-technical individual, when they access the customization options for the first time, then they should find the process intuitive and successfully customize their dashboard without external help.

Role-Specific Learning Paths

Role-Specific Learning Paths curate tailored training experiences for different user types, ensuring that each user receives relevant content aligned with their specific responsibilities. This targeted approach optimizes the learning process, enhancing user proficiency in using IntelliSupply's features relevant to their role.

Requirements

User Role Identification

User Story: As a new user, I want the system to automatically identify my role so that I can receive tailored training content that matches my job responsibilities and enhances my understanding of the platform.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a mechanism for user role identification within the IntelliSupply platform. Users must be classified into specific roles (e.g., manager, analyst, operations) upon registration or login. This classification will allow the system to curate and personalize the learning paths according to the unique needs and functionalities associated with each role. The benefit of this requirement is that it enhances user engagement and ensures that users receive the most relevant training, fostering quicker skill acquisition and competence in utilizing the platform effectively. Additionally, by integrating role identification with user profiles, it allows for ongoing adjustments to the learning paths as users transition between roles or acquire new responsibilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User Registration with Role Classification

Given a new user registers on the IntelliSupply platform, when they input their job title and select their role from a predefined list, then their user profile is created with the appropriate role assigned.

User Login and Role Recognition

Given an existing user logs in to the IntelliSupply platform, when they enter their credentials, then the system recognizes their assigned role and redirects them to the tailored learning path corresponding to that role.

Role Transition and Learning Path Update

Given a user has transitioned to a new role within the organization, when they log into their IntelliSupply account, then the system automatically updates their learning path to reflect the new role and responsibilities.

Content Relevance Based on Role

Given a user accesses the training module, when their assigned role is identified, then the system displays training content that is specifically relevant to their role, enhancing engagement with targeted learning materials.

Performance Tracking for Learning Path Effectiveness

Given a user completes a series of training modules, when their progress is evaluated, then the system generates a report demonstrating their competency increase in relation to their assigned role.

Error Handling for Undefined Roles

Given a user attempts to log in but their assigned role is not recognized, when they are redirected to a help page, then the system provides guidance on how to contact support for assistance with role identification.

Dynamic Learning Path Generation

User Story: As a user, I want the learning paths to evolve based on my usage and performance so that I can continuously improve my skills with the latest resources available.
Description: The dynamic learning path generation requirement mandates the development of an algorithm that compiles and updates learning paths based on user input, performance metrics, and ongoing usage data. By continuously analyzing user interactions with the IntelliSupply platform, the system will adaptively curate the most relevant content, ensuring that users can always access materials that are in line with their learning journey. Implementing this feature will significantly improve the relevance and efficacy of training by ensuring that users are not stuck with outdated or irrelevant training modules, therefore promoting increased user competence and satisfaction with their learning experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic Learning Path Generation for a New User

Given a new user who has just signed up for IntelliSupply, when they complete their initial onboarding questionnaire, then the system should generate a specific learning path tailored to their role with at least five relevant training modules.

Updates to Learning Path Based on User Performance

Given a user who has completed multiple modules, when their performance metrics show consistent improvement or decline, then the system should automatically update their learning path to include advanced modules if performance improves, or remedial content if performance declines.

User Feedback Integration into Learning Path

Given a user who has completed a training module, when they provide feedback indicating the module's relevance and helpfulness, then the system should analyze this feedback and make real-time adjustments to their learning path based on aggregated feedback trends across all users.

Adapting Learning Paths Based on Usage Frequency

Given a user who frequently engages with certain features of IntelliSupply, when the user logs in after a month of inactivity, then the system should refresh their learning path to prioritize training modules related to those features based on recent usage data.

Reporting on Learning Path Effectiveness

Given that a user has completed their tailored learning path, when management reviews the user’s performance and engagement metrics in IntelliSupply, then the report should demonstrate at least a 20% increase in competency assessment scores compared to their baseline before training.

Seamless Integration of External Content

Given a user whose learning path requires additional resources, when they access third-party training content through IntelliSupply, then the system should successfully integrate and recommend this content, maintaining a cohesive user experience without errors.

Content Management System Integration

User Story: As a content manager, I want to easily upload and update training materials so that users can consistently access the latest information and resources relevant to their roles.
Description: The content management system (CMS) integration requirement specifies the need for IntelliSupply to connect seamlessly with an existing CMS to fetch training materials and resources pertinent to various roles. This integration will streamline the content update process, allowing trainers and content creators to easily upload, modify, or remove materials without the need for extensive technical knowledge. This will also ensure that users always have access to the most current and relevant training resources. This requirement is critical to maintaining the platform's effectiveness in providing timely and appropriate training for users, ensuring engagement and ongoing learning opportunities.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads new training materials via the CMS, and the system updates the learning paths accordingly without delays.

Given a user with content management permissions, when they upload new training materials, then the system should reflect the changes in the learning paths within one hour.

A user attempts to access a training resource that has been removed from the CMS.

Given a user who is trying to access a deleted training resource, when they access the learning path, then they should receive a notification that the resource is no longer available.

Trainers modify an existing training resource in the CMS, and users need to see the updated content.

Given a trainer who modifies a training resource in the CMS, when a user accesses the learning path, then they should see the updated version of the resource immediately.

System performance during the integration with the CMS is tested while fetching training materials.

Given that the CMS has a large volume of materials, when the system fetches training content, then it should do so within 5 seconds for at least 95% of the requests.

User access levels are set for different roles within the IntelliSupply learning platform.

Given a user with a standard role, when they try to access CMS features, then they should only have access to the content relevant to their role, ensuring appropriate content visibility.

Content update notifications are sent out after changes are made in the CMS.

Given that an update is made in the CMS, when the changes are saved, then an email notification should be sent to all users subscribed to updates within 30 minutes.

Users' feedback is collected regarding the effectiveness of the training materials after integration.

Given that users complete a training session, when they submit their feedback on the training materials, then at least 80% of the feedback collected should indicate satisfaction with the new content.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on the training materials so that they can be improved based on real user experiences and needs, enhancing the overall effectiveness of the learning paths.
Description: The user feedback mechanism requirement includes developing a system where users can provide their input on the training materials and learning paths. This feedback loop will enable continuous improvement of the training content, as the system can collect suggestions, comments, and ratings on various training modules. By integrating this feature, IntelliSupply can ensure that the learning paths remain relevant and effective, directly reflecting user needs and satisfaction. This mechanism is vital for fostering a collaborative and user-focused learning environment, helping improve user retention and performance as they feel a sense of ownership and involvement in the training process.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on a training module after completing it to indicate its usefulness and effectiveness.

Given a user has completed a training module, when they navigate to the feedback section and submit their comments and ratings, then their feedback should be recorded successfully in the system.

Administrator reviews user feedback collected from the feedback mechanism to improve training content and learning paths.

Given an administrator accesses the feedback review panel, when they view the feedback data, then they should see an organized list of all user feedback categorized by training module.

User provides suggestions on additional topics they wish to see included in future training modules.

Given a user is on the feedback submission form, when they enter a suggestion for a new topic and submit it, then the suggestion should be stored and acknowledged in the system with a confirmation message to the user.

User rates a training module after using it for a certain period and shares their improvement suggestions.

Given a user has experienced the training module for at least one week, when they access the rating system and submit their score and suggestions, then their input should be logged with a timestamp and linked to their profile.

A user accesses their previous feedback submissions to track their contributions.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the 'My Feedback' section, then they should see a chronological list of all their submitted feedback with details of each submission.

The system generates analytics based on the feedback received from users to identify common trends and areas for improvement.

Given the feedback collection period has ended, when an administrator runs the feedback analysis report, then the report should display key trends, average ratings, and common suggestions in a user-friendly format.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to see my training progress in a dashboard so that I can easily track my achievements and identify areas for improvement.
Description: The progress tracking dashboard requirement focuses on creating a visual dashboard that displays user progress through the learning paths. This dashboard will include metrics such as completion rates, time spent on each module, and quizzes passed. Providing users with a clear view of their progress enhances motivation and accountability as they track their achievements. Additionally, this feature will serve as a valuable tool for managers to monitor team skills and training effectiveness, facilitating better decision-making regarding training investments. The implementation of this dashboard is essential for promoting engagement and ensuring that users remain proactive in their learning experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the progress tracking dashboard to review their learning advancements on the Role-Specific Learning Paths after completing the first module of their training.

Given a user has completed the first module, when they open the progress tracking dashboard, then the dashboard displays the module as completed, shows the completion rate as 100%, and indicates the time spent on the module accurately.

A manager reviews the progress tracking dashboard to assess team performance and identify users who may need additional training in specific areas.

Given a manager accesses the progress tracking dashboard, when the dashboard is opened, then it displays aggregate metrics for the team, including average completion rates per module and a list of users who have not completed key training modules.

A user takes a quiz after completing a module and wants their score reflected on the progress tracking dashboard immediately.

Given a user completes a quiz, when the user views the progress tracking dashboard, then the dashboard should immediately reflect the quiz score and update the overall progress metrics accordingly.

An administrator configures the dashboard to include additional metrics that track user engagement beyond completion rates, such as time spent or quiz scores.

Given an administrator has access to configuration settings, when they add new engagement metrics, then the progress tracking dashboard must update to include these metrics without errors.

A user accesses their progress tracking dashboard via a mobile device to check their training progress while on the go.

Given a user opens the progress tracking dashboard on a mobile device, when the dashboard loads, then it should display all relevant progress metrics clearly and be fully responsive to the device's screen size.

Resource Library

The Resource Library compiles a wealth of reference materials, including FAQs, troubleshooting guides, and how-to articles. This easily accessible repository empowers users to find solutions independently, boosting confidence in using IntelliSupply and reducing dependency on support.

Requirements

Comprehensive Search Functionality

User Story: As a user of IntelliSupply, I want to quickly search for specific information in the Resource Library so that I can resolve my issues without lengthy delays and improve my productivity.
Description: The Comprehensive Search Functionality requirement will enable users to efficiently search the Resource Library for specific content, utilizing filters such as category, date, and relevance. This feature will enhance user experience by allowing easy access to pertinent information, streamlining the retrieval process and saving users time. It integrates seamlessly with the existing resource architecture of IntelliSupply, ensuring that users can find applicable resources quickly and intuitively. The expected outcome is a significant reduction in the time spent searching for resources, leading to increased user satisfaction and decreased reliance on customer support.
Acceptance Criteria: User Searches for a Specific FAQ in the Resource Library

Given that the user is on the Resource Library page, When the user types a keyword related to the FAQ in the search bar and clicks 'Search', Then the system returns a list of FAQs containing the keyword, sorted by relevance.

User Applies Filters to Narrow Down Search Results

Given that the user has entered a keyword in the search bar, When the user selects one or more filters (category, date) and clicks 'Apply', Then the system updates the search results to only display resources that match the selected filters.

User Searches Using an Invalid Keyword

Given that the user is on the Resource Library page, When the user types a keyword that does not match any resources in the library, Then the system displays a message indicating no results were found and suggests alternative resources.

User Accesses Search Results Page

Given that the user has performed a search, When the system displays the search results, Then the results should include resource titles, a brief description, and links to the resources along with a pagination feature if results exceed the visible limit.

User Searches within a Specific Date Range

Given that the user has accessed the search functionality, When the user selects a date range filter and performs a search, Then the system returns results that were published within the specified time frame.

User Reviews the Search Results for Usability

Given that the user has received search results, When the user inspects the results, Then the displayed resources should be relevant, easy to read, and provide enough information for the user to determine if they want to click to view or download the resource.

User Utilizes Advanced Search Options

Given that user is using the search functionality, When the user selects advanced search options such as 'Exact Match', 'Sort By Date', or 'Filter by Resource Type', Then the results should adjust to reflect the advanced search criteria applied.

Dynamic FAQ Updates

User Story: As a user, I want the FAQ section to be updated dynamically based on common queries so that I can find the most relevant answers and feel more confident using the platform.
Description: This requirement outlines the Dynamic FAQ Updates feature, which will allow for real-time updates to frequently asked questions based on user interactions and feedback. The system will analyze user queries and identify common questions that arise, automatically updating the FAQ section to ensure that users always have access to the most relevant and current information. This functionality will enhance user autonomy and trust in the platform by providing answers to common problems proactively. By reducing the volume of repetitive inquiries, it will ultimately free up support resources for more complex issues.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a session on IntelliSupply, navigates to the Resource Library, and observes the FAQ section to seek immediate assistance about a common issue within the platform.

Given that the user has accessed the Resource Library, when looking at the FAQ section, then the FAQs should reflect the most updated information based on recent user interactions and feedback, with at least 80% of common queries addressed.

A user faces a recurring issue and submits a query that is not present in the current FAQ. The system identifies this query as a common issue and updates the FAQ dynamically within 24 hours.

Given that a new user query is submitted, when the system analyzes interactions for commonality, then the FAQ should be updated automatically to include the new question and answer within 24 hours of the submission.

Support team reviews the FAQ section to evaluate its effectiveness in reducing repetitive inquiries received through support tickets.

Given the support team’s review process, when analyzing support ticket data, then the volume of tickets related to frequently asked questions should decrease by at least 30% within one month after the FAQ updates.

A user accesses the FAQ and notices that an outdated answer is still listed. They report the issue back to the system via feedback mechanisms integrated into the FAQ.

Given a user reports an outdated FAQ entry, when the feedback is submitted, then the system should acknowledge the report and initiate a review process, ensuring it is resolved within 48 hours.

A user continuously interacts with the FAQ section, and the system's analytics indicates a specific question has been accessed multiple times across different users.

Given multiple users access the same FAQ question, when analyzing the interaction data, then the system should recognize this common question and prompt an update to the FAQ content based on relevance and frequency within a week.

How-To Video Library Integration

User Story: As a new user, I want to access how-to videos in the Resource Library so that I can visually learn how to use IntelliSupply features effectively and independently.
Description: The How-To Video Library Integration feature will provide users with a curated library of instructional videos that guide them through various functionalities of IntelliSupply. This requirement aims to complement textual resources in the library by offering visual demonstrations, which are often more effective for user learning. Users will be able to easily browse and access these videos directly within the Resource Library, fostering a more comprehensive understanding of the platform. The integration will also allow for user ratings and comments to improve content quality and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Resource Library to find a specific how-to video on setting up inventory alerts.

Given that the user is in the Resource Library, when they search for 'inventory alerts', then they should see relevant how-to videos listed among the search results.

A user watches a how-to video on the Resource Library and wants to provide feedback on its quality.

Given that the user has watched a how-to video, when they access the rating option, then they should be able to rate the video and leave a comment that is successfully submitted.

A new how-to video is uploaded by the content team to the Resource Library.

Given that a new how-to video has been uploaded by the content team, when a user browses the library, then the new video should appear in the 'Recently Added' section immediately after upload.

A user tries to find how-to videos related to a specific module (e.g., reporting) in the Resource Library.

Given that the user clicks on the 'Reporting' category, when they view the how-to videos, then the displayed videos should all be relevant to the reporting module of IntelliSupply.

The usability of the video library is tested with a group of non-technical users.

Given a test group of non-technical users, when they attempt to find and watch how-to videos, then at least 80% should succeed without requiring additional support assistance.

A user accidentally opens a video but wants to quickly navigate back to the resource library.

Given that the user is watching a how-to video, when they click the 'Back to Resource Library' button, then they should be returned to the Resource Library without losing their progress.

Users are able to filter how-to videos based on their usage needs or expertise level.

Given that users are viewing the how-to video page, when they apply filters for 'Beginner', 'Intermediate', or 'Advanced', then only videos matching the selected expertise level should be displayed.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on resources in the Library so that I can help improve the quality and relevance of the information provided.
Description: The User Feedback Mechanism requirement focuses on establishing a straightforward way for users to submit feedback regarding resources in the Library. This mechanism will include options for users to rate articles, flags outdated content, and suggest new topics. The feedback will be used to refine and expand the Resource Library continually, ensuring it remains valuable and relevant to users' needs. This requirement enhances user engagement, making users feel heard, while also improving the quality of the resources offered.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on an article after reading it in the Resource Library.

Given the user has accessed an article, When the user selects the feedback option, Then the user should be able to rate the article from 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments.

User flags an outdated article in the Resource Library.

Given the user finds an article that is outdated, When the user clicks the 'Flag as outdated' button, Then the system should prompt the user to provide a reason for flagging and submit the feedback successfully.

User suggests a new topic for inclusion in the Resource Library.

Given the user navigates to the feedback section, When the user fills out the suggestion form for a new topic and submits it, Then the system should confirm the submission and provide an estimated response time.

User views feedback submissions in the Resource Library dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, When the user accesses the Resource Library dashboard, Then the user should see all feedback submissions with their corresponding ratings and flags.

User receives a notification about the status of previous feedback submissions.

Given the user has submitted feedback, When the user checks their notifications, Then the user should see updates regarding the status of their feedback, including acknowledgments and actions taken.

User accesses guidance on how to use the feedback mechanism.

Given the user is on the Resource Library page, When the user clicks on the help icon, Then the user should see a pop-up tutorial explaining how to submit feedback, rate articles, and flag content.

Multi-language Support

User Story: As a non-English-speaking user, I want to access the Resource Library in my native language so that I can fully understand the materials available and use IntelliSupply effectively.
Description: This requirement entails the implementation of multi-language support in the Resource Library, enabling users from diverse linguistic backgrounds to access content in their preferred language. This functionality includes language selection options and necessary translations for all existing resources. By catering to a broader audience, the Resource Library will enhance accessibility, user satisfaction, and engagement, fulfilling the needs of businesses operating in multilingual environments and expanding IntelliSupply's market reach effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a preferred language from the Resource Library's language dropdown menu.

Given the user is logged in and has accessed the Resource Library, when they choose a language from the dropdown menu, then all content on the page should refresh and display in the selected language without any loss of functionality.

User accesses the FAQs in a selected language and verifies the translation accuracy.

Given the user has selected Spanish as their language, when they navigate to the FAQs section, then all questions and answers should display accurately in Spanish, matching the original English content in meaning and tone.

User switches languages while reading a troubleshooting guide.

Given the user is viewing a troubleshooting guide in French, when they switch the language to English, then the content should update to the English version within 3 seconds without errors or missing information.

The Resource Library maintains language preferences across user sessions.

Given a user has set their preferred language to German in the Resource Library, when they log out and log back in, then the interface should automatically display in German without requiring the user to select it again.

Admin verifies the completeness of translations for all existing resources in the Resource Library.

Given the admin accesses the backend of the Resource Library, when they review the translation status, then 100% of all existing resources must have completed translations in the supported languages without any gaps.

User provides feedback on the clarity of translated content within the Resource Library.

Given the user reads an article in Italian, when they submit feedback indicating that the translation is unclear, then the feedback system should capture this response and notify the admin team for review and potential updates.

User tries to access content that is not yet translated into their selected language.

Given the user has selected a language that is not fully supported, when they attempt to access a resource that has no translation, then they should receive a message indicating that content is not available in the selected language, with an option to view it in English.

Personalized Resource Recommendations

User Story: As a user, I want to receive personalized recommendations for resources in the Library so that I can quickly find useful information tailored to my needs.
Description: The Personalized Resource Recommendations feature will analyze user behavior and preferences to suggest relevant articles, guides, and FAQs tailored to individual users. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, the Resource Library will continually evolve to match the specific needs and interests of users, enhancing the overall user experience. This feature aims to empower users to discover valuable content that they may not have actively searched for, thus improving their interaction with the platform and reducing the time spent searching for resources.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Resource Library for the first time and interacts with the Personalized Resource Recommendations feature.

Given a new user with no prior interactions, when they access the Resource Library, then the system will display at least three personalized resource recommendations based on initial user behavior and preferences within the first 10 seconds.

User regularly interacts with the Resource Library and seeks relevant articles based on their usage patterns.

Given a returning user who has accessed the Resource Library multiple times, when they log in, then the system will update and display personalized resource recommendations that reflect their last three interactions and active browsing history within 5 seconds.

User provides feedback on the relevance of the recommended resources after viewing them.

Given a user who has accessed personalized resource recommendations, when they click on a recommendation and provide feedback indicating it was helpful or not, then the feedback will be recorded and influence future recommendations within 24 hours.

User explores the Resource Library on a mobile device and interacts with the recommendations.

Given a user accessing the Resource Library via a mobile device, when they view the personalized resource recommendations, then the layout will be responsive, and at least one article preview will be accessible with one click.

User notices inconsistencies in the recommendations over time and questions the algorithm's accuracy.

Given a user who interacts with the Resource Library over four weeks, when they notice a decline in recommendation relevance, then the system will prompt them to provide feedback for improvement and will analyze this feedback to improve future recommendation accuracy.

User seeks assistance from support after being unable to find a relevant resource despite personalized recommendations.

Given a user who has received personalized resource recommendations, when they contact support for further assistance, then the support team will receive a summary of the user's interaction history and previously recommended resources to provide tailored help.

User utilizes the search function in conjunction with personalized recommendations.

Given a user who enters search terms in the Resource Library, when they receive personalized resource recommendations, then the system will filter recommendations to include only those relevant to the search terms within 2 seconds.

Real-Time Communication Hub

The Real-Time Communication Hub centralizes conversations between SMEs and suppliers, allowing for instant messaging, video calls, and updates on procurement processes. This feature enhances transparency and ensures that any issues can be addressed immediately, reducing delays and fostering stronger supplier relationships through continuous engagement.

Requirements

Instant Messaging Integration

User Story: As a procurement manager, I want to have instant messaging capabilities with my suppliers so that I can resolve issues and inquiries in real-time, ensuring smoother operations and reducing delays.
Description: The Instant Messaging Integration requirement specifies the functionality to enable real-time chat capabilities within the Real-Time Communication Hub. This feature will allow users to engage in instant messaging with suppliers, ensuring immediate communication for queries, updates, and issue resolution. The integration must support both one-on-one and group conversations, ensuring users can collaborate effectively in dynamic procurement scenarios. The messaging interface should be intuitive, with capabilities for sending text, images, and important documents, thus facilitating seamless interaction and enhancing transparency in supplier communications.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a one-on-one chat with a supplier to clarify a missed order detail.

Given the user selects a supplier from the list, When the user clicks on the chat icon, Then a chat window should open allowing for instant messaging with visible timestamps for each message.

User creates a group chat with multiple suppliers to discuss a new product launch.

Given the user selects multiple suppliers and clicks on 'Create Group Chat', When the group chat is initiated, Then all selected suppliers should receive an invitation and be able to send messages within the group chat.

User sends an image and a document to the supplier during a chat session.

Given the user is in an active chat with a supplier, When the user selects the attachment option and uploads an image and a document, Then both attachments should be successfully sent and visible in the chat history.

User searches for previous messages with a specific supplier in the chat history.

Given the user is in the chat interface, When the user enters a keyword in the search bar, Then relevant messages from the history with the specific supplier should be displayed immediately.

User receives an alert for new incoming messages while using another feature within the platform.

Given the user is in a different section of the platform, When a new message is received in an active chat, Then a notification should appear on the screen with the sender's name and message preview.

User exits the chat session intentionally and returns to it later.

Given the user closes the chat window, When the user accesses the chat list again, Then the previously active chat should be marked as unread, and the message history should be intact and retrievable.

User adjusts notifications settings for chat messages.

Given the user navigates to notification settings, When the user selects preferences for chat notifications, Then the chosen settings should be saved and applied immediately to their chat interactions.

Video Call Functionality

User Story: As a buyer, I want to have video call capabilities with my suppliers so that I can discuss critical issues face-to-face, enhancing communication and clarity.
Description: The Video Call Functionality requirement outlines the need for a reliable video calling feature within the Real-Time Communication Hub. This functionality will allow users to initiate secure video calls with suppliers to discuss complex issues that require visual explanations. The video call feature should support screen sharing and include basic tools for collaboration, such as digital whiteboards and file sharing during calls. This requirement is pivotal in fostering stronger supplier relationships by enabling face-to-face communication virtually, which enhances engagement and facilitates better understanding.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a video call with a supplier to discuss an urgent procurement issue and requires a seamless connection to avoid disruptions.

Given that the user is logged into the Real-Time Communication Hub, when they click on the 'Start Video Call' button with a listed supplier, then a video call should be established within 5 seconds without any noticeable lag or connection drop.

During a video call, the user needs to share their screen to present data to the supplier effectively.

Given that the user is in an active video call, when they click on the 'Share Screen' button, then the supplier should receive a prompt to accept screen sharing and, upon acceptance, the user’s screen should be visible to the supplier without any significant delay.

The user wishes to use a digital whiteboard feature during a video call for collaborative brainstorming with the supplier.

Given that the user is in a video call, when they open the digital whiteboard tool, then the user and the supplier should be able to draw, annotate, or write collaboratively on the whiteboard in real-time with no more than a 2-second delay in visibility.

The user attempts to share a file during the video call to provide additional context to the discussion.

Given that the user is in an active video call, when they select a file to share and click 'Send', then the supplier should receive the file immediately within the chat window without errors, and it should be accessible for download.

A user needs to record the video call for future reference and to share with team members who could not attend.

Given that the user is in a video call, when they click the 'Record' button, then the system should start recording the call, with a notification displayed to all participants, and should save the recording in the user's account upon ending the call.

The user wants to review the video call history to follow up on discussed points with the supplier.

Given that the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the 'Call History' section, then they should see a complete list of past video calls with timestamps, participants, and a playback option for each call.

The user experiences network issues during a video call and needs to resume the call easily.

Given that the video call is ongoing, when the user’s network connection is interrupted and then restored, then the user should be able to rejoin the call within 10 seconds without having to refresh or restart the application.

Procurement Update Notifications

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want to receive notifications about procurement updates so that I can stay informed on order statuses and respond quickly to any issues.
Description: The Procurement Update Notifications requirement addresses the need for an automated notification system that alerts users about updates in procurement processes. This feature will inform users of changes such as order confirmations, shipment statuses, and any issues that arise in real-time. The notifications should be customizable, allowing users to select which alerts they want to receive and how (e.g., via email, SMS, or push notifications). This enhancement is designed to keep users informed without the need for constant manual checking, thus improving efficiency and responsiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification about an updated shipment status after a supplier has made a change.

Given a user is subscribed to shipment status notifications, When a shipment status changes, Then the user receives an email notification detailing the new status within 5 minutes.

User customizes their notification preferences in the system settings.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When the user selects and saves their preferred notification methods for various updates (email, SMS, push notifications), Then the preferences should be saved and applied for all future notifications without requiring reconfiguration.

A supplier updates an order confirmation, and the user needs to be alerted about this change.

Given a user is connected to a supplier, When the supplier updates the order confirmation, Then the user receives a push notification on their mobile device within 2 minutes of the update being made.

User wants to verify the accuracy of notifications they receive about procurement updates.

Given a user has received a notification about a procurement update, When the user checks the procurement dashboard, Then the status in the dashboard should match the details provided in the notification.

User checks the history of notifications they have received regarding procurement updates.

Given a user accesses the notification history feature, When the user requests to see their notification history, Then all notifications related to procurement updates should be displayed in chronological order with complete details.

An error occurs in the notification delivery system, and the user needs to be informed about it.

Given the notification delivery system encounters an error, When this error occurs, Then the system should automatically send an alert to the user via their selected notification method to inform them of the issue within 10 minutes.

User wants to stop receiving specific types of notifications.

Given a user is receiving notifications, When the user opts out of specific notification types through the settings, Then they should no longer receive notifications of that type effective immediately.

Supplier Engagement Dashboard

User Story: As a relationship manager, I want a dashboard that shows my engagement metrics with suppliers so that I can analyze and improve our collaboration and communication efforts.
Description: The Supplier Engagement Dashboard requirement entails creating a centralized interface that provides users with insights into their interactions with suppliers. This dashboard will showcase metrics such as response times, communication frequency, and outstanding issues with suppliers, helping users gauge engagement levels. The dashboard should be interactive and visually represent data to assist in identifying trends and areas for improvement in supplier relationships. Implementing this requirement will empower users to manage supplier engagement actively and strategically, leading to enhanced collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Engagement Dashboard displays metrics for active supplier interactions.

Given the user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they navigate to the Supplier Engagement Dashboard, then the dashboard should show metrics such as response times, communication frequency, and outstanding issues for each supplier.

User interacts with the Supplier Engagement Dashboard to identify trends.

Given the Supplier Engagement Dashboard is loaded, when the user selects a specific time range for interaction metrics, then the dashboard should refresh to display updated data reflecting user-selected criteria.

Supplier Engagement Dashboard allows for sorting and filtering of data.

Given the dashboard is displayed, when the user applies a filter or sorts the communication frequency data, then the dashboard should dynamically update to show the filtered or sorted results accordingly.

Supplier Engagement Dashboard provides visual data representation.

Given the Supplier Engagement Dashboard is loaded, when the user views the dashboard, then the metrics should be represented visually through charts and graphs for easy comprehension of supplier engagement levels.

Users can view details of outstanding issues with suppliers.

Given a list of outstanding issues is displayed on the dashboard, when the user clicks on an issue, then a detailed view of that issue should pop up with all relevant information and history.

Real-time updates are reflected in the Supplier Engagement Dashboard.

Given a supplier sends a new message or update, when the user is viewing the dashboard, then the corresponding metrics should update in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Issue Tracking System

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want to have a system to track issues with suppliers so that I can ensure they are resolved efficiently and prevent similar problems in the future.
Description: The Issue Tracking System requirement focuses on implementing a robust tracking mechanism within the Real-Time Communication Hub to log and manage issues raised during supplier interactions. This feature will allow users to document issues, assign them to relevant team members, and track their resolution progress through to completion. It should include status updates and allow for comments and attachments related to each issue. This system is crucial for maintaining accountability and transparency in resolution processes and ensuring that any recurring issues are documented and addressed systematically.
Acceptance Criteria: Issue Documentation and Logging

Given a user has identified an issue during a supplier interaction, when they access the Real-Time Communication Hub, then they can easily document the issue with all necessary details including description, priority, and relevant tags and submit it successfully.

Assignment of Issues to Team Members

Given an issue has been documented, when the user assigns the issue to a team member, then the assigned member receives a notification and the issue status updates to 'Assigned' in the system.

Tracking Issue Resolution Progress

Given a user is viewing the list of logged issues, when they open an issue, then they can see a clear history of status updates, comments, and attachments related to the issue on the issue detail page.

Search and Filter Issues

Given a user is managing multiple logged issues, when they use the search or filter functionality, then they can efficiently locate specific issues based on criteria such as status, priority, or assigned team member.

Notification on Issue Updates

Given an issue is updated, when the user who created the issue or any assigned team member accesses their notifications, then they should receive a real-time alert informing them of the update.

Knowledge Base Integration

User Story: As a new team member, I want access to a knowledge base so that I can quickly find answers to common supplier questions without needing to reach out for help.
Description: The Knowledge Base Integration requirement revolves around establishing a repository within the Real-Time Communication Hub that includes FAQs, guidelines, and best practices for interacting with suppliers. This resource will empower users to independently find solutions to common issues and learn about effective communication strategies. The knowledge base should be easily accessible and searchable, enhancing user experience and reducing reliance on direct communication for minor queries. This requirement is expected to improve overall efficiency by enabling users to resolve issues quickly without waiting for responses.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessing the Knowledge Base from the Real-Time Communication Hub

Given I am a user logged into the Real-Time Communication Hub, when I select the Knowledge Base option, then I should be redirected to the repository containing FAQs, guidelines, and best practices easily.

Searching for FAQs within the Knowledge Base

Given I am on the Knowledge Base page, when I enter a keyword in the search bar, then I should see a list of relevant FAQs that match the search term.

Viewing a Specific FAQ in the Knowledge Base

Given I have accessed the Knowledge Base, when I click on an FAQ entry, then I should see the detailed answer along with any related questions or links to further information.

Feedback Submission for Knowledge Base Articles

Given I am reading an FAQ in the Knowledge Base, when I submit feedback on its helpfulness, then my input should be recorded and influence future updates to the Knowledge Base.

Accessing Communication Guidelines

Given I am a user interacting with suppliers in the Real-Time Communication Hub, when I navigate to the guidelines section of the Knowledge Base and select it, then I should be able to view best practices for effective communication.

Monitoring Knowledge Base Usage Metrics

Given I am an administrator of the Real-Time Communication Hub, when I access the metrics dashboard, then I should see statistics on how often the Knowledge Base is accessed and which articles are most viewed.

Updating Knowledge Base Content

Given I am an authorized administrator, when I upload new content or modify existing articles in the Knowledge Base, then the changes should be reflected accurately and immediately when accessed.

Document Sharing Center

The Document Sharing Center enables users to easily upload, share, and collaborate on essential documents such as contracts, purchase orders, and specifications. This feature streamlines documentation processes by providing structured access and version control, ensuring all parties work from the most current information and reducing miscommunication.

Requirements

Secure Document Uploads

User Story: As a user, I want to upload documents securely so that I can ensure sensitive information remains protected while collaborating with others.
Description: The Secure Document Uploads requirement enables users to upload various types of documents safely within the Document Sharing Center. This functionality must support multiple file formats while ensuring data encryption during transmission and at rest. Integrating with existing security protocols, this feature will bolster user confidence and safeguard sensitive information from unauthorized access or breaches, thereby enhancing compliance with industry standards.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a PDF contract in the Document Sharing Center.

Given that the user is logged in, when they select a PDF file and click 'upload', then the document should be encrypted during transmission and saved securely in the system.

User attempts to upload a Word document that exceeds the maximum file size limit.

Given that the user is trying to upload a Word document that is larger than the allowed limit, when they attempt to upload, then the system should display an error message indicating the file size restriction.

A user shares a document with another user via the Document Sharing Center.

Given that the user has uploaded a document, when they enter the recipient's email and click 'share', then the recipient should receive a notification email with a link to access the document securely.

User uploads a spreadsheet and checks the version control feature.

Given that the user uploads a new version of a spreadsheet file, when they check the version history, then the system should display the new version alongside previous versions and timestamps for each upload.

User tries to access a shared document without authorization.

Given that the user attempts to access a document that they have not been granted permission to view, then the system should prevent access and display a message indicating lack of authorization.

User uploads a sensitive financial document and checks encryption status.

Given that the user uploads a financial document, when they review the document upload confirmation, then the system should indicate that both transmission and storage are encrypted according to security protocols.

User successfully uploads multiple file formats including TXT, CSV, and DOCX.

Given that the user is logged in, when they upload documents in TXT, CSV, and DOCX formats, then all documents should successfully upload and be accessible in the Document Sharing Center.

Version Control Management

User Story: As a user, I want to view and revert to previous versions of documents so that I can manage changes effectively and maintain clarity in collaboration.
Description: Version Control Management provides users with the ability to track and manage multiple versions of shared documents within the Document Sharing Center. This feature should automatically save previous versions and allow users to revert to them if necessary. Detailed version history logs will keep track of changes and modifications, aiding in transparency and accountability throughout the document lifecycle. This feature is vital for preventing miscommunication and ensuring that all collaborators are working on the most current document iteration.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a new version of a document in the Document Sharing Center.

Given a user has selected a document to upload, when they upload a new version, then the system should automatically save the previous version, and the document list should display the new version as the current document.

A collaborator reviews the version history of a document.

Given a user has accessed a document's version history, when they view the version history, then the system should display a detailed log with timestamps of all changes, previous versions available, and the user who made the changes.

User reverts to a previous version of a document.

Given a user is viewing a document's version history, when they select a previous version to revert to, then the system should replace the current document with the selected version and log this action in the version history.

Multiple users collaborate on the same document and make changes.

Given multiple collaborators have access to a document, when they make and save changes, then the system should allow only one user to make changes at a time and notify users of the last save action, preserving document integrity.

User searches for a specific version of a document.

Given a user is in the Document Sharing Center, when they enter search criteria for a document version, then the system should return results that match the search, including versions that meet the criteria, sorted by date.

User exports the version history of a document for external review.

Given a user is viewing the version history of a document, when they choose to export the history, then the system should generate a downloadable file that includes all versions and change logs for that document.

Real-time Collaboration

User Story: As a user, I want to collaborate on documents in real time with my team so that we can enhance productivity and make quicker decisions.
Description: Real-time Collaboration enables multiple users to edit and comment on shared documents simultaneously, enhancing teamwork and productivity. This feature will allow users to see changes live and communicate through integrated chat or comment features. Essential for teams working remotely, this capability ensures quick decision-making and minimizes delays caused by back-and-forth email exchanges. By streamlining communication and working processes, real-time collaboration enhances the overall efficiency of document sharing.
Acceptance Criteria: Multiple users from different geographic locations are working together on a contract document. Each user needs to edit the document in real-time and provide feedback while ensuring that the most current version is accessible to all participants without any lag or delays.

Given multiple users are logged into the Document Sharing Center, when one user makes an edit to the document, then all other users should see the changes reflected in real-time without needing to refresh the page, ensuring version control is maintained.

A project team is collaborating on a purchase order document that requires urgent inputs from various departments. Users need to be able to comment on specific sections in the document and tag team members for immediate feedback.

Given a document is open for editing in the Document Sharing Center, when a user adds a comment to a specific section of the document and tags another user, then the tagged user should receive a notification prompting them to review the comment immediately.

A user is working on a technical specification document alongside colleagues in different offices. They need to communicate through an integrated chat feature while making their respective edits to ensure smooth collaboration.

Given multiple users are editing the same specification document, when one user initiates a chat within the Document Sharing Center, then all users should be able to participate in the conversation while still having the ability to edit the document simultaneously.

A team is conducting a final review of a shared contract document before signature. They need to compare changes made by different users to ensure all revisions are tracked and recorded accurately.

Given the document has been edited by multiple users, when a user accesses the document's version history, then they should be able to view all previous edits and the authors of those edits to facilitate transparent review of changes.

Remote team members are updating a shared specification document during a scheduled video call. They require an interface that allows them to see updates as they happen without interruptions.

Given a video call is in progress and the specification document is shared, when a team member makes an edit to the document, then all members on the call should see the changes without lag, allowing real-time discussion of the updates.

A user is preparing a presentation that relies on various shared documents. They want to make sure that only the most current version of the documents is displayed to prevent errors.

Given a user is preparing a presentation using documents from the Document Sharing Center, when the user selects a document, then only the latest version of that document should be accessible for presentation, ensuring no outdated information is used.

Document Permissions Control

User Story: As a user, I want to control who has access to my documents so that I can protect sensitive information and ensure that only the right people can view or edit it.
Description: Document Permissions Control enables users to manage who can view, edit, or comment on shared documents within the Document Sharing Center. This functionality should allow users to set granular permissions based on user roles or specific individuals, ensuring that sensitive documents are only accessible to authorized personnel. Implementing a system for permission requests and approvals can further enhance security while fostering collaboration among trusted team members.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role-Based Access Control for Document Permissions

Given a user with 'manager' role, when they attempt to set permissions on a document, then they should be able to assign 'view', 'edit', or 'comment' permissions to team members.

Individual Permission Override

Given a document shared with a group, when a specific user requests permission for 'edit', then the document owner should receive a notification to approve or deny that request.

Version Control and Editing History

Given a document that has been edited multiple times, when a user views the editing history, then they should see a detailed log of changes along with timestamps and user identification.

Revoking Document Access

Given a user who has previously been granted 'edit' permissions, when the document owner revokes that access, then the user should no longer be able to edit or view the document.

Collaboration Features with Commenting

Given a document open for collaboration, when a user adds a comment, then that comment should be displayed clearly with the author's name and timestamp for others to see.

Notification for Permission Changes

Given a change in document permissions, when the permissions are updated, then all affected users should receive a notification detailing the changes made.

Audit Trail for Document Permissions

Given the Document Permissions Control functionality, when an administrator reviews the audit logs, then they should find a comprehensive record of all permission changes, including who made the changes and when.

Automated Document Notifications

User Story: As a user, I want to receive automatic notifications for document changes so that I can stay informed and respond quickly to updates.
Description: Automated Document Notifications will alert users to important actions related to shared documents, such as uploads, edits, comments, or permissions changes. Users can customize notification settings based on their preferences. This feature aims to keep all collaborators informed, preventing delays due to communication failures and ensuring that everyone is updated on the latest document status. By streamlining notifications, this functionality fosters better engagement and timely responses.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a contract to the Document Sharing Center and wants to be notified of any changes made to that document by collaborators.

Given a user uploads a contract, when a collaborator edits the document, then the user receives a notification detailing the changes made.

User shares a purchase order document with a team and has set custom notification preferences for comments and permissions changes.

Given a user sets preferences for notifications, when a collaborator leaves a comment on the purchase order, then the user receives a notification about the comment.

A document has multiple collaborators who have different roles, and the owner wants to ensure that all collaborators receive notifications for any document activity.

Given that a document has multiple collaborators, when the document owner uploads a new version, then all collaborators receive an alert about the new version upload.

A user changes the permission settings of a shared document and wants all collaborators to be informed about the permission change.

Given a user changes permission settings, when the change is saved, then all collaborators are notified of the updated permissions.

A user modifies their notification preferences for document activities in the settings of the Document Sharing Center.

Given a user updates their notification preferences, when an activity occurs on a document, then the user receives a notification based on the updated preferences.

The Document Sharing Center needs to ensure that notifications are not overwhelming the user with too many alerts for the same document activity.

Given a user collaborates on a document, when the same activity (upload, edit, comment) happens multiple times within a short interval, then the user receives a single cumulative notification instead of multiple alerts.

Document Search and Filter

User Story: As a user, I want to search and filter documents easily so that I can quickly find the files I need without wasting time.
Description: The Document Search and Filter feature allows users to quickly locate specific documents within the Document Sharing Center by utilizing keywords, file types, or tags. This capability should provide an intuitive search interface that retrieves results in real-time, enhancing the user experience. By enabling efficient document retrieval, this functionality saves time and effort, allowing users to focus more on collaboration rather than document management.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I need to find a specific contract document stored in the Document Sharing Center by entering relevant keywords into the search bar.

Given that I am on the Document Sharing Center page, when I enter a keyword related to the document I am looking for and click the search button, then I should see a list of documents that match the search criteria in real-time.

As a user, I want to filter documents based on their file types (e.g., PDFs, Word documents) so that I can narrow down my search results effectively.

Given that I am using the Document Search and Filter feature, when I select a specific file type from the filter options and apply the filter, then the results displayed should only include documents of the selected file type.

As a user, I need to quickly locate recently uploaded specifications to ensure I am working with the most current documents.

Given that I have uploaded a specification document, when I navigate to the search and filter section and use the 'Recently Uploaded' filter, then I should see my uploaded specification listed at the top of the search results.

As a user, I would like to utilize tags to help organize and quickly access various purchase orders based on project or client.

Given that I have uploaded purchase orders with specific tags, when I search using one or more of those tags, then the search results should return only those purchase orders that correspond to the selected tags.

As a user, I need a search functionality that provides suggestions while I type in the search bar, allowing for quicker document discovery.

Given that I am typing in the search field, when I type in a few letters, then I should see a dropdown list of suggested documents based on my input in real-time.

As a user, I want to ensure that the search results are displayed promptly so that I can efficiently find the documents I need.

Given that I perform a search query, when I submit my search, then the search results should appear within three seconds.

As a user, I want to be notified if no documents match my search criteria, to know that I need to modify my search.

Given that I have performed a search with keywords that do not match any documents, when the search is executed, then I should see a message indicating that no documents were found.

Task Management Board

The Task Management Board offers a collaborative workspace where SMEs and suppliers can assign, track, and complete tasks related to procurement processes. This feature enhances accountability and workflow efficiency by visualizing project statuses, deadlines, and priorities, promoting proactive management of procurement timelines.

Requirements

Task Assignment Functionality

User Story: As a procurement manager, I want to assign tasks to my team and suppliers so that everyone knows their responsibilities and deadlines, ensuring that the procurement process runs smoothly.
Description: The Task Assignment Functionality allows users to assign specific tasks to team members and suppliers directly within the Task Management Board. This feature enables a streamlined communication process regarding responsibilities, ensuring that everyone involved in the procurement process knows their roles. It enhances accountability by tracking who is responsible for each task, thereby improving overall workflow efficiency. The ability to assign tasks directly helps in clarifying expectations, deadlines, and who the go-to person is for specific issues related to procurement. This integration within the platform allows users to access all pertinent task data in one location, thus reducing time spent searching for information and facilitating better project management.
Acceptance Criteria: User assigns a task to a team member within the Task Management Board.

Given a project has been created, when a user selects a team member and assigns a task with a due date, then the task should appear in both the assignee's task list and the general task overview within the board.

A team member receives a notification about a newly assigned task.

Given a task has been assigned to a team member, when the assignment occurs, then the assigned team member should receive a real-time notification via the platform, indicating the new task details.

User edits an existing task assignment in the Task Management Board.

Given a task has been assigned, when the user edits the task details including the assignee or due date, then the updated information should be immediately reflected in the Task Management Board for all users.

A user attempts to assign a task without selecting an assignee.

Given the task assignment interface, when a user tries to assign a task without selecting at least one assignee, then the system should display an error message indicating that an assignee must be selected to proceed.

User completes a task that was assigned in the Task Management Board.

Given a task is marked as complete by the assigned team member, when the task is completed, then the status should update to completed and the completion timestamp should be logged in the system.

User views task assignment history.

Given a task has been assigned and subsequently modified, when a user opens the task details, then they should see a history of all changes made, including assignees and completion dates.

Deadline Tracking and Notifications

User Story: As a team leader, I want to receive notifications for upcoming task deadlines so that I can manage my team's workload effectively and ensure tasks are completed on time.
Description: Deadline Tracking and Notifications provide users with the ability to set deadlines for each task and receive automatic reminders as the due date approaches. This feature is integral to maintaining schedules and ensuring timely task completion. By having clear deadlines and notifications, users can proactively manage their workload and that of their suppliers, preventing delays in the procurement process. This functionality is designed to integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard, allowing all users to stay informed about upcoming deadlines and ensuring that nothing falls through the cracks. The notifications can be customized based on the user’s preferences, providing flexibility and enhancing user engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Setting a new deadline for a procurement task.

Given a user is on the Task Management Board, when they select a task and set a due date, then the task should display the updated deadline on the board and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Receiving automated notifications for upcoming task deadlines.

Given a user has set a deadline for a task, when the deadline is three days away, then the user should receive an automated email reminder about the upcoming deadline.

Customizing notification preferences for task deadlines.

Given a user is on their profile settings page, when they change their notification preferences to receive reminders one week in advance, then all future automated reminders for task deadlines should reflect this new preference.

Viewing all tasks with deadlines on the Task Management Board.

Given a user is on the Task Management Board, when they view the tasks, then all tasks should be displayed with their respective deadlines clearly visible alongside.

Tracking overdue tasks and receiving notifications.

Given a user has created a task with a past due date, when the user accesses the Task Management Board, then the overdue task should be highlighted and the user should receive a notification alerting them of the missed deadline.

Progress Tracking Visualizations

User Story: As a project manager, I want to see visual representations of task progress so that I can quickly assess which projects are on track and which require additional focus.
Description: Progress Tracking Visualizations graphically represent the status of various tasks within the Task Management Board, offering users a quick overview of progress across multiple projects. This visual representation includes charts or progress bars that indicate how much of a task has been completed versus how much remains. This requirement enhances user experience by simplifying complex data and allowing users to make informed decisions at a glance. By visualizing progress, teams are motivated to keep track of their tasks and deadlines, identify potential bottlenecks early in the process, and adjust their strategies accordingly to maintain project timelines.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Task Progress on the Management Board

Given that a user accesses the Task Management Board, when they view the progress tracking visualizations, then they should see accurate progress bars displaying the percentage of tasks completed versus total tasks expected for all visible projects.

Updating Task Status

Given that a user updates the status of a task to confirm its completion, when they refresh the Task Management Board, then the corresponding progress visualization should reflect the updated status immediately without any delay.

Identifying Bottlenecks in Project

Given that a user reviews the progress tracking visualizations, when they observe a task that is at 20% completion past its deadline, then the system should highlight this task in red to signal a bottleneck that requires action.

Exporting Progress Reports

Given that a user wants to share project progress with stakeholders, when they export the progress tracking visualizations, then the exported report should accurately represent the visual data as displayed on the Task Management Board, including percentages and status highlights.

User Customization of Visualization Metrics

Given that a user has preferences for viewing task data, when they customize their dashboard settings, then they should be able to select different metrics (e.g., deadlines, priority levels) to be visually represented in the progress tracking visualizations.

Mobile Access to Progress Visualizations

Given that a user accesses the Task Management Board via a mobile device, when they view the progress tracking visualizations, then the visualizations should be responsive and easy to interact with on the smaller screen without losing clarity or functionality.

Multi-Project Overview

Given that a user is managing multiple projects simultaneously, when they access the Task Management Board, then they should be able to see a consolidated view of progress tracking visualizations for all the projects they are involved in, enabling quick comparisons.

Collaboration Tools Integration

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive updates and communicate about tasks through my preferred collaboration tools so that I can stay connected without having to check multiple platforms.
Description: Collaboration Tools Integration allows the Task Management Board to connect with external collaboration software such as Slack, Microsoft Teams, or email systems. This feature enables real-time communication regarding task updates, comments, and status changes directly from the Task Management Board. By incorporating collaboration tools, teams can enhance their communication and reduce the need to switch between platforms, thus improving efficiency. This integration also allows for easier sharing of documents and information relevant to tasks, ensuring that everyone stays in the loop and can act promptly on emerging issues.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a task update notification through Slack when a task assigned to them is updated on the Task Management Board.

Given that a task is updated on the Task Management Board, When the update occurs, Then a notification should be sent to the user in their connected Slack channel.

A supplier can comment on a task from their email, and the comment will be reflected on the Task Management Board in real-time.

Given that a supplier sends a comment via email regarding a task, When the email is received, Then the comment must appear on the Task Management Board immediately without manual refresh.

Users can link their Microsoft Teams account to the Task Management Board to receive real-time task updates.

Given that a user links their Microsoft Teams account to the Task Management Board, When a task update occurs, Then the user should receive a direct message in Microsoft Teams about the update.

Team members can share relevant documents linked to tasks directly through collaboration tools.

Given a task on the Task Management Board, When a team member shares a document link via Slack or Microsoft Teams, Then the document should be accessible via the task's detail view in the Task Management Board.

The system should allow users to toggle which collaboration tool notifications they receive for task updates.

Given that a user is in the settings menu of the Task Management Board, When they select their preferred collaboration tools for notifications, Then the system must enable or disable notifications accordingly.

A user should be able to see a log of all task-related communications within the Task Management Board interface.

Given that a user views a task, When they check the communication log, Then they must see a chronological list of all updates, comments, and notifications related to that task.

Alerts should be triggered for overdue tasks in the integrated collaboration tools.

Given that a task has passed its due date, When it is checked in the Task Management Board, Then an overdue alert must be sent to the assigned user through their connected collaboration tool.

Priority Setting for Tasks

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want to set priorities for tasks so that my team can focus on the most critical tasks first and ensure timely procurement operations.
Description: Priority Setting for Tasks enables users to categorize tasks based on their urgency and importance, allowing teams to focus on what matters most. This feature allows users to assign priority levels—high, medium, or low—to tasks, which are visually distinguishable on the Task Management Board. This approach ensures that critical tasks receive the attention they require, helping prevent delays in the procurement process. This prioritization capability not only aids in task management but also fosters a culture of accountability as team members can clearly see which tasks are most pressing, thus aligning efforts with organizational objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User is managing a procurement project with multiple tasks and needs to categorize tasks by urgency and importance to focus on critical deliverables.

Given a task listed on the Task Management Board, when a user selects a priority level (high, medium, low), then the task should visually reflect the selected priority with appropriate color coding and icons.

A team member checks the Task Management Board for important tasks due today to prepare for a daily stand-up meeting.

Given tasks on the Task Management Board, when tasks are assigned a high priority level, then those tasks should appear at the top of the list and be clearly marked as high priority, enabling quick visibility.

A project manager wants to evaluate the progress of tasks assigned to different team members based on their priority levels.

Given tasks assigned to different team members, when the project manager filters tasks by priority, then the system should only display tasks matching the selected priority level and maintain the order based on the urgency.

A user needs to update a priority level for a critical task as project requirements change, and they want to ensure the change is reflected immediately across the platform.

Given a task identified as critical, when the user changes its priority level, then the Task Management Board should instantly update the task's visual representation and notify all assigned team members of the change.

A team is reviewing the overall task completion status and wants to identify any tasks that may lead to potential delays based on their priority levels.

Given the Task Management Board populated with tasks of varying priority levels, when the team reviews tasks marked as high priority, then the system should provide a summary of incomplete high priority tasks and their corresponding deadlines.

A user is onboarding and is exploring the Task Management Board feature to understand how to use priority setting effectively.

Given a new user accessing the Task Management Board, when they hover over any task, then the system should display a tooltip or help text explaining how to set priority levels and the significance of categorization.

Feedback & Rating System

The Feedback & Rating System allows SMEs to review supplier performance and provide feedback on the procurement process. This feature encourages continuous improvement and accountability by fostering an open dialogue, helping suppliers understand their strengths and areas for development, which ultimately enhances collaboration.

Requirements

Supplier Performance Rating

User Story: As a procurement manager, I want to rate supplier performance so that I can identify which suppliers meet my company’s standards and which need improvement.
Description: The Supplier Performance Rating requirement allows SMEs to evaluate their suppliers based on a structured rating system. This system provides a clear metric for assessing various factors such as quality, delivery time, and communication. By enabling users to assign scores and comments, this functionality fosters transparency and accountability in supplier relationships. Additionally, the collected data will contribute to a dynamic reporting tool, enabling users to visualize performance over time and identify trends, ultimately supporting better decision-making and supplier management.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier reviews performance after completion of a project, using the Supplier Performance Rating system to evaluate the supplier's quality, delivery time, and communication effectiveness.

Given the user has completed a project with a supplier, when they access the Supplier Performance Rating feature, then they should be able to assign scores from 1 to 5 for quality, delivery time, and communication, and provide comments for each score.

A user wants to view the historical performance ratings of their suppliers to identify trends over the last six months.

Given the user has rated a supplier over the past six months, when they navigate to the reporting section of the Supplier Performance Rating feature, then they should see a graph showcasing supplier ratings over the selected time period.

A supplier requests feedback on their performance to improve their services based on the ratings received from SMEs.

Given a supplier has received feedback from the SME, when the user accesses the feedback history for that supplier, then they should see all previous ratings and comments submitted by the user regarding the supplier's performance.

A user needs to compare the performance ratings of multiple suppliers to make an informed procurement decision.

Given the user has rated multiple suppliers, when they access the comparison tool within the Supplier Performance Rating feature, then they should be able to see a side-by-side comparison of ratings for each supplier on quality, delivery time, and communication.

A user wants to ensure that the Supplier Performance Rating feature is user-friendly for non-technical personnel.

Given a non-technical user accesses the Supplier Performance Rating feature, when they navigate through the rating system, then they should complete the rating process without requiring external assistance or training materials.

A supplier wants to view their performance ratings provided by various SMEs for self-assessment and improvement.

Given a supplier is logged into the system, when they access the Supplier Performance Rating portal, then they should see an aggregated view of ratings and feedback received from all SMEs along with average scores for each evaluation criteria.

Feedback Submission Tool

User Story: As a business owner, I want to submit feedback on the procurement process so that suppliers understand my concerns and can take actionable steps towards improvement.
Description: The Feedback Submission Tool requirement provides a simple interface for SMEs to submit their feedback on supplier interactions and procurement processes. This tool will include text fields for detailed comments and a structured format for specific feedback categories such as quality, responsiveness, and pricing. By ensuring that feedback is easy to provide, SMEs can maintain an ongoing dialogue with suppliers, which will encourage a culture of continuous improvement. Moreover, this feature will complement the rating system, creating a holistic view of supplier performance.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback Submission Process for Supplier Performance Evaluation

Given a logged-in SME user, when they access the Feedback Submission Tool, then they should see a structured form with fields for feedback categories including quality, responsiveness, and pricing.

Submitting Detailed Comments in Feedback Tool

Given a logged-in SME user has chosen a feedback category, when they input their comments in the text field and click 'Submit', then the feedback should be recorded and a confirmation message displayed.

Viewing Submitted Feedback History

Given a logged-in SME user, when they navigate to the Feedback Submission Tool, then they should be able to view a list of previously submitted feedback with timestamps and statuses.

Feedback Category Validation

Given an SME user is filling out the feedback form, when they attempt to submit feedback without selecting any feedback category, then they should receive an error message indicating the feedback category is required.

Admin Notification of New Feedback Submission

Given feedback has been successfully submitted by an SME user, when the submission occurs, then an email notification should be sent to the respective supplier indicating new feedback is available for review.

User Interface Usability Testing for Feedback Tool

Given the Feedback Submission Tool is accessed by non-technical users, when they engage with the interface, then 90% of users should be able to submit feedback without assistance during usability tests.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a supplier, I want to receive notifications about feedback on my performance so that I can address any concerns as soon as possible and improve my service.
Description: The Real-time Feedback Notifications requirement ensures that suppliers are promptly alerted whenever feedback is submitted regarding their performance. This functionality will use push notifications and email alerts to inform suppliers, enabling them to respond quickly to feedback and make necessary adjustments. Implementing this real-time communication channel enhances the responsiveness of suppliers and fosters a more collaborative atmosphere, which is crucial for building trust and improving overall service quality.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier receives feedback notification immediately after a review is submitted by the SME.

Given that the SME submits a feedback review, when the submission is completed, then the supplier receives a push notification and an email alert within one minute of submission.

Supplier acknowledges feedback notification through the platform.

Given that the supplier receives a notification, when the supplier checks their notifications, then they can see and acknowledge the feedback received, which updates their notification status to 'read'.

Ensure feedback notifications are not missed by the supplier.

Given that the supplier's device is not connected to the internet, when feedback is submitted, then the system stores the notification and sends it as soon as the supplier's device connects to the internet again within a maximum time of 30 minutes.

Feedback notifications include important details for supplier's understanding.

Given that a notification is sent to the supplier, when the supplier reads the notification, then it includes the SME's name, the subject of feedback, and a summary of the feedback provided.

Allow suppliers to customize their notification settings.

Given that the supplier accesses their user settings, when they choose to customize their notification preferences, then they can enable or disable push notifications and email alerts as per their choice.

Test system performance and reliability under high traffic.

Given that I simulate multiple feedback submissions concurrently, when 100 feedback reviews are submitted within one minute, then all suppliers receive their notifications without delays or failures.

Track history of feedback notifications sent to suppliers.

Given that a feedback notification is sent, when the supplier views their notification history, then they can see all feedback notifications sent within the last 30 days including submission dates and time.

Analytics Dashboard for Feedback Trends

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want to view feedback trends in a dashboard format so that I can quickly assess supplier performance and make informed recommendations.
Description: The Analytics Dashboard for Feedback Trends requirement enables SMEs to visualize feedback data through an intuitive dashboard. Users will be able to see trends over time, identify recurring issues, and track improvements in supplier performance based on feedback. This dashboard will aggregate data from both the rating and feedback submissions to provide an insightful overview, allowing users to make informed decisions and strategies regarding supplier management. The integration of analytics into the feedback system drives data-informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Displaying Overall Supplier Performance Trends

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific supplier, then the dashboard displays the historical ratings and feedback trends for that supplier over time.

Comparative Analysis of Supplier Feedback

Given multiple suppliers listed in the dashboard, when the user selects the comparative analysis view, then the dashboard visualizes the feedback trends of all selected suppliers side by side for easy comparison.

Identifying Recurring Issues in Feedback

Given the user reviews the feedback data in the dashboard, when they apply filters for specific time periods or supplier categories, then the dashboard highlights any recurring issues identified in the feedback submissions during that time frame.

Integrating Feedback Submissions into the Dashboard

Given that a user has provided feedback or a rating, when this data is generated in the dashboard, then the analytics dashboard updates in real-time to reflect the most recent feedback and ratings from all suppliers.

Exporting Feedback Reports

Given the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard, when they select the option to export the feedback report, then the system generates a downloadable report in CSV or PDF format containing detailed analytics for the selected time frame.

User Customization of Dashboard Views

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they adjust the layout or select specific metrics to display, then the dashboard saves these preferences and reflects them on subsequent visits.

Real-Time Alert for Significant Changes in Supplier Ratings

Given the user is monitoring supplier performance, when there is a significant drop in a supplier's rating, then the system sends a real-time alert to the user notifying them of the change.

Supplier Improvement Action Plans

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want to create improvement action plans for suppliers based on feedback so that we can work together towards enhancing performance.
Description: The Supplier Improvement Action Plans requirement facilitates the development of actionable plans based on feedback provided by SMEs. This feature allows users to identify specific areas for improvement and generate tailored action plans that suppliers can follow. By creating a structured approach to improvement, this requirement supports supplier development initiatives and reinforces the importance of collaboration. Additionally, it enriches the data collected, enabling better tracking of improvements over time and ensuring suppliers are meeting expectations.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Review Submission

Given a user accesses the Feedback & Rating System, when they submit a supplier performance review, then the review should be recorded in the system and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

Action Plan Generation for Identified Issues

Given a user has submitted feedback regarding a supplier, when they request to generate an action plan, then the system should present a tailored action plan based on the specific areas highlighted in the feedback.

Tracking Supplier Improvement Progress

Given a user has created an action plan for a supplier, when they view the supplier profile after a defined period, then the system should display the progress of the supplier against the action plan with specific metrics indicating improvements or setbacks.

Supplier Collaboration on Action Plans

Given an action plan is generated for a supplier, when the supplier accesses the action plan, then the supplier should be able to add comments or updates related to their progress on the action plan.

Reporting on Action Plan Outcomes

Given multiple action plans have been implemented, when a user requests a report, then the system should generate a comprehensive report detailing the overall success rates of action plans and specific supplier improvements achieved over a selected timeframe.

User Notification for Supplier Feedback Updates

Given a user has provided feedback and an action plan has been created, when there are updates to the action plan or supplier's progress, then the user should receive a notification informing them of the updates.

Accessibility of Feedback History

Given a user wants to review past feedback and action plans, when they navigate to the supplier's profile then they should be able to view all historical feedback, action plans, and progress reports in a user-friendly format.

Supplier Acknowledgement System

User Story: As a supplier, I want to acknowledge the feedback received from SMEs so that I demonstrate my commitment to addressing concerns and improving my performance.
Description: The Supplier Acknowledgement System requirement allows suppliers to formally acknowledge receipt of feedback and any subsequent action plans. This functionality helps in tracking which suppliers are responsive to feedback and committed to improvement. By encouraging suppliers to confirm understanding of feedback, this feature helps establish accountability and follow-through on performance expectations, thereby strengthening supplier relationships.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier acknowledges the feedback received within 2 business days of feedback submission.

Given a supplier receives feedback through the feedback system, when the supplier reviews the feedback, then the supplier must acknowledge receipt within 2 business days.

The system tracks and displays the acknowledgment status of feedback for each supplier.

Given feedback has been provided to a supplier, when the feedback acknowledgment is checked in the system, then it should show the acknowledgment status (acknowledged or not acknowledged) for that specific feedback.

Suppliers can provide comments or action plans in response to feedback after acknowledgment.

Given a supplier acknowledges feedback, when the supplier accesses the feedback response interface, then the supplier must be able to submit comments or action plans related to the feedback received.

The system sends reminders to suppliers who have not acknowledged feedback within 2 business days.

Given feedback has been sent to a supplier, when 2 business days have passed without acknowledgment, then the system must automatically send a reminder notification to the supplier.

The feedback system compiles acknowledgment data for analytical reports.

Given multiple feedback submissions, when the acknowledgment status is compiled, then the system must generate a report detailing how many suppliers acknowledged feedback, including a percentage of acknowledgment.

Users can filter feedback records based on acknowledgment status.

Given the user accesses the feedback records, when the user applies a filter for acknowledgment status, then the system should display only the feedback records that match the selected acknowledgment status (acknowledged or not acknowledged).

The system allows users to view the history of feedback acknowledgments for each supplier.

Given a user selects a supplier from the feedback system, when the user requests acknowledgment history, then the system must display all past feedback acknowledgments made by that supplier along with the timestamps.

Integrated Approval Workflows

Integrated Approval Workflows automate the approval processes for procurement requests, ensuring that both SMEs and suppliers can streamline approvals on orders, changes, or document submissions. This feature reduces bottlenecks and accelerates decision-making, allowing teams to move forward faster with fewer manual interventions.

Requirements

Automated Approval Notifications

User Story: As a procurement manager, I want to receive automated notifications about approval status updates so that I can stay informed and take timely actions on procurement requests.
Description: This requirement involves creating an automated notification system that alerts relevant stakeholders about the status of procurement requests within the Integrated Approval Workflows feature. The notifications will be delivered via email and push notifications, ensuring that all parties involved in the approval process are kept informed in real-time. This functionality enhances communication, reduces delays caused by manual follow-ups, and increases transparency in the approval process, thus facilitating quicker decision-making and improved operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Approval Request Notification for Procurement

Given a procurement request is submitted, when the request status changes, then an automated email and push notification is sent to all relevant stakeholders within 5 minutes of the status change.

Stakeholders Receiving Notifications

Given that a procurement request status update is triggered, when stakeholders are notified, then each stakeholder receives a notification to their registered email and mobile device without errors.

Notification Content Accuracy

Given a procurement request is submitted, when stakeholders receive notifications, then the notifications contain accurate details including the request ID, current status, and action required.

Historical Notification Audit

Given that notifications have been sent out, when an administrator checks the notification logs, then the logs should reflect a history of all notifications sent over the past 30 days with timestamps and stakeholders contacted.

User Preference Settings for Notifications

Given a user accesses their account settings, when they choose their notification preferences, then the system must allow them to opt in or out of email or push notifications for procurement updates.

Performance Under Load

Given a high volume of procurement requests, when requests are submitted, then the notification system should deliver notifications to stakeholders within 5 minutes at least 95% of the time under load conditions.

Testing with Different Scenarios

Given multiple types of procurement requests, when notifications are sent for each type, then the system should successfully notify stakeholders for all types of requests without failure or delay.

Role-Based Access Control

User Story: As a system administrator, I want to set role-based permissions for users in the approval process so that I can ensure security and compliance in procurement activities.
Description: This requirement focuses on implementing role-based access control (RBAC) within the Integrated Approval Workflows feature to ensure secure and appropriate access to procurement requests based on user roles. Different roles, such as requesters, approvers, and auditors, will have customized permissions, ensuring that users see only relevant information and can perform actions that correspond to their job functions. This functionality will enhance security, streamline the workflow, and reduce the risk of unauthorized access or actions.
Acceptance Criteria: Role-Based Access Control for Procurement Approvals by Requesters

Given the user is logged in as a requester, when they view the procurement requests, then they should only see requests they have submitted and any requests they are permitted to approve based on their role.

Role-Based Access Control for Procurement Approvals by Approvers

Given the user is logged in as an approver, when they access the integrated approval workflows, then they should see all pending requests available for their approval and details on each one that correspond to their permission levels.

Role-Based Access Control for Auditors

Given the user is logged in as an auditor, when they access the procurement system, then they should have visibility over all procurement requests and actions taken, but without the ability to approve or modify any requests.

Dynamic Permission Adjustment based on Role Changes

Given that a user's role is changed in the system, when they log out and log back in, then their access and permissions should reflect their new role immediately without requiring additional configuration.

Unauthorized Access Prevention

Given a user attempts to access a procurement request for which they do not have permission, when they try to approve or view restricted details, then they should receive a clear error message prompting them that they lack authorization.

Auditing Role-Based Access Control Changes

Given the system has made changes to user roles or permissions, when an auditor checks the logs, then they should see a detailed record of all changes made along with timestamps and the user who made the changes.

User Training for Role-Based Access Control

Given the implementation of role-based access control, when end-users complete the training module on RBAC, then they should pass a quiz verifying their understanding of their respective permissions and roles.

Customizable Approval Flows

User Story: As a finance officer, I want to customize approval workflows based on our procurement policies so that our process is efficient and compliant with our internal regulations.
Description: This requirement entails allowing users to create customizable workflows for procurement approvals within the Integrated Approval Workflows feature. Users will be able to define specific sequences of approval steps tailored to their organization's needs, including conditional routing based on order value or supplier type. This flexibility will empower organizations to optimize their processes, enhance collaboration among teams, and ensure that approvals align with company policy and operational strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: Customizable Workflow Creation for Procurement Approvals

Given a user with permissions to create workflows, when they navigate to the approval workflows section, then they should be able to create a new workflow that allows for the addition of multiple approval steps and conditional routing based on order value.

Sequential Approval Step Execution

Given a customizable approval workflow is created, when an approval request is submitted, then the system should route the request through each defined approval step in the order specified by the user until it is either approved or rejected.

Notification of Pending Approvals

Given a pending approval request in the customizable workflow, when a request is assigned to an approver, then the approver should receive an email notification alerting them of the approval request and its details.

User Interface for Editing Approval Workflows

Given an existing customizable workflow, when the user selects the edit option, then they should be able to modify the sequence of approval steps, add new steps, or remove existing ones through an intuitive user interface.

Dynamic Routing Based on Supplier Type

Given a customizable workflow has been created, when a procurement request is initiated from a specific supplier type, then the system should automatically route the request to the appropriate approval steps based on the defined conditions in the workflow.

Audit Trail for Approval Decisions

Given an approval request has been processed, when an administrator reviews the request history, then they should see a complete audit trail that logs each step of the approval process including timestamps and user actions.

Test Case for Maximum Approval Steps

Given the customizable approval workflow feature, when a user attempts to create a workflow with the maximum allowed number of approval steps, then the system should accept the workflow without errors and validate the setup successfully.

Integration with Existing ERPs

User Story: As an operations manager, I want the approval workflows to integrate with our current ERP system so that data is consistent and we minimize manual entry errors.
Description: This requirement involves developing integration capabilities between the Integrated Approval Workflows feature and existing Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems used by SMEs. This integration will allow seamless data exchange, ensuring that procurement requests, approvals, and supplier information are synchronized across platforms. By linking the approval workflows with their ERP systems, SMEs will streamline operations, reduce duplication of efforts, and maintain accurate records, thereby improving overall operational efficiency and visibility.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a procurement request through the Integrated Approval Workflows interface, which needs to synchronize with their ERP system for seamless data transfer.

Given the user submits a procurement request, When the request is processed, Then the ERP system should reflect the new request status within 5 minutes, ensuring that the data sync is accurate and timely.

A procurement manager approves a purchase order via the Integrated Approval Workflows, and the approval must be mirrored in the existing ERP system.

Given the procurement manager approves a purchase order, When the approval is confirmed in the Integrated Approval Workflows, Then the purchase order should be marked as approved in the ERP system within 3 minutes with all relevant details intact.

A change request to an existing procurement order is made, necessitating updates in both the Integrated Approval Workflows and the ERP system.

Given a change request is submitted for an existing procurement order, When the change is processed, Then the ERP system should update the order details accurately to reflect the change within 5 minutes, ensuring consistency across both platforms.

Users want to check the status of their procurement requests, which should be accessible both in the Integrated Approval Workflows and in the corresponding ERP system.

Given the user requests to view the status of a procurement request, When they check the Integrated Approval Workflows and the ERP system, Then both platforms should display the same current status of the request without discrepancies.

A vendor updates their information in the ERP system, which should then automatically reflect in the Integrated Approval Workflows to maintain up-to-date records.

Given the vendor updates their information in the ERP system, When the update is processed, Then the Integrated Approval Workflows should reflect the updated vendor information within 10 minutes without any manual input needed.

Users need to generate reports on procurement requests for internal audits, requiring data from both the Integrated Approval Workflows and the ERP system.

Given the user selects the report generation option, When they compile the report, Then the report should include accurate procurement request data from both systems, ensuring all records match and display within 1 minute.

An SME undergoes a supplier change process that needs to be reflected in both their Integrated Approval Workflows and their ERP systems.

Given the SME initiates a supplier change process, When the change is finalized, Then both the Integrated Approval Workflows and ERP systems should show the new supplier details accurately within 5 minutes.

Audit Trail Functionality

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want an audit trail of all approval activities so that I can ensure accountability and facilitate audits whenever required.
Description: This requirement outlines the implementation of an audit trail feature within the Integrated Approval Workflows. This feature will record all actions taken during the approval process, including requests made, approvals granted, comments added, and changes to the workflow configuration. The audit trail will provide transparency and accountability for all approval actions, assisting in compliance audits and performance evaluations. This functionality is critical for organizations that must adhere to regulatory requirements and internal policies.
Acceptance Criteria: Audit Trail for Procurement Requests

Given a procurement request is submitted, When the request is approved or rejected, Then the action must be recorded in the audit trail with the timestamp, user ID, and action type.

Audit Trail for Comments on Approval

Given a comment is added to a procurement request, When the comment is submitted, Then the comment must be recorded in the audit trail with the timestamp, user ID, and content of the comment.

Audit Trail for Workflow Configuration Changes

Given a user modifies the workflow configuration, When the user saves the changes, Then the modification must be documented in the audit trail including the previous configuration, new configuration, timestamp, and user ID.

Comprehensive Audit Trail Report Generation

Given a request for audit trail reports, When the report is generated, Then the report must include all documented actions related to procurement requests for the selected time frame, along with user details and timestamps.

Access Control for Audit Trail Data

Given a user requests access to the audit trail data, When the user is authenticated and authorized, Then the system must allow access to the audit trail data only for the user's relevant requests.

Integration with Compliance Audit Tools

Given the audit trail functionality, When integrated with compliance audit tools, Then all required data must be correctly exported and formatted to meet the compliance tool's specifications.

User Notification of Audit Trail Actions

Given any action taken on a procurement request, When the action is recorded in the audit trail, Then the relevant stakeholders must be notified via email with a summary of the action taken.

Mobile Access for Approvals

User Story: As a line manager, I want to approve procurement requests through a mobile app so that I can manage approvals on-the-go and respond quickly to urgent requests.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling mobile access for users to review and approve procurement requests via mobile devices. This functionality will ensure that approvers can access the Integrated Approval Workflows feature anytime, anywhere, enhancing responsiveness and flexibility in the approval process. With mobile access, the approval process becomes more agile, enabling quicker decision-making and improving overall workflow efficiency especially for users who may not be desk-bound.
Acceptance Criteria: Mobile User Approval of Procurement Request

Given a procurement request is pending approval, when the approver accesses the mobile application, then they should see the request details clearly displayed along with the approve and reject options.

Real-Time Notifications for Approvers

Given a request is submitted for approval, when the approver is using the mobile app, then they should receive an instant push notification alerting them of the pending request.

Accessing Approval History via Mobile

Given the approver is logged into the mobile application, when they navigate to the approval history section, then they should see a list of all approved and rejected procurement requests with timestamps.

User Authentication for Mobile Access

Given a user attempts to log into the mobile application, when they enter their credentials, then the system should authenticate them and grant access if the credentials are valid.

Offline Access to Procurement Requests

Given the mobile application is cached, when the approver opens the app without an internet connection, then they should still be able to view previously loaded procurement requests and make approvals that will sync once connectivity is restored.

Integration with Existing Systems for Mobile Approvals

Given the mobile app is in use, when an approver submits their decision on a procurement request, then the system should integrate the decision seamlessly into the existing workflow without errors.

Supplier Performance Dashboard

The Supplier Performance Dashboard consolidates key performance metrics related to supplier interactions, delivery timelines, and compliance rates into a visual interface. This feature enables SMEs to monitor supplier performance over time, facilitating data-informed discussions and strategic decision-making for enhanced collaboration.

Requirements

Supplier Metrics Integration

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to view all key supplier metrics in one dashboard so that I can quickly assess their performance and make informed decisions about supplier relationships.
Description: The Supplier Metrics Integration requirement focuses on integrating various supplier performance metrics into the dashboard, including delivery timelines, quality ratings, and compliance rates. This integration is crucial because it allows users to analyze suppliers' performance holistically, providing a comprehensive view of each supplier's impact on the overall supply chain. The ability to visualize these metrics in one place reduces the time spent manually gathering and analyzing data from multiple sources, improving efficiency and responsiveness to supplier performance issues. Furthermore, this requirement should ensure data accuracy and real-time updates, allowing SMEs to act quickly on performance deficiencies.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Dashboard displays integrated supplier metrics.

Given that the Supplier Performance Dashboard is loaded, When I view the dashboard, Then I should see consolidated metrics for delivery timelines, quality ratings, and compliance rates for all suppliers.

Real-time updates for supplier metrics.

Given that the supplier metrics data is being updated, When new data is received, Then the Supplier Performance Dashboard should refresh to display the latest metrics without manual intervention.

User filters for specific suppliers.

Given that I am on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, When I apply a filter to view a specific supplier, Then the dashboard should update to show only the metrics for the selected supplier.

Historical performance analysis over time.

Given that I am viewing the Supplier Performance Dashboard, When I select a time frame for historical data, Then I should see performance metrics for the selected suppliers over that time period.

Exporting supplier performance data.

Given that I have selected a set of supplier metrics on the dashboard, When I choose the export option, Then I should receive a downloadable file containing the selected metrics in a common format (e.g., CSV or Excel).

User-friendly interface for non-technical users.

Given that I have accessed the Supplier Performance Dashboard, When I navigate through the interface, Then I should be able to understand and utilize its functionalities without technical assistance.

Alerts for performance issues.

Given that the performance metrics indicate an issue, When a supplier's performance falls below the predefined thresholds, Then the system should trigger an alert to notify the user immediately.

Interactive Data Visualization

User Story: As a user, I want to interact with performance data through visualizations so that I can easily identify trends and present findings to my team.
Description: The Interactive Data Visualization requirement aims to enhance the Supplier Performance Dashboard by incorporating dynamic charts and graphs that allow users to interact with the data. Users can filter metrics by time periods, specific suppliers, and various performance indicators. This feature is essential as it empowers users to derive insights from data through visual representation, making it easier to identify trends and anomalies. Enhanced interaction may also include drill-down capabilities, enabling users to explore underlying data. Ultimately, this will improve the users' ability to communicate performance issues and opportunities to stakeholders effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User interacts with the Supplier Performance Dashboard to view supplier delivery performance over the last quarter.

Given that the user selects the 'Last Quarter' filter, when they click on 'Update Chart', then the dashboard displays delivery performance metrics for all suppliers for the past three months in a dynamic graph format.

User drills down into a specific supplier's performance metrics to identify areas of improvement.

Given that the user clicks on a specific supplier in the graph, when they select 'Drill Down', then the system should present a detailed view of the selected supplier's metrics including delivery times, compliance rates, and feedback for the last six months.

User wants to compare the performance of different suppliers against a specific indicator, such as compliance rate.

Given that the user selects multiple suppliers and chooses 'Compliance Rate' as the performance indicator, when they click on 'Compare', then the dashboard should generate a comparative report in graph form showing compliance rates side by side for the selected suppliers.

User accesses the interactive dashboard on a mobile device to monitor supplier performance on the go.

Given that the user opens the Supplier Performance Dashboard on a mobile device, when they navigate to the dashboard, then the interface should be fully responsive, allowing for seamless interaction with all charts and filters available in the desktop version.

User wants to filter the data visualizations by specific performance metrics such as lead time and order accuracy.

Given that the user chooses 'Lead Time' and 'Order Accuracy' from the filter options, when they click 'Apply Filters', then the system should refresh the dashboard to display the updated charts reflecting the selected metrics across all suppliers.

Automated Performance Alerts

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to receive automated alerts about supplier performance issues so that I can address problems proactively and minimize disruption to operations.
Description: The Automated Performance Alerts requirement is designed to notify users of significant changes in supplier performance metrics through a customizable alert system. This feature enables users to set thresholds for key performance indicators, such as delivery delays or compliance failures, and receive real-time notifications when these thresholds are breached. The implementation of alerts will keep users proactive about supplier management, allowing them to address issues before they escalate. This is particularly beneficial for SMEs who may not have dedicated resources to monitor supplier performance constantly. The alerts can be delivered via email or in-app notifications, ensuring critical information is communicated swiftly.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a new performance alert for delivery delays exceeding 3 days for a specific supplier.

Given the user has access to the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when the user sets a threshold for delivery delays and saves the settings, then the system should create an alert that triggers and sends a notification when the supplier's delivery exceeds 3 days.

User receives notifications for compliance failures from a supplier after setting up an alert.

Given the user has configured an alert for compliance failures, when a compliance failure occurs, then an email and in-app notification should be sent to the user within 5 minutes of the event being recorded.

User reviews past alerts generated by the system to evaluate supplier performance over the last quarter.

Given the user is on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when the user navigates to the alerts history section, then they should be able to see a list of all alerts triggered in the past quarter with timestamps and details of each alert.

User customizes alert thresholds for different suppliers based on their specific needs.

Given a user is on the alert settings page, when the user adjusts the threshold levels for multiple suppliers and saves the changes, then the system should reflect the new thresholds accurately for each supplier in the alert management section.

Admin verifies that the alert system is functioning correctly and is capable of handling multiple notifications simultaneously.

Given the admin initiates a simulation of multiple threshold breaches for various suppliers, when the simulation runs, then all corresponding notifications should be received promptly without any delays or losses.

User disables an alert for a supplier no longer required.

Given the user has previously set up an alert for a supplier, when the user navigates to the alert settings and disables the alert, then the system should confirm the alert is no longer active and no further notifications should be sent for that supplier.

User accesses the dashboard on a mobile device to receive performance alerts.

Given the user is logged into the mobile version of the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when a performance alert is triggered, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device in real-time regardless of the device's state (active or idle).

Supplier Comparison Tool

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want to compare supplier performance side-by-side so that I can identify the best suppliers for critical components.
Description: The Supplier Comparison Tool requirement will provide users with the capability to benchmark supplier performance against one another using key metrics. This tool will allow SMEs to make apples-to-apples comparisons between suppliers based on various indicators, such as price, quality, and timeliness. The ability to compare suppliers visually will make it easier for users to make strategic decisions about supplier selection and negotiation. This feature will be integral to optimizing supply chain efficiency, as it promotes competition among suppliers and helps identify the best-performing partners for collaboration. Users will benefit from clear visual displays that represent each supplier's strengths and weaknesses, enhancing decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to compare suppliers based on delivery timelines to determine the most reliable partner for their logistics needs.

Given that the user selects two suppliers with defined delivery timelines, When the user initiates a comparison, Then the system displays a comparative chart showing delivery performance metrics for both suppliers.

A user is reviewing supplier performance metrics to prepare for a negotiation meeting, aiming to select the best supplier based on price and quality.

Given that the user accesses the Supplier Comparison Tool, When the user inputs two suppliers with specified metrics for price and quality, Then the system generates a visual representation of both suppliers' metrics side by side.

After gathering supplier data for the quarter, the user wants to assess overall supplier compliance rates to improve procurement strategies.

Given that the user queries the compliance rate of multiple suppliers over the last quarter, When the user selects the compliance metric, Then the system provides a report detailing compliance rates for each supplier in a graphical format.

A user is training a new team member to use the Supplier Comparison Tool to improve decision-making in supplier selection.

Given that the user accesses the training module for the Supplier Comparison Tool, When the new team member follows the guided tutorial, Then the system confirms successful completion of the training and provides a summary of key functionalities.

The user needs to analyze supplier performance trends over the past year to support long-term procurement strategy planning.

Given that the user selects the timeline filter to view metrics from the last year, When the user generates the report, Then the system displays historical performance trends of selected suppliers, highlighting any improvements or declines.

A user wants to quickly identify the best-performing suppliers for a specific material type based on quality scores.

Given that the user filters suppliers by material type and sorts results by quality score, When the user submits the filter, Then the system ranks the suppliers and highlights the top three based on their quality metrics.

Customizable Reporting Module

User Story: As a financial analyst, I want to create custom reports on supplier performance metrics so that I can analyze trends relevant to my department’s goals.
Description: The Customizable Reporting Module requirement focuses on providing users with the ability to create and customize reports based on supplier performance data. Users should be able to choose which metrics to include, the time frame, and the format of the report. This flexibility is vital for enabling SMEs to generate insights tailored to their specific needs, facilitating better strategic planning and discussion at management levels. The reports generated can be exported in various formats such as PDF, Excel, or CSV, allowing users to share findings with stakeholders seamlessly. This feature is crucial for enhancing the usability and value of the dashboard as a reporting tool across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Performance Data Report Generation

Given a user is on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, when they select the Customizable Reporting Module and choose their desired metrics, time frame, and format, then the system generates a report reflecting their chosen specifications in under 30 seconds.

Exporting Reports in Multiple Formats

Given a user has generated a report within the Customizable Reporting Module, when they select the export option, then the report can be successfully exported in at least three formats (PDF, Excel, CSV) without any data loss or corruption.

User-Friendly Interface for Customization

Given a non-technical user is utilizing the Customizable Reporting Module, when they attempt to customize their report by selecting metrics and formatting options, then the user is able to complete the task without external guidance or support, demonstrating an intuitive interface

Performance Compliance Metrics Inclusion

Given a user is creating a customizable report focused on supplier performance, when they select the compliance metrics, then the generated report must include at least three key compliance indicators relevant to supplier interactions.

Time Frame Selection for Reporting

Given a user is on the Customizable Reporting Module, when they are prompted to choose the time frame for their report, then they must have at least five options ranging from daily to yearly time intervals to select from without any errors.

Data Accuracy in Generated Reports

Given a user has generated a report, when they cross-check the report figures with the Supplier Performance Dashboard data, then all metrics in the generated report must match the data displayed on the dashboard to ensure accuracy.

User Review of Generated Reports

Given a user has completed report generation, when they review the report in the Customizable Reporting Module, then they must be able to provide feedback through a rating mechanism that allows them to express their satisfaction with the report's relevance and usefulness.

User Access Controls

User Story: As a system administrator, I want to control user access to the supplier dashboard so that I can ensure data security and compliance with company policies.
Description: The User Access Controls requirement focuses on implementing customizable permissions for different user roles within the Supplier Performance Dashboard. This feature ensures that sensitive supplier data is only accessible to authorized users based on their roles within the organization. Furthermore, it allows for enhanced collaboration among teams while safeguarding critical information. The implementation of this requirement will enhance security and compliance with data privacy regulations, as well as help in tracking changes made by users, ensuring accountability. This is vital in fostering trust and transparency among stakeholders about supplier performance data management.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Permissions Management

Given a user role defined as 'Manager', when accessing the Supplier Performance Dashboard, then the user should be able to view all supplier performance metrics and compliance data without restriction.

Restricted Data Access for Non-Authorized Users

Given a user role defined as 'Viewer', when accessing the Supplier Performance Dashboard, then the user should only see a restricted set of data and receive an alert when attempting to access restricted metrics.

Audit Trail for User Actions

Given a logged-in user, when any changes are made to supplier data on the Supplier Performance Dashboard, then a detailed log entry should be created that includes the user ID, time of action, and description of the change.

Role Customization Options

Given an administrator user accessing user settings, when customizing roles, then the administrator should be able to add, remove, or modify permissions for any user role without errors.

Compliance with Data Privacy Regulations

Given the implementation of user access controls, when user roles are reviewed, then all user roles and their permissions should comply with data privacy regulations such as GDPR or CCPA.

Multi-Factor Authentication for Sensitive Access

Given a user attempting to access sensitive supplier data, when the user tries to log in, then they should be prompted to complete multi-factor authentication before gaining access to the data.

User Onboarding Process for Role Assignments

Given a new user, when they are added to the system, then they should receive an onboarding email outlining their role permissions and access rights within the Supplier Performance Dashboard.

Real-Time Notifications

Real-Time Notifications keep users informed about important updates, task changes, and document revisions within the Supplier Collaboration Portal. This feature ensures that all parties are on the same page by providing immediate alerts and reminders, empowering users to act swiftly and avoid misalignments.

Requirements

Instant Alerts for Task Changes

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to receive instant alerts for task changes so that I can promptly update my team and avoid any misalignments on project deadlines.
Description: This requirement entails the deployment of a notification system that provides instant alerts to users whenever there are task changes, updates, or new documents uploaded within the Supplier Collaboration Portal. Users should receive notifications via both email and in-app alerts, ensuring they can quickly respond to any developments. This capability reduces the potential for miscommunication and keeps all stakeholders aligned on the project's progression, thus enhancing collaboration and operational efficiency throughout the supply chain.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an instant email notification when a task assigned to them is updated in the Supplier Collaboration Portal.

Given a user is logged into the Supplier Collaboration Portal, When a task assigned to them is updated, Then the user receives an email notification within 5 minutes of the update.

Users get in-app notifications whenever new documents are uploaded to the Supplier Collaboration Portal.

Given a user has access to the Supplier Collaboration Portal, When a new document is uploaded, Then the user receives an in-app notification within 2 minutes of the upload.

An admin modifies a deadline on a task, and all assigned users receive notifications about this change.

Given an admin modifies the deadline of a task in the Supplier Collaboration Portal, When the modification is saved, Then all assigned users receive both email and in-app notifications about the change within 3 minutes.

A user can customize their notification preferences within the Supplier Collaboration Portal.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When they select their preferences for email or in-app notifications, Then their settings are saved, and notifications are sent as per the selected preferences for future updates.

The system logs all notification activities for auditing purposes.

Given a user receives a notification, When the notification is sent, Then it is logged in the system's notification history with a timestamp and user details.

Users can view a summary of all notifications received within a specific time frame in the Supplier Collaboration Portal.

Given a user accesses the notification summary section, When they select a time frame (e.g., last 7 days), Then the portal displays all notifications received in that time frame, including task changes and document uploads.

Notifications are not sent for tasks that the user has marked as completed.

Given a user has marked a task as completed in the Supplier Collaboration Portal, When a change occurs to the completed task, Then no notifications are sent to the user regarding that task.

Document Revision Tracking

User Story: As a user of the Supplier Collaboration Portal, I want to track document revisions so that I can understand the history of changes and ensure I am using the latest document version.
Description: The feature involves creating a tracking mechanism for document revisions within the Supplier Collaboration Portal. Each time a document is updated, a revision history will be displayed alongside the document, detailing who made the changes and when. This requirement enhances accountability and allows users to revert to previous versions if necessary, ensuring all parties are aware of modifications and maintaining the integrity of project documents.
Acceptance Criteria: Document Revision Display in User Interface

Given a user accesses a document in the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when a document has been revised, then the user should see the revision history displayed next to the document, including details on who made the changes and the timestamp of the modifications.

Version Reversion Functionality

Given a user is viewing the revision history of a document, when they select a previous version of the document, then the system should allow the user to restore that previous version successfully and display a confirmation message.

Notification of Document Updates

Given a user subscribes to document updates in the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when a document is revised, then the user should receive an immediate notification via email or within the portal alerting them of the changes made.

Audit Trail of Document Changes

Given a document has multiple revisions, when a user requests the revision history, then the system should present an audit trail that logs each change, including user identities and timestamps for all modifications.

User Permissions for Document Revisions

Given a user has specific permissions set within the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they attempt to view or revert document revisions, then the system should enforce the permissions constraints, allowing only authorized users to make such changes.

Document Revision History Limitations

Given a document has a high frequency of revisions, when the user views the revision history, then the system should only display the last 10 revisions to maintain usability and performance, with an option to access an exhaustive history archive if necessary.

Mobile Accessibility of Revision History

Given a user is accessing the Supplier Collaboration Portal on a mobile device, when they view a document with revisions, then the revision history should be fully accessible and formatted appropriately for mobile screens.

User Preferences for Notifications

User Story: As a project lead, I want to customize my notification preferences so that I receive only the alerts that are crucial to my role, allowing me to manage my time effectively.
Description: This requirement focuses on the development of customizable notification settings for users to manage their alert preferences. Users should have the ability to select the types of notifications they wish to receive (e.g., task updates, document changes) and the method of delivery (e.g., email, SMS, or in-app). This personalization enhances user satisfaction and ensures that users are only alerted about significant changes relevant to them, improving the overall user experience within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of Notification Preferences

Given a user is logged into the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they navigate to the notification settings page, then they should see options to select different types of notifications and delivery methods.

Successful Notification Delivery

Given a user has set their notification preferences, when a relevant event occurs (such as a task update), then the user should receive a notification via their selected method (email, SMS, or in-app) within 5 minutes of the event.

User Saves Notification Preferences

Given a user has selected their desired notification types and delivery methods, when they click 'Save Preferences', then their choices should be saved and reflected in their notification settings immediately.

User Receives Alerts for Important Changes

Given a user has opted in for critical alerts, when a document is revised or a high-priority task is updated, then the user should receive an immediate notification regardless of their other preferences.

User Sees Confirmation of Preference Updates

Given a user has updated their notification preferences, when they submit the changes, then they should see a confirmation message indicating that their preferences have been successfully updated.

User Can Reset Notification Preferences to Default

Given a user is on their notification settings page, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all their notification preferences should revert to the initial default settings successfully.

System Handles Notification Errors Gracefully

Given a user has set their notification preferences, when there is an error in delivering a notification, then the system should log the error and provide the user with an alert indicating the issue without disrupting their current tasks.

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want access to a real-time analytics dashboard so that I can monitor our supply chain performance and make data-driven decisions on the fly.
Description: This requirement involves the integration of a real-time analytics dashboard that displays key performance indicators and metrics related to supply chain operations. Users will have access to live data visualizations that present insights on tasks, documents, and user collaboration. This feature will empower users to make informed decisions quickly, identify trends over time, and enhance their ability to manage operational disruptions proactively.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time data visualization for supply chain performance monitoring.

Given the user is logged into the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they access the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, then they should see live data visualizations of key performance indicators related to supply chain operations, including inventory levels, delivery statuses, and order processing times.

User engagement with notifications regarding operational changes.

Given a task is updated or a document is revised in the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when the change occurs, then an immediate notification should be sent to all relevant users to inform them about the update.

Trend identification through historical data analysis.

Given the user views the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, when they select the historical data analysis feature, then they should be able to visualize trends over a specified period concerning inventory turnover and shipping delays.

Customization of metrics displayed in the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, when they select metrics to display, then they should have the ability to customize the view to show their preferred key performance indicators.

Access to the dashboard from different devices.

Given the user accesses the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard from a mobile device or tablet, when they log into the portal, then the dashboard should display correctly and be fully functional, allowing interaction with the metrics.

User training for the analytics dashboard functionality.

Given a new user has been introduced to the Supplier Collaboration Portal, when they complete the training module for the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to demonstrate the ability to navigate the dashboard and interpret key metrics successfully.

Integration of machine learning predictions into the dashboard.

Given the user accesses the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, when machine learning predictions regarding potential disruptions are available, then these predictions should be visibly integrated into the dashboard alongside the current metrics.

Mobile Notifications Support

User Story: As a field operative, I want to receive mobile notifications about task changes so that I can stay updated while I am on the go and respond immediately to any changes.
Description: This requirement entails enabling mobile support for notifications, allowing users to receive alerts on their smartphones through a dedicated mobile app or push notifications. Mobile compatibility ensures that users are always connected and informed, regardless of their location, thus allowing for quick responses to task updates or document changes. This extension of the notification feature significantly enhances user engagement and reaction time in urgent situations.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a mobile notification when a document is revised in the Supplier Collaboration Portal while on-the-go.

Given the user has the mobile app installed and notifications enabled, When a document is revised, Then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device immediately.

User receives a reminder notification for pending tasks due soon on their mobile device.

Given the user is logged into the mobile app, When a task's due date is within 24 hours, Then the user should receive a reminder notification 1 hour before the task is due.

Admin user manages notification settings from the mobile app to customize alerts.

Given the admin user is in the mobile app, When they navigate to notification settings, Then they should be able to toggle types of notifications (task updates, document revisions) on or off and save the preferences successfully.

User receives a notification in case of urgent supply chain disruptions reported through the platform.

Given that an urgent supply chain disruption is reported, When the user is logged into the mobile app, Then they should receive an immediate notification about the disruption regardless of active tasks.

User checks the history of notifications received through the mobile app.

Given the user is in the mobile app, When they access the notifications history section, Then they should be able to view a complete log of all notifications received in the last 7 days.

Users can see a badge count of unread notifications on the mobile app icon.

Given notifications are received, When the user has unread notifications, Then the mobile app icon should display the number of unread notifications as a badge count.

User can turn off mobile notifications from the mobile app settings.

Given the user is in the mobile app settings, When they choose to disable notifications, Then they should no longer receive any notifications on their mobile device until they re-enable them.

Demand Trend Visualizer

The Demand Trend Visualizer presents users with intuitive graphs and charts that illustrate historical purchasing patterns and emerging trends. This feature allows SME Owners and CXOs to quickly identify shifts in customer demand, enabling them to adjust inventory and marketing strategies proactively, ultimately enhancing customer satisfaction and ensuring product availability.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As an SME Owner, I want real-time access to data from multiple sources so that I can accurately assess demand trends and make timely inventory decisions.
Description: The Real-time Data Integration requirement involves the ability to seamlessly integrate data from various sources into the Demand Trend Visualizer. This includes syncing sales data, inventory levels, and customer behavior analytics in real-time. This functionality will empower users to visualize demand trends without delays, ensuring decisions are based on the most current information. By maintaining a continuous flow of data, businesses can react swiftly to changes in demand, reducing stockouts or excess inventory while optimizing cash flow and operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Integration of Sales Data

Given that the sales data source is connected, When a new sale occurs, Then the Demand Trend Visualizer should reflect the updated sales data within 5 seconds.

Syncing Inventory Levels

Given that the inventory management system is integrated, When inventory levels change, Then the Demand Trend Visualizer should reflect these changes immediately.

Customer Behavior Analytics Integration

Given that customer behavior data is available, When customer engagement metrics update, Then the Demand Trend Visualizer should display these metrics in real-time graphs without delays.

Multi-source Data Integration

Given that multiple data sources are integrated, When data is received from any source, Then the Demand Trend Visualizer should simultaneously update all relevant visualizations without loss of data accuracy.

Error Notification for Data Sync Issues

Given that there is an issue in syncing data, When the data flow is interrupted, Then the system should display an error notification to the user within 1 minute of the interruption.

Automated Trend Reporting

Given that real-time data is integrated, When demand trends shift significantly, Then the system should automatically generate a report highlighting these trends and notify the user via email within 10 minutes.

Customizable Graphs and Charts

User Story: As a CXO, I want to customize how I view demand data so that I can focus on the most relevant trends for my business strategies.
Description: The Customizable Graphs and Charts requirement allows users to adapt the visual representation of demand data based on their preferences. Users can select different types of charts (line, bar, pie, etc.), adjust time frames, and filter data categories. This personalization will help users focus on the metrics that matter most to them and enhance the interpretability of demand trends. Providing flexibility in visualization will foster better insights and facilitate more informed decision-making processes.
Acceptance Criteria: As an SME owner, I want to customize the demand trend visualizer to display a bar chart for the last 12 months of sales data, with specific categories for each product line.

Given I am on the Demand Trend Visualizer page, When I select 'Bar Chart' from the chart type options, set the time frame to 'Last 12 Months', and filter by 'Product Line', Then the visual representation should update to show a bar chart reflecting the selected data accurately.

As a CXO, I need to switch between different types of charts quickly while analyzing demand trends during a quarterly review meeting.

Given I have loaded the demand trends data, When I click on the dropdown menu to choose the chart type and switch from 'Line Chart' to 'Pie Chart', Then the visual should change immediately without any loading delays and accurately reflect the same data set.

As an end-user, I want to ensure that the customization options for the graphs, such as selecting different time frames, are easy to use on a mobile device.

Given I am using the mobile version of IntelliSupply, When I access the Demand Trend Visualizer feature, Then I should be able to select a time frame from a simplified menu, and the graph should update accordingly without overlap or misalignment of elements.

As an SME manager, I want to be able to save my customized graph settings for future use so that I don't have to reconfigure them every time I analyze data.

Given I have customized the demand trend visualizer with specific chart types and filters, When I click the 'Save Settings' button, Then my settings should be stored, and I should see a confirmation message indicating successful saving of my preferences for future sessions.

As a system administrator, I want to ensure that all users have access to at least five different types of charts to enhance their data interpretation options.

Given the requirement for the Demand Trend Visualizer, When I review the available chart types in the customization menu, Then I should see at least five distinct chart types (line, bar, pie, area, scatter) available for user selection.

Automated Trend Alerts

User Story: As a User, I want to receive alerts when there are significant changes in demand trends so that I can promptly adjust my business strategies and inventory levels.
Description: The Automated Trend Alerts feature entails a system that monitors purchasing patterns and notifies users of significant changes or emerging trends that require attention. Users can set thresholds based on their criteria (e.g., a 20% increase in demand for a specific product) and receive alerts via email or through the platform. This proactive approach enables businesses to swiftly adapt inventory and marketing strategies in response to market fluctuations, thereby enhancing customer satisfaction and optimizing stock levels.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated alerts for sudden spikes in product demand.

Given a product's purchasing pattern has increased by 20% or more over the past week, when the threshold is met, then the system should trigger an automated alert to the user via email and in-app notification.

Customized threshold settings for different products.

Given a user has access to the Automated Trend Alerts feature, when they set a threshold for a specific product, then the system should save the custom setting and accurately monitor the product based on the defined criteria.

User receives alerts for new trends in customer purchasing behavior.

Given a product has shown an upward trend in demand based on historical data, when this trend is recognized by the system, then the user should receive an alert notifying them of the trend change within 24 hours.

Integration of alerts with user’s calendar for follow-up actions.

Given the user receives an automated alert, when they click on the alert notification, then the system should offer to add this alert as an event in the user's calendar for follow-up review.

User interface for managing alert settings.

Given a user accesses the settings section of Automated Trend Alerts, when they select the option to change settings, then they should be able to modify alert thresholds and notification preferences with an intuitive UI.

Historical analysis of missed alerts.

Given the system has been monitoring purchasing patterns, when the user requests a report for the last month, then the system should provide data on any missed alerts due to threshold settings not being met, including percentage of missed alerts.

Historical Data Analysis

User Story: As an SME Owner, I want to analyze historical data on purchasing patterns so that I can better anticipate future demand and improve my inventory management practices.
Description: The Historical Data Analysis requirement enables users to access and analyze historical purchasing patterns over various time frames. Users can view trends from weeks, months, or years past to understand long-term shifts in customer behavior. This capability will provide insights into seasonal trends, product demand cycles, and other critical aspects of supply chain management, allowing users to make informed predictions and strategic decisions based on past performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Historical Data Analysis feature to examine purchasing patterns over the last six months and identify any seasonal trends.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply platform, when they navigate to the Historical Data Analysis section and select a six-month timeframe, then they should be presented with a comprehensive graph showing the monthly purchasing patterns, including relevant seasonal peaks and troughs.

A user wants to generate a report on historical purchasing patterns for the past year to prepare for inventory planning.

Given a user has selected the historical data analysis for a one-year time frame, when they request a downloadable report, then the system should provide a CSV or PDF file summarizing the purchasing data, formatted clearly and containing all relevant statistics.

An SME owner wishes to compare purchasing trends from the last year with the trends from two years ago to evaluate changes in customer behavior.

Given the user is in the Historical Data Analysis section, when they select two different time frames (last year and two years ago), then they should see a side-by-side comparison chart illustrating the differences in purchasing patterns, along with highlighted trends and insights.

A user is preparing a presentation on purchasing trends for stakeholders and needs visual aids from the Historical Data Analysis feature.

Given the user has accessed the Historical Data Analysis feature, when they choose any time frame and apply filters for specific products, then they should have the option to export both graphs and tables as image files or embed codes for presentations.

A CXO wants to quickly view the top five products with the highest demand over the last quarter.

Given the user is using the Historical Data Analysis tool, when they filter to show data for the last quarter, then the system should display a list of the top five products ranked by sales volume along with their respective sales figures.

After analyzing historical data, a user wants to receive notifications of significant demand changes based on past patterns.

Given the user has completed analysis of historical data, when they set up alerts for drastic increases or decreases in product demand, then they should receive timely email notifications alerting them of these trends as they occur.

The user wishes to save and revisit their previous analysis settings for future use.

Given the user has tailored their Historical Data Analysis filters and display options, when they select the 'Save Settings' option, then they should be able to retrieve these settings later from a 'Saved Analyses' section without needing to reconfigure their preferences.

User-friendly Dashboard

User Story: As a User, I want a simple and intuitive dashboard so that I can easily navigate the platform and access demand trend insights without technical difficulties.
Description: The User-friendly Dashboard requirement involves creating an intuitive interface where users can access the Demand Trend Visualizer and its functionalities easily. This dashboard should be designed for ease of navigation, allowing users to locate the features and insights they need quickly. By prioritizing user experience, this requirement will ensure that even non-technical users can benefit from the visualization tools available, ultimately increasing platform adoption and operational efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the User-friendly Dashboard for the first time to view the Demand Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is logged into the platform, When the user navigates to the dashboard, Then the Demand Trend Visualizer should be prominently displayed and accessible within 2 clicks from the home page.

User interacts with the Demand Trend Visualizer to view historical purchasing patterns.

Given the user has navigated to the Demand Trend Visualizer, When they select a date range from the options available, Then the visual representation of historical purchasing patterns should update within 3 seconds to reflect the selected range.

User needs help understanding the features of the Demand Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is on the User-friendly Dashboard, When they hover over any feature of the Demand Trend Visualizer, Then a tooltip with a brief description of that feature should appear, enhancing user understanding.

User wants to customize the display settings of the Demand Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is on the Demand Trend Visualizer, When they utilize the customization options to change the graph type or colors, Then the visual should update in real-time to reflect these customizations without needing to refresh the page.

User desires to download the data from the Demand Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is viewing the Demand Trend Visualizer, When they click the 'Download' button, Then a CSV file containing the displayed data should be generated and downloaded to the user's device within 5 seconds.

User wishes to switch between different views (monthly, quarterly, annually) in the Demand Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is interacting with the Demand Trend Visualizer, When they select a different view option from the dropdown menu, Then the display should change accordingly within 2 seconds to reflect the new time frame.

User adjusts the dashboard layout to prioritize the Demand Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is on the User-friendly Dashboard, When they drag and drop the Demand Trend Visualizer to a preferred position, Then the layout should be saved, and the visualizer should maintain the same position upon the next login.

Mobile Compatibility

User Story: As an SME Owner, I want to access demand insights on my mobile device so that I can make informed decisions even when I am away from my desk.
Description: The Mobile Compatibility requirement ensures that the Demand Trend Visualizer is accessible on mobile devices, providing users with the flexibility to analyze demand trends on-the-go. This functionality is critical for busy SME Owners and CXOs who need access to real-time data and insights from anywhere. By optimizing the platform for mobile use, we can enhance the user experience and enable users to make decisions swiftly, regardless of their location.
Acceptance Criteria: Mobile User Accessibility for Demand Trend Visualizer

Given that the user accesses the Demand Trend Visualizer on a mobile device, When they open the application, Then the user should see a fully responsive layout that fits the mobile screen without horizontal scrolling.

Real-Time Data Loading on Mobile Devices

Given that the user is on a mobile device accessing the Demand Trend Visualizer, When they request to view demand trends, Then the data should load within 3 seconds to ensure real-time analysis.

Interactive Graphs and Charts on Mobile

Given that the user views demand trends on a mobile device, When they tap on a graph or chart, Then they should be able to see detailed information about the trends in a pop-up or a new screen without any navigation issues.

Device Compatibility for Different Mobile Operating Systems

Given that the user accesses the Demand Trend Visualizer on a mobile device, When the application is opened, Then it should support both iOS and Android operating systems with consistent functionality and design.

Offline Functionality for Mobile Users

Given that the user is using the Demand Trend Visualizer on a mobile device, When they lose internet connectivity, Then they should still be able to view previously loaded data without any errors.

User Authentication on Mobile Devices

Given that the user attempts to log in to the Demand Trend Visualizer on a mobile device, When they enter valid login credentials, Then they should be successfully authenticated and redirected to the dashboard within 5 seconds.

Customer Sentiment Tracker

The Customer Sentiment Tracker gathers data from social media, surveys, and customer reviews to analyze public sentiment towards products and brand perception. This insight helps SMEs understand customer opinions and preferences, allowing them to make data-driven decisions that align supply chain operations with customer expectations and improve overall satisfaction.

Requirements

Sentiment Analysis Algorithm

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to understand customer sentiment about our products so that I can adjust our inventory and supply chain operations to better meet customer demands and expectations.
Description: The Sentiment Analysis Algorithm is a core component of the Customer Sentiment Tracker that utilizes natural language processing (NLP) techniques to analyze text data from social media posts, customer reviews, and survey responses. It categorizes sentiment into positive, negative, or neutral, providing businesses with clear insights into public perception of their products and brand. This algorithm will continuously learn from new data to improve accuracy over time, ultimately enabling SMEs to respond rapidly to customer feedback and align their supply chain strategies accordingly.
Acceptance Criteria: Sentiment Categorization of Social Media Posts

Given a set of social media posts, when the Sentiment Analysis Algorithm processes these posts, then it categorizes at least 90% of the sentiments accurately into positive, negative, or neutral classifications based on a validated benchmark.

Real-Time Sentiment Updates

Given ongoing data input from social media and reviews, when new data is collected, then the Sentiment Analysis Algorithm updates the sentiment classification in real time and reflects it on the dashboard without any significant delays.

Trend Prediction from Sentiment Data

Given historical sentiment data, when the algorithm is run, then it predicts at least 80% of upcoming trends in customer sentiment with an accuracy of at least 85% within two weeks.

User Accessibility for Non-Technical Users

Given a non-technical user accessing the platform, when they use the sentiment tracker, then they should be able to interpret the sentiment results and reports without requiring technical assistance, indicated by user feedback ratings of 8 or above on a scale of 1 to 10.

Feedback Loop for Continuous Learning

Given new customer feedback data, when this data is introduced to the system, then the Sentiment Analysis Algorithm shall incorporate the data and improve its accuracy by at least 5% in the next evaluation phase.

Reporting of Sentiment Analysis Results

Given the completion of sentiment analysis, when the user requests a report, then the system produces a report that includes an overview of sentiment distribution, key trends, and actionable insights in a user-friendly format within 5 minutes.

Real-time Dashboard Integration

User Story: As a business owner, I want to see sentiment analysis results in our system’s dashboard so that I can quickly assess how customer opinions are affecting our product performance and supply chain decisions.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for a real-time dashboard integration that displays customer sentiment data seamlessly within the IntelliSupply platform. The dashboard will showcase key metrics such as sentiment scores, trends over time, and geographical distribution of sentiment. By incorporating interactive visualizations, users can easily interpret sentiment analysis results and make data-driven decisions. This integration will enhance the overall user experience by providing an intuitive view of customer feedback alongside supply chain metrics, driving strategic adjustments where needed.
Acceptance Criteria: Dashboard displays real-time sentiment scores from various sources on customer feedback for a specific product after a marketing campaign has been launched.

Given that the dashboard is opened, when a marketing campaign for a product is launched, then the sentiment score for that product should update in real-time reflecting current customer opinions.

Users can filter sentiment trends by date range on the dashboard to assess how customer perception changes over time.

Given that a user selects a date range, when the filter is applied, then the sentiment trends displayed on the dashboard should update to reflect only the selected date range.

The dashboard shows geographical sentiment distribution, allowing users to identify regional differences in customer opinions.

Given that the dashboard contains geographical data, when the sentiment distribution feature is activated, then the dashboard should visually represent customer sentiment across different regions with clear metrics.

Interactive visualizations on the dashboard allow users to drill down into sentiment analysis for deeper insights.

Given that the sentiment data is visualized, when a user clicks on a specific metric or trend, then the dashboard should provide detailed insights related to that selection, such as associated comments and reviews.

Users receive notifications about significant shifts in customer sentiment that require immediate attention.

Given that the customer sentiment reaches a predefined threshold, when a significant change occurs, then the system should trigger a real-time notification to users via the dashboard alerts or email.

The dashboard integrates seamlessly with existing supply chain metrics, providing a holistic view of business performance.

Given that both supply chain metrics and customer sentiment data are available, when a user accesses the dashboard, then both sets of data should be displayed concurrently and coherently without performance lag.

Data from customer surveys and social media should be aggregated and updated accurately on the dashboard.

Given that data sources include surveys and social media platforms, when the sentiment data is processed, then the dashboard should reflect accurate and cumulative sentiment data from all sources at specified intervals.

Automated Reporting System

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want to receive automated reports on customer sentiment so that I can stay informed about market trends and adjust our marketing strategies accordingly.
Description: The Automated Reporting System will generate periodic reports based on customer sentiment analysis, aggregating key insights and actionable recommendations for the user. This feature will allow businesses to receive personalized reports delivered directly to their emails or available for download, showcasing trends, fluctuations in sentiment, and suggestions for improvement. It aims to save time for users while ensuring that they have access to comprehensive insights that can inform their supply chain and marketing strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User requests a report on customer sentiment trends for the month, and the system generates a detailed report within the specified timeframe.

Given that the user selects the reporting frequency as monthly, When the report generation is requested, Then the system generates a report containing sentiment trends for the past month and sends it to the user’s email within 24 hours.

A user wants to download the automated report which includes customer sentiment analytics and recommendations for actions to improve product perception.

Given that the user accesses the reporting dashboard, When the user clicks on the download button for the automated report, Then the system successfully downloads a PDF report that includes analytics and actionable recommendations without errors.

The system needs to ensure that reports accurately reflect the latest customer sentiment data aggregated from various sources such as social media and surveys.

Given that new customer sentiment data is available, When the report is generated, Then the report must reflect sentiment data from all integrated sources and contain no discrepancies.

A user requires a summary of sentiment trends over time, comparing previous reports to identify improvements or declines in customer perception.

Given that there are multiple historical sentiment reports, When the user requests a comparative analysis, Then the system generates a visual comparison chart along with relevant insights highlighting changes in sentiment over the selected timeframe.

The platform needs to allow users to customize their reports based on specific products or campaigns they are interested in analyzing for sentiment.

Given that the user wants to focus on specific products, When the user selects the relevant products in the report filter options, Then the generated report must only include sentiment data and insights related to the selected products or campaigns.

A user will utilize the recommendations provided in the automated report to make informed decisions regarding product adjustments.

Given that the report contains actionable recommendations, When the user implements one of the suggested actions, Then there should be a clear improvement in customer sentiment metrics tracked in the subsequent report.

Competitive Sentiment Comparison

User Story: As a competitive analyst, I want to compare customer sentiment data between our brand and our competitors so that I can identify advantages and weaknesses in our market strategy.
Description: The Competitive Sentiment Comparison feature will gather and analyze sentiment data not just for the user's products but also for competitors in the market. By providing comparative insights, businesses can understand their market position relative to competitors and identify areas for improvement. This will aid SMEs in refining their product offerings, marketing tactics, and customer engagement strategies based on a broader context of industry sentiment trends.
Acceptance Criteria: Competitive Analysis Dashboard Display

Given a user accesses the Competitive Sentiment Comparison feature, when the sentiment data is gathered from at least three competitors, then the dashboard displays a comparative sentiment score along with visual graphs displaying trends over the last three months for each competitor.

Sentiment Data Accuracy

Given that the Competitive Sentiment Comparison feature is operational, when sentiment data is sourced from social media, surveys, and reviews, then at least 90% of the data must be accurate and reflect the actual public sentiment towards both the user's products and the competitors' products.

User Notification of Important Trends

Given the Competitive Sentiment Comparison is implemented, when there is a significant shift in sentiment (greater than 15% change) for either the user's product or a competitor's product, then the user receives an automated notification highlighting the change and its potential implications.

User Ability to Filter Competitor Comparison

Given the Competitive Sentiment Comparison feature includes multiple competitors, when the user selects specific competitors from a dropdown menu, then the comparative insights must update to reflect only the selected competitors for clarity and focused analysis.

Historical Trend Analysis

Given that the Competitive Sentiment Comparison feature has been in use for more than three months, when the user accesses the historical data section, then the system must present sentiment trends over time, showing changes in public opinion for each competitor and the user's products in a clear format.

Actionable Insights Generation

Given the Competitive Sentiment Comparison feature is fully functional, when sentiment data is analyzed, then the system generates at least two actionable recommendations for the user based on the comparative sentiment analysis, aimed at improving their market position.

User Feedback Loop

User Story: As a product user, I want to give feedback on the sentiment analysis results so that I can help improve the accuracy of the system over time.
Description: The User Feedback Loop feature will allow users to provide feedback on the sentiment analysis results they receive, enhancing the system's learning process. By collecting user insights on the accuracy of sentiment categorizations and suggestions for improvements, the system can adjust its algorithms accordingly, leading to more precise sentiment analysis over time. This process will foster user engagement and trust in the analytics provided while ensuring continuous improvement of the feature.
Acceptance Criteria: User Feedback on Sentiment Accuracy Submission

Given a user receives sentiment analysis results, when they provide feedback on the accuracy of the categorization and submit it through the feedback interface, then the system acknowledges receipt and stores the feedback for future analysis.

User Feedback Review Interface

Given a user accesses the feedback interface, when they view their submitted feedback, then they should be able to see confirmation of their submission along with any suggested improvements they provided listed clearly.

Algorithm Adjustment from User Feedback

Given that the system has collected a sufficient amount of user feedback on sentiment accuracy, when the feedback is analyzed, then the system should adjust its sentiment categorization algorithms to reflect the majority user feedback trends for improved accuracy.

Notification of Changes Based on Feedback

Given the user has provided feedback on sentiment analysis, when the sentiment analysis algorithm is updated based on aggregated user feedback, then the user should receive a notification detailing the changes made and how it affects the analysis.

Feedback Success Rate

Given multiple users have provided feedback on sentiment analysis, when the feedback indicates a 75% or higher satisfaction rate with the sentiment categorizations, then the system shall report this metric to relevant stakeholders to show system efficacy.

User Engagement Metrics with Feedback Loop

Given the User Feedback Loop is implemented, when the number of feedback submissions is tracked, then there should be a measurable increase in user engagement metrics (e.g., daily active users, session length, etc.) within three months of launch.

Mobile Access for Sentiment Insights

User Story: As a business owner, I want to access customer sentiment data on my mobile device so that I can make informed decisions while away from my desk.
Description: Develop a mobile-friendly version of the Customer Sentiment Tracker that allows users to access sentiment data on-the-go. This will ensure that SMEs can monitor customer sentiment from their mobile devices, providing flexibility and timely access to information that can influence immediate business decisions. This requirement emphasizes the need for a responsive design that maintains functionality without compromising the user experience, regardless of device type.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Customer Sentiment Tracker on a smartphone during a business meeting to review current customer feedback and trends.

Given the user has an active internet connection, when they navigate to the Customer Sentiment Tracker on their mobile device, then the dashboard should load within 3 seconds and display the latest sentiment data accurately.

A user tries to filter customer sentiment data based on date range while using their tablet.

Given the user selects a date range filter, when they apply the filter on the mobile version, then the data displayed should reflect the chosen date range and update without error in under 5 seconds.

User receives push notifications on their mobile device when there is a significant change in customer sentiment that requires immediate attention.

Given the user has opted in for notifications, when there is a notable shift (e.g., a 20% increase in negative sentiment), then the user should receive a push notification within 10 minutes of the sentiment change.

A user reviews historical sentiment data on their mobile device to identify trends over the last month.

Given the user selects the historical data view from the dashboard, when they navigate to the last month, then the data should accurately reflect sentiment scores for each week and be easily readable on the mobile screen.

User encounters an error message while trying to access sentiment insights from their mobile browser.

Given the user uses a mobile browser, when they attempt to access the Customer Sentiment Tracker, then they should receive a user-friendly error message with guidance for troubleshooting.

A user wishes to share a sentiment report via email directly from their mobile device.

Given the user is viewing a sentiment report in the app, when they tap the 'Share' button, then they should be able to enter an email address and send the report without the app crashing or freezing.

Forecast-to-Satisfaction Alignment

The Forecast-to-Satisfaction Alignment feature analyzes forecasting accuracy against actual customer satisfaction scores. By revealing discrepancies between predicted demand and customer experience, this feature empowers CXOs and SME Owners to fine-tune their strategies, ensuring that supply chain performance consistently meets customer needs.

Requirements

Real-time Data Analytics

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to access real-time data analytics so that I can make quick, informed decisions that optimize our inventory and meet customer demand efficiently.
Description: The Real-time Data Analytics requirement focuses on enabling users to access and analyze current supply chain data instantly. This functionality will integrate machine learning algorithms to process large datasets, providing actionable insights that improve inventory management, predict trends, and identify potential disruptions. The primary benefit is that SMEs will gain immediate access to critical metrics, allowing them to make informed decisions swiftly and refine their operations. This implementation will foster a more proactive approach to supply chain management, aligning resources effectively to meet market demands.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the real-time analytics dashboard to assess current inventory levels and trends during peak business hours.

Given the user is logged in, when they select the 'Real-time Analytics' option, then the dashboard should display real-time inventory levels, trends, and any alerts for potential disruptions.

A CXO reviews the analytics report generated after integrating machine learning algorithms to evaluate forecasting accuracy.

Given the user is on the analytics reports page, when they request a report, then the system should generate a report that compares forecasted demand with actual customer satisfaction scores, highlighting discrepancies.

An SME owner utilizes real-time data analytics to make inventory purchasing decisions based on current trends identified in the system.

Given the user is viewing the analytics dashboard, when they select a specific product category, then the dashboard should display actionable insights including predicted demand, inventory turnover rates, and suggested purchase orders.

User requests a dynamic report that includes actionable insights based on real-time data to refine operations.

Given the user is in the report generation section, when they select parameters for the report, then the system should generate a report that includes key performance indicators (KPIs) relevant to the user's selections within 30 seconds.

Warehouse staff monitor alerts for supply chain disruptions generated through real-time data analytics.

Given the user has access to the dashboard, when a disruption is detected by the system, then the user should receive an immediate notification and a detailed report on mitigation options.

The analytics platform predicts trends that affect inventory management at the start of the holiday season.

Given the analytics tool is operational, when the system analyzes historical data and current metrics, then it should produce trend predictions and recommended inventory adjustments by at least one week before the holiday or peak season.

A user conducts a training session on how to interpret real-time data analytics to improve decision-making.

Given the user has completed the training, when they demonstrate using the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to accurately interpret at least 3 different metrics and explain their relevance to supply chain management.

Automated Reporting Tool

User Story: As a business owner, I want an automated reporting tool so that I can receive regular updates on supply chain performance without having to create reports manually, allowing me to focus on strategic decisions.
Description: The Automated Reporting Tool requirement entails creating a feature that generates customized, dynamic reports based on user-defined parameters. This tool will enable users to set specific metrics and timeframes for reporting, which will be generated automatically at scheduled intervals. The benefit of this feature is that it saves time for users by eliminating the need for manual report creation and ensures that stakeholders receive timely insights into supply chain performance. The automation of reporting will enhance transparency and foster data-driven decision-making across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated report generation for end-of-month inventory assessment.

Given a user has defined the parameters for an end-of-month inventory report, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically generate and send the report via email to all specified stakeholders without manual intervention.

Customization of metrics and timeframes for automated reports.

Given a user accesses the Automated Reporting Tool, when they specify specific metrics and a custom timeframe for the report, then the system should allow the user to save these parameters for future automated reports.

Review of generated reports for accuracy and relevancy.

Given that the system has generated an automated report, when a user reviews the report content, then the report should reflect the specified metrics and timeframe accurately, as confirmed by third-party data comparisons.

Change notification for updated report parameters.

Given a user updates the parameters for a previously saved automated report, when the update is saved, then the system should notify the user that the report parameters have been successfully updated and will be applied in the next scheduled report generation.

Integration with existing systems for data sourcing.

Given that the Automated Reporting Tool is linked to external data sources, when a report is generated, then the content should dynamically pull the most recent and relevant data from these external systems ensuring real-time accuracy.

User access management for report generation permissions.

Given that users within the organization have different access levels, when a user attempts to generate a report, then the system should only allow access according to their predefined permissions, restricting access for unauthorized users.

Error handling for report generation failures.

Given a scheduled report fails to generate due to an error, when the error occurs, then the system should log the error details, notify the administrator via email, and provide a fallback option for manual report generation until the issue is resolved.

Predictive Risk Management

User Story: As a CXO, I want a predictive risk management tool so that I can identify potential supply chain disruptions in advance and take actionable measures to mitigate risks.
Description: The Predictive Risk Management requirement involves implementing a feature that utilizes advanced analytics and machine learning to identify potential risks in the supply chain before they materialize. This feature should assess historical data and external factors, such as market trends or geopolitical events, to forecast disruptions. The benefit of this requirement is that it allows businesses to prepare and mitigate risks proactively, thereby maintaining supply chain continuity and customer satisfaction. Implementing this feature will transform risk management from a reactive to a proactive process, creating a more resilient supply chain.
Acceptance Criteria: Risk Identification Through Historical Analytics

Given access to historical supply chain data, When the Predictive Risk Management feature is activated, Then the system should identify at least three potential risks based on past trends with an accuracy of 85%.

External Factors Analysis for Risk Forecasting

Given integration with external data sources for market trends, When the Predictive Risk Management feature analyzes these factors, Then it should highlight at least two external risks affecting the supply chain within the next quarter.

User Notification of Identified Risks

Given identified risks from the Predictive Risk Management feature, When risks are detected, Then the system should send automatic notifications to relevant stakeholders within 5 minutes of detection.

Impact Assessment of Risk Mitigation Actions

Given a set of identified risks, When risk mitigation actions are implemented, Then the system should provide a report showing a reduction in potential impact by at least 70% within one month of actions taken.

User-friendly Dashboard for Risk Insights

Given the dashboard interface of IntelliSupply, When users access the Predictive Risk Management feature, Then they should see a clear visual representation of risks and potential mitigations, with explanations accessible to non-technical users.

Performance Monitoring of Predictive Risk Management

Given ongoing operations of the Predictive Risk Management feature, When the system is assessed after three months, Then it should demonstrate at least a 60% reduction in unplanned disruptions compared to the previous quarter.

Feedback Loop for Continuous Learning

Given user interactions with the Predictive Risk Management system, When feedback is submitted regarding risk predictions, Then the system should use this feedback to enhance its algorithms, with improvements reflected in the next quarterly analysis.

Customer Satisfaction Feedback Loop

User Story: As a customer experience manager, I want to implement a feedback loop to collect customer satisfaction data so that I can align our supply chain operations with actual user experiences and expectations.
Description: The Customer Satisfaction Feedback Loop requirement calls for implementing a system that captures customer feedback directly related to supply chain performance. This system will gather insights from customers post-purchase and analyze their responses in relation to forecasted satisfaction metrics. The benefit of this requirement lies in its ability to create a feedback mechanism that provides direct input to forecasting models, enhancing their accuracy over time. This integration will help SMEs align their supply chain strategies effectively with real customer experiences, ultimately improving satisfaction levels.
Acceptance Criteria: Capturing Customer Feedback after Purchase

Given a customer completes a purchase, when they receive a follow-up email prompting for feedback, then they can easily submit their satisfaction score and comments within the provided link.

Integrating Feedback with Forecast Models

Given that customer satisfaction feedback has been collected, when the data is aggregated and analyzed, then the forecasting model should be updated to reflect the recent customer experiences.

Real-time Access to Customer Feedback Data

Given the feedback loop is operational, when a CXO accesses the dashboard, then they should see real-time analytics of customer satisfaction scores and feedback trends in relation to forecasted demands.

Reporting Discrepancies between Forecasts and Feedback

Given that there is a discrepancy between forecasted satisfaction metrics and actual feedback, when a report is generated, then it should highlight the discrepancies and provide insights on potential causes.

Notifying Stakeholders of Feedback Insights

Given that new customer feedback insights are available, when they are processed, then relevant stakeholders should automatically receive notifications for immediate action.

Visual Representation of Feedback Trends

Given the collected customer feedback data, when viewed on the dashboard, then trends should be visually represented to allow for quick assessments and decision-making processes.

Forecast Adjustment Notifications

User Story: As a logistics manager, I want to receive notifications for forecast adjustments so that I can proactively manage inventory levels and align our logistics with changing demand.
Description: The Forecast Adjustment Notifications requirement entails developing a feature that provides alerts and notifications to relevant stakeholders whenever there are significant changes in demand forecasts. This capability will ensure that supply chain teams are promptly informed of any adjustments, allowing them to make necessary modifications to their operations. The primary benefit of this requirement is to enhance communication and responsiveness within teams, minimizing the likelihood of overstocking or stockouts. By ensuring that all team members are aware of forecast changes, operational efficiency can be significantly improved.
Acceptance Criteria: Alert Notification for Demand Forecast Adjustments

Given a significant change in demand forecasts, when the change occurs, then all relevant stakeholders receive notifications via email and within the platform immediately.

Dashboard Visibility of Forecast Changes

Given that a forecast adjustment notification is triggered, when stakeholders access the IntelliSupply dashboard, then they can view the updated forecast and the previous forecast side by side for comparison.

Response Time Measurement for Notifications

Given that a demand forecast change notification is sent, when measuring the time taken for stakeholders to acknowledge the notification, then the average response time should be less than 15 minutes for 90% of notifications.

Customizable Notification Settings for Stakeholders

Given that stakeholders have different roles, when a significant forecast adjustment occurs, then stakeholders should receive notifications according to their preselected preferences (email, SMS, in-app) without manual intervention.

Historical Analysis of Forecast Notifications

Given several forecast adjustment notifications over time, when stakeholders access the historical notifications report, then they should see an accurate record of all notifications sent, including timestamps and the nature of the adjustments.

Mobile Access to Notification Alerts

Given that a demand forecast change notification is triggered, when stakeholders access the mobile version of IntelliSupply, then they should receive push notifications and view alert summaries directly on their mobile devices.

Stakeholder Acknowledgment of Notifications

Given a forecast adjustment notification is sent, when stakeholders receive the notification, then they must acknowledge receipt of the notification within the platform to confirm awareness and action taken.

Integration with Existing Systems

User Story: As an IT manager, I want IntelliSupply to integrate with our existing ERP system so that we can utilize centralized data for better supply chain decisions without causing disruptions in our current processes.
Description: The Integration with Existing Systems requirement focuses on developing an interface that seamlessly connects IntelliSupply with the existing systems used by SMEs, such as ERP and CRM platforms. This integration is essential for ensuring that data flows smoothly between different systems, improving overall operational efficiency. The benefit of this requirement is that it reduces data silos and ensures that all departments are aligned with real-time information, enhancing decision-making capabilities across the organization. Successfully implementing this integration will maximize the usability of IntelliSupply by leveraging existing technology investments.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of IntelliSupply with an existing ERP system at an SME to automate inventory data synchronization.

Given the ERP system is operational, when IntelliSupply is integrated, then inventory data should sync every 15 minutes without data loss or errors and reflect in both systems accurately.

Connection establishment between IntelliSupply and a CRM platform, allowing real-time updates on customer interactions.

Given the CRM is live, when a new customer interaction is logged, then the corresponding data should automatically update in IntelliSupply within 5 minutes.

Validation of data flow from IntelliSupply to existing accounting software to ensure financial reporting accuracy.

Given the accounting software is linked, when IntelliSupply generates a report, then all financial figures should match existing reports in the accounting software with a tolerance of 1% variance.

User access management for SMEs to control permissions for department-specific data views across integrated systems.

Given the user account settings, when a department role is assigned, then the user should only access features and data relevant to that role.

Monitoring the integration performance to identify any delays or failures in data synchronization between IntelliSupply and other systems.

Given the integration setup is complete, when a monitoring tool is activated, then it should provide alerts for any synchronization failures within 1 hour of occurrence.

Providing a seamless data import feature for historical data from legacy systems to IntelliSupply.

Given a legacy data set, when the import process is initiated, then all relevant historical data should be accurately imported into IntelliSupply without duplicates or errors.

Ensuring user-friendly prompts for SMEs during the integration setup process to minimize user error.

Given the user initiates the integration setup, when the user encounters an error, then the system should provide specific, clear guidance on resolving the issue within three steps.

Product Availability Scorecard

The Product Availability Scorecard provides real-time metrics on stock levels and their impact on customer satisfaction. This feature allows users to monitor product availability in relation to demand fluctuations, helping to minimize stockouts and overstock scenarios, thus maintaining a positive customer experience.

Requirements

Real-time Stock Monitoring

User Story: As an inventory manager, I want to see real-time stock levels so that I can proactively manage inventory and ensure we meet customer demand without excess stock.
Description: The Real-time Stock Monitoring requirement ensures that the Product Availability Scorecard can access and display live data on stock levels across various product categories. This includes automatic updates to reflect changes in inventory due to sales, returns, and shipments. The ability to present this information in an easily digestible format will empower users to make timely decisions on restocking and inventory management, thereby enhancing operational efficiency and minimising stockouts or overstock situations. The real-time aspect allows businesses to respond dynamically to changing demand and maintain customer satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time stock update during peak sales events

Given the user is on the Product Availability Scorecard page, when a product is sold, then the stock level for that product should update in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Monitoring inventory levels after return transactions

Given the user is tracking warehouse inventory, when a returned item is processed, then the stock level should automatically increase to reflect the returned product immediately in the scorecard.

Visual representation of stock levels

Given the user is accessing the Product Availability Scorecard, when they view the stock levels, then the information should be displayed in an intuitive, graphical format that highlights stockouts and overstock situations.

Alerts for low stock situations

Given the user is on the Product Availability Scorecard, when the stock level for a product falls below the predefined threshold, then the system should trigger an alert notification to the user.

Trend analysis of stock levels over time

Given the user is utilizing the analytics features, when they view the historical data, then they should see trends in stock levels alongside demand fluctuations displayed over a customizable time frame.

Integration with other business systems

Given the user is accessing the Real-time Stock Monitoring feature, when a change is made in a connected system (like an order management system), then the stock levels in the Product Availability Scorecard should update to reflect that change.

User role-based access to stock data

Given that different users have varying roles within the organization, when a user accesses the Product Availability Scorecard, then they should only see stock data and options that are relevant to their role.

Demand Forecasting Integration

User Story: As a sales analyst, I want to see demand forecasts integrated with current stock levels so that I can plan inventory purchases more effectively and reduce costs.
Description: The Demand Forecasting Integration requirement incorporates machine learning algorithms that analyze historical sales data, seasonal trends, and market conditions to predict future product demand. By integrating this predictive capability within the Product Availability Scorecard, users can better prepare for fluctuating demand patterns, reducing the risk of stockouts during peak periods and minimizing surplus during slow periods. This feature will significantly improve the supply chain's responsiveness and efficiency, helping SMEs optimize their inventory management strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User no longer needs to manually check inventory levels; they are alerted with real-time notifications when stock falls below a predefined threshold, enabling proactive restocking actions.

Given the user has set a minimum inventory level for a product, when the stock falls below this threshold, then the user receives an automated alert notification through the dashboard.

Users need to analyze the historical sales data to understand patterns and trends during peak seasons, such as Black Friday or year-end sales.

Given the historical sales data for a product is available, when the user accesses the Product Availability Scorecard, then they can view a visual representation of trends over the past two years, segmented by season.

A user wants to see how accurately the demand forecasting model predicts product availability compared to actual sales after the model has been implemented.

Given the demand forecasting integration is live, when the user compares the predicted forecast to actual sales data over a 3-month period, then the accuracy of predictions should be above 85% for at least 80% of products reviewed.

Users have fluctuating product demand and want to ensure that the scorecard provides insights during unexpected market changes, like a sudden increase in product popularity.

Given that demand patterns can change unexpectedly, when a market change occurs, then the scorecard adjusts dynamically to show predicted demand shifts within 24 hours of the incident.

The supply chain manager is preparing a monthly report and needs to include the impact of inventory levels on customer satisfaction ratings derived from the scorecard.

Given the data is available for the past month, when the user generates a report, then the report includes a clear correlation between inventory levels and customer satisfaction ratings, supported by accurate metrics.

An operations manager wants to minimize surplus inventory by analyzing demand forecasts and adjusting stock levels accordingly.

Given the demand forecasting tool has been utilized, when the user reviews the suggested stock levels, then they should see recommendations that reduce surplus by at least 15% compared to previous months.

A marketing analyst requires insights on product availability to adjust promotional strategies based on current stock levels.

Given that the scorecard displays real-time metrics, when the user accesses the product availability section, then it should provide an overview of available stock and highlight products that are likely to run out within the next week based on current demand trends.

Stockout Alerts

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to receive automatic alerts for low stock levels so that I can reorder products on time and ensure continuous availability for customers.
Description: The Stockout Alerts requirement provides notifications to users when product availability drops below a predetermined threshold. This feature should allow users to set customizable alert levels based on demand and sales history. By receiving timely alerts, users can take immediate action to reorder products, thereby avoiding stockouts that could lead to lost sales and dissatisfied customers. This proactive approach to inventory management supports overall customer satisfaction and strengthens supply chain resilience.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a stockout alert for a specific product based on previous sales trends and demand forecasts.

Given the user is on the Stockout Alerts settings page, when they enter a threshold for product stock levels and save the settings, then the alert should be successfully created and visible in the user's alert list.

User receives a notification for a product that is about to go out of stock based on the set alert threshold.

Given the product stock level drops below the user-defined alert threshold, when the stock level update occurs, then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and app alert informing them of the stockout alert.

User attempts to set a stockout alert with invalid threshold values.

Given the user is on the Stockout Alerts settings page, when they attempt to enter a negative or zero threshold value, then the system should display an error message indicating that the threshold must be a positive number.

User views the history of stockout alerts triggered in the past month.

Given the user is on the Stockout Alerts history page, when they view the alerts, then they should see a clear list of all past stockout alerts with details including product name, date triggered, and threshold value.

User modifies an existing stockout alert for a specific product.

Given the user is on the Stockout Alerts settings page, when they change the threshold level for an existing alert and save the changes, then the modified settings should be reflected in their alert list immediately without requiring a system refresh.

User disables a specific stockout alert for a product.

Given the user is on the Stockout Alerts settings page, when they select the option to disable the alert for a specific product and confirm the action, then the alert should be removed from the active alerts list and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User checks the status of alerts set for multiple products in the dashboard.

Given the user is on the main dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Stockout Alerts' section, then they should see a summary of all active stockout alerts, including product names and current stock levels for quick reference.

Customer Satisfaction Analytics

User Story: As a customer experience manager, I want to analyze customer feedback on product availability so that I can understand its impact on satisfaction and make informed improvements.
Description: The Customer Satisfaction Analytics requirement involves collecting and analyzing customer feedback regarding product availability and fulfillment experiences. This feature allows the Scorecard to display metrics such as customer ratings, return rates, and complaint statistics related to stock levels. By integrating this data, users can correlate product availability with customer satisfaction levels, enabling them to strategize on improving both inventory decisions and customer experiences.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Product Availability Scorecard to view current stock levels and customer satisfaction metrics for select products during peak shopping hours.

Given the user is logged into IntelliSupply and on the Products Availability Scorecard page, when they select a specific product, then the scorecard should display real-time stock levels, customer ratings, return rates, and complaint statistics.

An inventory manager analyzes trends in customer feedback related to stockouts before making restocking decisions during product demand fluctuations.

Given the inventory manager has access to the Customer Satisfaction Analytics dashboard, when they apply filters for the last month, then they should see a correlating graph between stock availability and customer satisfaction metrics (ratings, return rates, complaints).

A retail business owner reviews the impact of product availability on customer satisfaction during an end-of-month performance review.

Given the business owner prepares for their end-of-month review, when they generate a report from the Product Availability Scorecard, then the report must include a detailed analysis of how product stock levels affected customer satisfaction scores throughout the month.

A compliance officer observes changes in customer feedback metrics in the Scorecard after implementing an inventory strategy change.

Given the compliance officer has recently made changes to the inventory strategy, when they review the Customer Satisfaction Analytics for the following month, then they should see a statistically significant increase in customer ratings and decrease in return rates compared to the previous month.

A non-technical user navigates the Product Availability Scorecard to evaluate which products need immediate restocking based on customer feedback.

Given the non-technical user is using the IntelliSupply platform, when they select the 'Restock Needed' filter on the Scorecard, then the system should highlight products that have low availability and high customer complaints or return rates.

A product manager utilizes the scorecard to present findings about product availability effects on sales during a stakeholder meeting.

Given the product manager is preparing for a stakeholder meeting, when they present the Product Availability Scorecard, then all relevant data regarding stock statuses, customer satisfaction metrics, and projected sales impacts must be accurate and display within a five-second load time.

Dashboard Customization Options

User Story: As a product manager, I want to customize my dashboard view to focus on the metrics that matter most to my role so that I can make quick and informed decisions based on relevant data.
Description: The Dashboard Customization Options requirement enables users to tailor the Product Availability Scorecard dashboard to their specific organizational needs and preferences. Users should be able to select which metrics to display prominently, arrange components to their liking, and set preferences for reporting views. This flexibility helps users prioritize critical information that directly affects their decision-making processes and ensures that the platform aligns with individual user workflow.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes the Dashboard to Display Preferred Metrics.

Given the user is on the Product Availability Scorecard dashboard, when they select the metrics they want to display, then the chosen metrics should appear prominently on the dashboard according to their preferences.

User Arranges Dashboard Components for Improved Workflow.

Given the user has multiple components on the dashboard, when they drag and drop any component to rearrange it, then the layout should save the new arrangement automatically.

User Sets Preferences for Reporting Views on the Dashboard.

Given the user accesses the reporting settings, when they select their preferred view options (e.g., bar chart, line graph) and save, then the dashboard should reflect the new reporting view based on user preferences.

User Verifies Real-Time Updates on Stock Levels.

Given the user is viewing the customized dashboard, when there is a change in stock levels, then the dashboard should refresh automatically to display the updated stock information within 5 seconds.

User Tests Dashboard Responsiveness Across Devices.

Given the user accesses the dashboard from a mobile device, when they view the dashboard, then all components should be responsive and maintain usability across different screen sizes and resolutions.

User Receives Alerts for Stockouts Based on Custom Metrics.

Given the user has set custom thresholds for product availability, when a stockout condition is triggered, then the system should send an immediate alert to the user via email or in-app notification.

Behavioral Purchase Insights

Behavioral Purchase Insights employs machine learning to analyze customer purchase behavior and predict future buying patterns. This feature equips users with targeted suggestions for inventory management and promotional strategies, ensuring that supply chain operations align with evolving customer preferences and driving higher satisfaction rates.

Requirements

Predictive Trend Analysis

User Story: As a retail manager, I want predictive analytics on customer purchasing trends so that I can optimize my inventory levels and reduce excess stock.
Description: The Predictive Trend Analysis requirement involves the implementation of advanced machine learning algorithms that analyze historical purchase data to forecast future buying trends. This functionality will provide users with actionable insights and recommend optimal inventory levels to ensure that stock aligns with anticipated demand. By integrating with the existing analytics dashboard, this feature not only enhances the user experience but also allows SMEs to make informed decisions that drive business growth and customer satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Predictive Trend Analysis feature from the IntelliSupply dashboard to analyze historic purchase behavior, aiming to prepare inventory for the upcoming sales season.

Given a user is logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they navigate to the Predictive Trend Analysis section, then the system should display a visual representation of historical purchase data and predicted trends based on the latest machine learning algorithms.

Upon accessing the Predictive Trend Analysis feature, the user wants to receive specific inventory recommendations based on predicted purchasing trends for the next quarter.

Given the machine learning algorithm has processed at least six months of historical data, when the user views the inventory recommendations, then the system should display recommended optimal inventory levels for each product category over the next quarter.

A user inputs seasonal promotion data into the platform and wants to align this information with predicted trends to optimize inventory management.

Given the user inputs promotional data related to upcoming sales events, when the user clicks on 'Generate Insights', then the system should provide inventory suggestions that reflect predicted customer buying behavior during those sales events, along with actionable insights for stock adjustments.

After the predictive analysis, a user decides to adjust their inventory levels based on the recommendations received from the system to meet future demand.

Given the user has reviewed the predictive trend analysis report, when they adjust the recommended inventory levels, then the system should allow the changes to be saved and should update the inventory tracking in real-time.

The user wants to validate if the predictive trend analysis aligns with actual sales data after a promotional period.

Given that the promotional period has ended, when the user compares the actual sales data with the predictions made by the system, then the system should provide an accuracy report indicating the percentage of accurate predictions against actual sales outcomes.

The user accesses a help section and seeks clarification on how to interpret the predictive insights displayed in the dashboard.

Given the user clicks on the help icon within the Predictive Trend Analysis section, when the help documentation opens, then it should provide clear explanations of each metric and visual presented in the report, along with examples.

Dynamic Inventory Recommendations

User Story: As an operations manager, I want dynamic recommendations for inventory so that I can proactively adjust stock levels according to customer demand patterns.
Description: Dynamic Inventory Recommendations will provide users with real-time suggestions for inventory management based on customer behavioral insights and projected demand fluctuations. This requirement aims to create a system of alerts that notifies users when specific products are likely to be in high demand or underperforming. By utilizing machine learning, the feature will continuously evolve its recommendations, allowing businesses to adapt to changing market conditions efficiently and effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: As a retail manager, I want to receive dynamic inventory recommendations during weekly inventory assessments so that I can proactively manage stock levels before peak shopping seasons begin.

Given that the system analyzes customer purchasing data, when a product is predicted to be in high demand based on trends, then the system should generate an alert recommending an increase in inventory levels for that product.

As a logistics supervisor, I need to be notified in real time when a product's demand is projected to decline, allowing me to adjust inventory levels accordingly and prevent overstock situations.

Given that the system continuously monitors sales trends, when a specific product's sales velocity drops below a preset threshold, then the system must send an alert indicating a recommendation to reduce inventory for that product.

As a supply chain analyst, I want to review historical purchase patterns to inform future inventory decisions based on the recommendations provided by the machine learning model.

Given that the system displays a dashboard of previous inventory recommendations, when I access the dashboard, then I should see a comprehensive history of recommendations alongside actual sales data to evaluate accuracy and performance.

As an operations manager, I want to receive weekly summary reports of inventory performance to assess the effectiveness of the recommendations and make informed stock decisions going forward.

Given that the system generates reports, when the weekly summary report is generated, then it should include metrics such as recommended vs. actual sales, stock levels, and inventory turnover rates for products advised in the dynamic recommendations.

As a non-technical user, I need the system to provide clear and actionable insights without requiring complex data analysis skills to understand the recommendations for inventory management.

Given that the system presents inventory recommendations, when a recommendation is displayed, then it must be articulated in simple language, clearly indicating the action to be taken along with supporting data visualizations for better comprehension.

As a business owner, I would like to adjust the parameters for recommendations based on seasonal sales trends, allowing the system to refine its suggestions according to my specific business calendar.

Given that the user has access to the system settings, when the user modifies the seasonal parameters for recommendations, then the system should adapt its future recommendations accordingly and save these adjustments as active preferences.

As a marketing manager, I want to leverage insights from the inventory recommendations to plan targeted promotions for high-demand products.

Given that the system provides inventory recommendations, when a product is flagged as high-demand, then the system should suggest promotional strategies that can be employed to capitalize on this forecasted demand.

Customer Segmentation Insights

User Story: As a marketing specialist, I want to understand customer segments based on purchasing behavior so that I can design targeted marketing campaigns that resonate with specific groups.
Description: The Customer Segmentation Insights requirement focuses on categorizing customers based on their purchasing behaviors and preferences. This feature will utilize behavioral data to create detailed profiles for different customer segments, enabling tailored marketing campaigns and inventory strategies. By understanding the unique needs of each segment, businesses can enhance engagement and improve overall customer satisfaction, ultimately leading to increased sales and loyalty.
Acceptance Criteria: Customer Segmentation Data Analysis Access

Given that the user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they navigate to the Customer Segmentation Insights dashboard, then they should see a clear and organized display of customer segments based on purchasing behaviors, including the total number of customers in each segment.

Behavioral Pattern Prediction Accuracy

Given that customer purchase data has been analyzed by the system, when the user requests a report on predicted buying patterns, then the report should accurately reflect predictions within a 90% confidence interval based on historical data.

Segment-Based Marketing Strategy Suggestions

Given that customer segments have been created, when the user accesses the suggestion tool for marketing strategies, then they should receive tailored suggestions that correlate with each segment's purchasing behavior.

Visualization of Customer Segmentation Reports

Given that customer segmentation data is available in the system, when the user wants to visualize this data, then they should be able to generate customizable reports that can be exported in multiple formats (PDF, CSV, Excel).

User-Friendly Interface for Non-Technical Users

Given that IntelliSupply is designed for non-technical users, when the user interacts with the Customer Segmentation Insights feature, then they should find the interface intuitive and easy to navigate without requiring technical support.

Real-Time Data Update for Customer Segments

Given that new customer purchase data is available, when the user refreshes the Customer Segmentation Insights dashboard, then the updated customer segments should reflect the latest data within a maximum of 5 minutes.

Alerts for Notable Changes in Customer Segments

Given that the customer segments are being monitored, when a significant change in customer behavior is detected, then the user should receive an automated alert detailing the change and its implications for inventory management.

Automated Report Generation

User Story: As a supply chain analyst, I want to automate report generation so that I can spend less time on manual data compilation and focus more on strategic analysis.
Description: Automated Report Generation will allow users to effortlessly create detailed reports on purchasing trends, inventory levels, and sales performance. This requirement includes a user-friendly interface for designing custom report templates that can pull data from various sources within the platform. By automating this process, users will save time and resources while gaining deeper insights into their supply chain operations through regular, automated analytics.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I want to generate a weekly report on purchasing trends so that I can identify what products are selling well and adjust my inventory accordingly.

Given the user has selected the 'Weekly Report' template, when they input their desired parameters (date range, product categories) and click 'Generate', then the system should create a report that displays accurate purchasing trends for the specified period.

As a store manager, I want to customize the layout of the report to highlight key performance indicators so that I can easily interpret the data during team meetings.

Given the user is in the report design interface, when they customize the layout and save the changes, then the system should retain the layout preferences for future report generations.

As a user, I want to receive an automated email with the generated reports, ensuring I have timely access to analytics without needing to log into the system.

Given the user has configured their email settings to receive reports, when a report is generated, then the system should automatically send the report to the user's registered email address in a readable format (PDF/Excel).

As a supply chain analyst, I want to filter reports by different parameters (like sales regions or time periods) to conduct a more granular analysis of inventory performance.

Given the user is viewing a generated report, when they apply filters for sales regions or specific time periods, then the report should dynamically update to reflect the filtered data accurately.

As a user, I want to share the generated report link with my team members, so they can access the same information without needing to generate their own copies.

Given the user has generated a report, when they click the 'Share' button, then the system should provide a unique link to the report that can be shared with other users, allowing them to view the report without logging in.

As an inventory manager, I want to compare purchasing trends across different months to evaluate seasonal impacts on sales.

Given the user has generated a monthly report, when they select the 'Compare' option and choose other months, then the system should display a comparative analysis view that highlights the differences in purchasing behavior across the selected periods.

Behavioral Masks for Trend Predictions

User Story: As a supply chain manager, I want to customize the factors affecting trend predictions so that I can improve forecast accuracy based on external influences.
Description: This requirement aims to implement Behavioral Masks, a feature that will allow businesses to customize the factors influencing predictive trend analysis based on external and seasonal variables. Users will be able to modify parameters such as economic conditions, holidays, or product life cycles, enhancing the accuracy of trends predicted by the machine learning models. This flexibility ensures that the predictions remain relevant in fluctuating markets and supports better data-driven decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of Behavioral Masks

Given a user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they access the Behavioral Masks feature, then they should be able to view and modify parameters such as economic conditions, holidays, and product life cycles, and receive confirmation of successful updates.

Validation of Predictive Trend Accuracy

Given the user has set specific parameters in Behavioral Masks, when the machine learning model runs predictions, then the output should reflect adjustments made to the trends based on the modified parameters with a specified accuracy rate of at least 85%.

Integration with Existing Data Sources

Given the user has integrated their existing inventory management systems with IntelliSupply, when they utilize Behavioral Masks, then the system should pull historical data automatically and adjust the predictive models accordingly without manual input.

User-Friendly Interface for Parameter Modification

Given a user is accessing the Behavioral Masks feature, when they navigate the interface to modify parameters, then the interface should guide them with tooltips or examples to simplify complex choices and ensure successful customization.

Reporting on Trend Predictions

Given a user has utilized Behavioral Masks to change parameters, when the predictive trend analysis report is generated, then it should clearly reflect the changes made and provide actionable insights with relevant metrics such as predicted sales volume and potential stock levels.

Access Control for Behavioral Masks Feature

Given the company has multiple user roles, when the Behavioral Masks feature is accessed, then only users with the appropriate permissions should be able to modify the parameters, while others can view the predictions without editing rights.

Competitive Demand Analysis

The Competitive Demand Analysis tool compares the user’s product performance with that of competitors based on market trends and customer feedback. This feature enables SMEs to identify market gaps and opportunities, aiding in strategic planning to enhance customer satisfaction and drive sales growth.

Requirements

Real-time Competitive Analytics

User Story: As a product manager, I want to access real-time performance comparisons with my competitors so that I can adjust my strategy quickly to capitalize on market opportunities.
Description: The Real-time Competitive Analytics requirement involves implementing a system that provides users with instant insights into competitor performance metrics based on market data and customer feedback. This feature will integrate with existing dashboards to deliver dynamic visual representations of comparative performance metrics, enabling users to spot trends and market shifts as they occur. The goal is to empower SMEs to make timely, data-driven decisions based on competitor analysis, leading to improved strategic planning and operational agility.
Acceptance Criteria: List Competitor Performance Metrics in Real-Time

Given a user accesses the Competitive Demand Analysis tool, when they select the real-time competitor performance option, then the system displays a list of performance metrics for competitors, updated every five minutes, and includes at least three key metrics such as sales volume, customer satisfaction ratings, and market share.

Visual Representation of Comparative Performance

Given that there is competitor data available, when the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then they should see dynamic graphs and charts that illustrate competitor performance metrics compared to their own products, which update in real-time without refreshing the page.

Alerts for Significant Market Changes

Given a configured alert setting, when there is a significant shift (20% or more) in a competitor's performance metrics, then the system sends an immediate notification to the user via email and in-app message, detailing the specific metrics that changed and their new values.

Integration with Existing Dashboards

Given that the user has set up their personalized dashboard, when they integrate the Competitive Demand Analysis tool, then the metrics and visualizations from the tool should seamlessly populate into their existing dashboard layout without any technical issues or data loss.

User-Friendly Experience for Non-Technical Users

Given a non-technical user logs into the system, when they access the Competitive Demand Analysis tool, then they should be able to navigate and generate reports on competitor performance without any outside help or advanced training, indicating a user-friendly interface.

Historical Data Comparison Feature

Given that the user wants to analyze long-term trends, when they access the historical data feature, then they should be able to view and compare competitor performance metrics from the past six months, allowing them to identify trends over time.

User-friendly Dashboard Integration

User Story: As a non-technical user, I want a simple and intuitive dashboard that displays competitive demand insights so that I can understand my market position without struggling with complex analytics tools.
Description: This requirement focuses on ensuring that the Competitive Demand Analysis feature integrates seamlessly into the existing IntelliSupply dashboard. The integration must provide a user-friendly interface that allows users to easily navigate through competitive metrics, graphs, and insights without requiring technical expertise. This functionality aims to enhance user experience, ensuring that even non-technical users can derive significant value from the data presented, ultimately driving engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs into the IntelliSupply dashboard to access the Competitive Demand Analysis feature for the first time.

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they navigate to the Competitive Demand Analysis section, then they should see an intuitive interface displaying competitive metrics, graphs, and insights clearly labeled and easy to understand.

User interacts with the Competitive Demand Analysis tool to analyze competitor performance.

Given a user is viewing the Competitive Demand Analysis interface, when they click on different metrics, then the platform should dynamically update the displayed data without requiring page reloads, ensuring a smooth user experience.

User attempts to export data from the Competitive Demand Analysis tool for reporting purposes.

Given the user is in the Competitive Demand Analysis section, when they select the data they wish to export and click on the export button, then the system should generate a downloadable file in a user-friendly format (CSV, PDF) containing the selected data.

User receives assistance through a help tooltip while using the Competitive Demand Analysis feature.

Given the user is on the Competitive Demand Analysis dashboard, when they hover over any complex term or metric, then a tooltip should appear providing a clear and concise explanation of that term or metric to aid user comprehension.

User filters competitive metrics based on different criteria.

Given the user is accessing the Competitive Demand Analysis dashboard, when they apply filters (e.g., date range, product category) to the metrics, then the dashboard should immediately refresh to display only the relevant information based on the selected filters.

User customizes their dashboard view to prioritize certain competitive metrics.

Given the user is on the Competitive Demand Analysis page, when they select their preferred competitive metrics and arrange them in their desired order, then the dashboard should save these preferences for future sessions, providing a personalized user experience.

User explores data trends over time using the Competitive Demand Analysis tool.

Given the user is viewing the Competitive Demand Analysis dashboard, when they select a specific time period (e.g., last month, last quarter), then the graphical representation of competitive data should adjust accordingly to reflect trends over the selected timeframe.

Automated Trend Reports

User Story: As a business owner, I want automated reports on market trends and competitor performance so that I can stay informed and make strategic decisions based on the latest data.
Description: The Automated Trend Reports requirement entails creating a feature that generates regular reports on competitive demand trends. These reports will analyze historical data and feedback, providing users with insights into evolving market conditions over time. The automation of report generation will save users time and effort, allowing them to focus on strategic decision-making without needing to manually compile data, enhancing efficiency across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Trend Report Generation for Seasonal Product Performance

Given that the user has selected a product and set a date range, when the user initiates the automated trend report generation, then the system should produce a report that includes comparative analysis against competitors' products within 10 seconds.

Delivery of Reports via Email

Given that the trend report has been successfully generated, when the report is ready for delivery, then the system should automatically send an email notification to the user with the report attached within 5 minutes.

User Customization of Report Parameters

Given that the user wants to customize the trend report, when the user selects specific parameters such as time frame, competitor products, and metrics, then the system should allow the user to customize these parameters before generating the report.

Historical Data Analysis for Error Checking

Given that a trend report has been generated, when the report is analyzed, then it should show historical data trends of at least the last 12 months and highlight any discrepancies over time with annotations to explain deviations in data.

User-Friendly Dashboard Integration

Given that the user accesses the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they navigate to the Competitive Demand Analysis section, then the automated trend reports should be clearly accessible and displayed with key metrics that are easily interpretable.

Real-Time Updates for Continuous Monitoring

Given that market conditions change, when the platform detects a significant shift in demand trends, then an updated trend report should be generated and sent to the user within 15 minutes of the detection.

Custom Alerts for Market Changes

User Story: As a sales director, I want to receive alerts when my competitors make significant changes in demand so that I can adjust our sales tactics immediately and remain competitive in the market.
Description: The requirement for Custom Alerts involves a notification system that informs users of significant changes in competitor performance or market trends. Users will have the ability to set thresholds for alerts based on specific performance metrics, ensuring they are notified in real-time about important developments that could impact their business strategy. This feature aims to provide proactive management tools that keep users informed and responsive to market dynamics.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a custom alert for a competitor's product sales dropping below a specified threshold.

Given the user has access to the Custom Alerts feature, when they set a sales threshold and save the alert, then the system should notify the user via email and dashboard notification when the competitor's sales fall below that threshold.

User receives a notification for significant market trend changes related to their product category.

Given the user has set alerts based on market trends, when a significant change is detected in the user’s product category, then the user should receive a real-time notification via the app and email within five minutes of the change.

User modifies an existing alert to change the performance metric threshold.

Given the user has previously created a custom alert, when they update the threshold for the alert and save the changes, then the system should confirm the update and reflect the new threshold in the alert settings without errors.

User deactivates a custom alert for competitor performance that is no longer relevant.

Given the user has active custom alerts, when they select an alert and choose to deactivate it, then the alert should be removed from their active alerts list and they should receive a confirmation notification.

User reviews the history of alerts triggered based on their performance settings.

Given the user wants to analyze past alerts, when they access the alert history section, then they should see a comprehensive list of all triggered alerts with timestamps and details of the changes that prompted the notifications.

User accesses the Custom Alerts settings from the dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the platform, when they navigate to the dashboard and click on the Custom Alerts option, then the alert management interface should load without lag and display all previously set alerts for the user.

User sets multiple alerts for different performance metrics for the same competitor product.

Given the user has successfully created multiple alerts, when they check their alerts settings, then they should see all the alerts listed for that competitor product with correct performance metrics and thresholds clearly displayed.

Market Gap Identification Tool

User Story: As a product strategist, I want a tool that helps me identify gaps in the market related to competitor performance so that I can develop new products that better meet customer needs.
Description: This requirement involves creating an analytical tool that leverages competitive data to identify potential market gaps and business opportunities. By analyzing performance trends and customer feedback, the tool will help SMEs pinpoint areas where they can innovate or improve product offerings. This feature is intended to empower users not only to react to market trends but to anticipate them and drive their product strategy effectively, leading to enhanced customer satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User utilizes the Market Gap Identification Tool to analyze product performance in comparison to competitors during a quarterly strategy planning session.

Given that the user has access to competitive performance data, When they input their product data into the Market Gap Identification Tool, Then the tool should generate a comprehensive report highlighting at least three market gaps with relevant insights based on real-time data analytics.

The tool is used in a live demonstration to showcase its capabilities to a group of targeted SMEs interested in supply chain analytics.

Given that the demonstration includes a live data feed, When the presenter interacts with the Market Gap Identification Tool, Then the audience should receive real-time updates displaying at least two actionable insights on market opportunities and potential gaps.

An SME uses the tool to identify customer feedback trends and integrates the results into their product development cycle.

Given the tool's capabilities in analyzing customer feedback, When the user selects specific product categories for analysis, Then the tool should provide a detailed trend analysis that outlines customer sentiments and identifies at least two areas for improvement or innovation.

A customer success manager evaluates the tool's effectiveness by reviewing feedback from SMEs who have used it.

Given that multiple SMEs have utilized the tool, When the feedback is collected and analyzed, Then at least 80% of respondents should report increased clarity on market opportunities and improved decision-making capabilities as a result of using the Market Gap Identification Tool.

During a strategic meeting, an SME assesses the tool's recommendations and aligns them with their strategic goals for product development.

Given the tool provides recommendations based on identified market gaps, When the user reviews the suggestions and aligns them with internal business goals, Then at least two actionable strategies should be created from the insights provided by the Market Gap Identification Tool.

The tool must be able to integrate with existing supply chain management software currently used by SMEs.

Given that the user intends to integrate the tool with their existing systems, When the integration process is initiated, Then the system should successfully link without errors and allow data synchronization to occur seamlessly between the Market Gap Identification Tool and the existing software platform.

An SME analyzes the performance of their products over a specific period using the tool to refine their marketing strategy.

Given that the user has defined a time period for analysis, When the user runs the Market Gap Identification Tool, Then the tool should produce an analytical summary that compares their product performance against competitors for that period, highlighting key trends and discrepancies that the user can leverage for marketing purposes.

Customer Feedback Integration

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want to see how customer feedback affects our comparative performance so that I can guide our marketing initiatives to address consumer expectations effectively.
Description: The Customer Feedback Integration requirement focuses on incorporating customer sentiment analysis into the Competitive Demand Analysis feature. By aggregating and analyzing customer reviews and feedback, the platform will provide insights into how customers perceive both the user’s products and those of competitors. This capability will help SMEs understand not just how they are performing compared to competitors but also how customer opinions influence demand, leading to more informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of customer sentiment analysis into Competitive Demand Analysis.

Given that customer feedback has been aggregated, when a user accesses the Competitive Demand Analysis, then the platform should display a sentiment score that reflects customer opinions about their products and those of competitors.

Comparison of sentiment analysis results between user's products and competitor products.

Given that the sentiment analysis is complete, when a user selects a competitor product for comparison, then the tool should provide a visual representation comparing sentiment scores for both the user's product and the competitor's product side by side.

Filtering customer feedback based on specific time frames.

Given that a user wants to analyze more recent customer feedback, when they select a specific time frame in the Competitive Demand Analysis tool, then the platform should update the sentiment scores and analysis based on feedback collected within that time frame.

Generated insights from customer feedback and market trends.

Given that the sentiment analysis has been performed, when the analysis report is generated, then it should include actionable insights outlining strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats based on customer feedback trends.

User accessibility to feedback sources within the Competitive Demand Analysis.

Given that customer feedback is integrated into the platform, when a user clicks on a sentiment score, then they should be able to view detailed sources of feedback that contributed to that score, including individual customer reviews.

User notifications for significant changes in customer sentiment.

Given that customer sentiment fluctuates, when there is a notable change in the sentiment score of a user's product, then the platform should notify the user through an alert or message in the dashboard.

Real-Time Supply Chain Dashboard

The Real-Time Supply Chain Dashboard integrates live data from supply chain operations and customer feedback to provide a holistic view of business performance. This feature ensures that SME Owners and CXOs are equipped with actionable insights to enhance decision-making, enabling them to respond swiftly to customer needs and market changes.

Requirements

Live Data Integration

User Story: As an SME owner, I want the dashboard to integrate live data from my supply chain operations so that I can monitor real-time performance and respond quickly to any disruptions.
Description: This requirement focuses on the ability to seamlessly integrate live data feeds from various points in the supply chain, such as inventory levels, shipping statuses, and customer orders. By consolidating this data, the dashboard provides a real-time overview of operations, enabling SME owners and CXOs to have an accurate picture of their supply chain at any moment. This integration is vital for driving timely decision-making and enhances situational awareness, allowing businesses to react swiftly to changes and optimize their operations effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: SME owners and CXOs access the Real-Time Supply Chain Dashboard during a peak business hour and expect to see live updates on inventory levels, shipping statuses, and customer orders.

Given the dashboard is loaded during peak business hours, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then all live data feeds must display updates within 10 seconds, ensuring users receive timely information.

A user sets up the dashboard to receive notifications for low inventory levels. They expect to receive alerts automatically when stock levels fall below a predefined threshold.

Given that the user has configured the low inventory alert, when stock levels drop below the defined threshold, then the user should receive an immediate notification via email and within the dashboard.

An SME owner reviews the dashboard's data to make critical decisions regarding restocking and customer orders following a supply chain disruption.

Given the dashboard is displaying live data, when the owner reviews the shipping statuses and customer orders, then the information must accurately reflect real-time conditions with no discrepancies.

A user integrates the dashboard with an external shipping software to streamline data flow and ensure accurate visibility across systems.

Given the external shipping software is linked to the dashboard, when the integration is complete, then all relevant shipping data must be accurately reflected on the dashboard without any data loss or errors.

The dashboard aggregates customer feedback on delivery times and inventory, allowing users to see trends over time.

Given that customer feedback data is integrated, when the user selects the analytics module, then the dashboard must visualize customer feedback trends over the past month accurately.

User-Friendly Analytics Tools

User Story: As a non-technical user, I want easy-to-use analytics tools in the dashboard so that I can create reports and insights without needing technical skills.
Description: The requirement centers on providing intuitive and user-friendly analytics tools within the Real-Time Supply Chain Dashboard. These tools will empower non-technical users to generate customized reports and insights effortlessly. By including features such as drag-and-drop functionalities and predefined templates, this capability will enable users to analyze data trends effectively, identify bottlenecks, and make informed decisions without needing extensive training or technical knowledge, making it easier for SMEs to leverage data for strategic improvements.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-Time Supply Chain Dashboard and utilizes the analytics tools to create a customized report of inventory levels for the past month.

Given a user is logged into the dashboard, When the user selects the analytics tools, Then the user can successfully create a customized report using drag-and-drop functionalities and predefined templates without errors.

A small business owner wants to visualize sales trends over the last quarter using the user-friendly analytics tools.

Given the user is on the dashboard, When the user employs the predefined templates for sales data, Then the sales trends are displayed accurately in a graphical format within 5 seconds.

A non-technical user tests the ease of navigating the analytics tools for generating a report on customer feedback.

Given the user is unfamiliar with technical software, When the user navigates to the analytics tools, Then the user is able to generate a customer feedback report within two minutes, demonstrating intuitive design.

An SME owner reviews the training materials available for using the analytics tools before generating a report.

Given the user accesses the training materials, When the user reviews them, Then the materials cover all features of the analytics tools clearly, allowing the user to understand how to create reports without external assistance.

A manager attempts to identify supply chain bottlenecks through the user-friendly analytics tools on the dashboard.

Given the user selects the appropriate datasets, When the user utilizes the analytics tools, Then the dashboard highlights the bottlenecks with actionable insights and suggestions to resolve them within the first interaction.

After generating a report, a user saves it for future reference and shares it with other team members.

Given the user has generated a report in the analytics tools, When the user saves and shares the report, Then the report must be retrievable by team members within the system without loss of data or formatting.

Dynamic Alert System

User Story: As a CXO, I want to receive alerts for critical changes in the supply chain so that I can address issues promptly before they escalate.
Description: This requirement entails developing a dynamic alert system that notifies users of critical changes or disruptions in the supply chain. Alerts can be configured based on user-defined thresholds for metrics like inventory levels, shipping delays, or demand fluctuations. This proactive feature is essential to ensure that SME owners and CXOs are immediately informed of urgent issues, enabling them to take timely actions to mitigate risks and capitalize on opportunities, thereby enhancing operational resilience.
Acceptance Criteria: Configuration of Alert Thresholds by Users

Given the user is logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, when they navigate to the alert settings and configure custom thresholds for metrics (like inventory levels or demand fluctuations), then those thresholds should be saved and reflected in the system for future alerts.

Receiving Alerts for Inventory Levels

Given that the user has configured an alert for low inventory levels, when the inventory for any item falls below the defined threshold, then the user should receive a real-time notification through the dashboard and via email.

Handling Shipping Delay Alerts

Given that the user has set up alerts for shipping delays, when a shipping disruption occurs after the threshold has been reached, then the system should send an immediate notification to the user with details about the delay.

User Interface for Alert Management

Given the user is on the alert management page, when they view existing alerts, then the interface should display all configured alerts, their thresholds, and status (active/inactive) clearly and understandably.

Response Management for Received Alerts

Given the user receives an alert for a supply chain disruption, when they click on the alert notification, then they should be directed to a detailed view that provides actionable insights and options for mitigating the issue.

Testing Dynamic Alert System Under Load

Given a high volume of transactions occurring in the supply chain, when the system assesses metrics in real-time, then alerts should still be triggered without delays and within the defined time constraints.

Notification Channels Configuration

Given that the user is configuring alerts, when they select notification preferences (dashboard, email, SMS), then the system should allow for multiple channels to be selected and successfully send alerts through those channels when triggered.

Customizable Dashboard Views

User Story: As an SME owner, I want to customize my dashboard view to focus on the metrics that matter most to my business so that I can streamline my decision-making process.
Description: This requirement provides users the ability to create customizable dashboard views tailored to their specific needs. Users can select which KPIs to display, arrange widgets according to their workflow, and save configurations for quick access. This personalization enhances user engagement and ensures that each individual can focus on the most relevant information, improving overall workflow efficiency and enabling quicker access to important data.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes KPI Display on Dashboard

Given a user is logged into IntelliSupply, when they navigate to the dashboard customization settings, then they can select and deselect KPIs from a provided list, and see the changes reflected in real-time on their dashboard.

User Arranges Widgets According to Workflow

Given a user is on their customizable dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange their layout, then the new arrangement should be saved automatically, and persist upon subsequent logins.

User Saves Dashboard Configuration for Future Access

Given a user has customized their dashboard with selected KPIs and widget arrangements, when they click the 'Save Configuration' button, then they receive a confirmation message, and their configuration is stored for future retrieval.

User Accesses Saved Dashboard Configuration Quickly

Given a user has multiple saved dashboard configurations, when they select a configuration from the dropdown menu on the dashboard, then it should load within 3 seconds with all KPIs and widgets displayed as saved.

User Resets Dashboard to Default Settings

Given a user wants to revert to default settings, when they click the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customized settings should be removed, and the dashboard should display the default configuration as outlined in the platform's specifications.

User Receives Help for Customization Features

Given a user is on the dashboard customization page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a pop-up should provide a guide on how to customize the dashboard effectively, including tips on KPI selection and widget arrangement.

Historical Data Analysis

User Story: As a CXO, I want to analyze historical data on supply chain performance so that I can make informed forecasts and strategic decisions for future operations.
Description: This requirement involves the integration of historical data analysis capabilities within the dashboard. By allowing users to access and analyze past supply chain performance data, SMEs can identify trends over time, assess the impact of their decisions, and forecast future needs more accurately. This feature is crucial for long-term planning and enables businesses to make data-driven decisions that enhance efficiency and strategic alignment.
Acceptance Criteria: User Access Historical Data Analysis

Given an SME owner has logged into the Real-Time Supply Chain Dashboard, when they navigate to the Historical Data Analysis section, then they should be able to access performance data for the past three years with an option to filter by month and category.

Trend Identification through Historical Data

Given an SME owner is viewing the Historical Data Analysis, when they select a specific category and time period, then the system should display visual trends (e.g., line graphs) showing performance metrics over that period.

Forecasting Future Needs Using Historical Data

Given an SME owner has accessed the Historical Data Analysis, when they choose to generate a forecast based on past performance, then the system should provide a detailed forecast report for the next six months, including expected demand and inventory levels.

User-Friendly Interface for Historical Data Analysis

Given an SME owner is in the Historical Data Analysis section, when they interact with the dashboard, then all functionalities (filtering, sorting, generating reports) should be user-friendly and require no prior technical knowledge.

Data Accuracy in Historical Analysis

Given an SME owner has requested historical data, when the results are displayed, then the data should reflect a 95% accuracy rate when compared to actual records over the specified time period.

Exporting Historical Data Reports

Given an SME owner has generated a report from the Historical Data Analysis, when they choose to export this report, then the system should allow them to download the report in CSV and PDF formats without errors.

Real-Time Updates of Historical Data

Given an SME owner is utilizing the Historical Data Analysis, when a relevant supply chain event occurs, then the historical data presented should automatically refresh to reflect the most up-to-date information within one minute.

Multi-User Access and Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues through the dashboard so that we can work together on supply chain analysis and decision-making.
Description: This requirement ensures that the dashboard supports multi-user access and features collaborative tools that allow various team members to work together effectively. Users can share insights, comment on reports, and maintain a collaborative workspace that reflects changing dynamics in the supply chain. This fosters a collaborative culture while ensuring that all stakeholders have access to the information necessary for collective decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Multi-User Access for Team Collaboration on Dashboard Insights

Given multiple users are logged into the IntelliSupply dashboard, When one user shares a report link, Then all other logged-in users can access the report in real-time without additional permissions.

Real-Time Commenting Feature for Dashboard Reports

Given a user is viewing a dashboard report, When they comment on a specific data point, Then other users can see the comment in real-time as well as respond to it on their own dashboards.

Notification System for Collaborative Feedback on Reports

Given a dashboard report is updated, When a user comments on the report, Then all team members subscribed to the report receive an instant notification of the comment and can view it immediately.

User Role Management for Access Control

Given an admin is setting user roles, When they assign a user to a specific role (e.g., Viewer, Editor), Then that user’s access to dashboard features is consistent with the permissions outlined for that role.

Document Sharing within the Dashboard for Collaborative Analysis

Given a user is analyzing data on the dashboard, When they upload a document, Then all other users with access to the dashboard can view and comment on the document simultaneously.

Integration of External Tools for Enhanced Collaboration

Given users are working on the dashboard, When they generate a report, Then they can export the report to external collaboration tools (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams) directly from the dashboard.

Press Articles

IntelliSupply Launches Revolutionary Supply Chain Visibility Platform for SMEs: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

IntelliSupply Launches Revolutionary Supply Chain Visibility Platform for SMEs

City, State – Date – IntelliSupply, a leader in supply chain technology, today announced the official launch of its new supply chain visibility platform, designed specifically for small to medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in retail, manufacturing, and logistics. The innovative platform provides real-time, end-to-end visibility, facilitating seamless integration with existing systems.

The intuitive dashboard empowers users with instant analytics and dynamic reports, enabling businesses to proactively manage inventory and reduce costs. With the incorporation of advanced machine learning algorithms, IntelliSupply enhances operational efficiency by predicting trends and potential disruptions.

"Our vision is to democratize supply chain visibility," stated [Name], CEO of IntelliSupply. "We have built a platform that doesn't require extensive technical expertise, allowing non-technical users access to powerful insights that drive better decision-making and improve supply chain performance."

IntelliSupply stands out in the market by providing real-time analytics and alerts, allowing organizations to respond swiftly to changes in demand and supply. The platform includes features such as predictive stock alerts, mobile notifications, and customized reporting templates, catering to the unique needs of different user types, including Supply Chain Analysts, Inventory Managers, Logistics Coordinators, and Chief Experience Officers.

In a world where supply chains are more crucial than ever, IntelliSupply equips SMEs with the tools to thrive. The platform's ability to illuminate operational pathways fosters clarity and control in supply chain management, paving the way for enhanced productivity and margin improvement.

"With the economic pressures affecting SMEs worldwide, having the right tools to streamline operations has never been more important," said [Another Key Figure]. "IntelliSupply offers a robust solution that addresses the real challenges faced by our clients today, transforming how they operate in an increasingly competitive market."

IntelliSupply invites business leaders to explore their innovative solution. To learn more about the platform and see it in action, visit [Website Link].

For media inquiries, please contact: [Your Name]
[Your Job Title]
IntelliSupply
Email: contact@intellisupply.com
Phone: (XXX) XXX-XXXX

About IntelliSupply
IntelliSupply is a cutting-edge supply chain visibility platform that empowers SMEs with practical insights and full operational control. By integrating advanced analytics and machine learning, IntelliSupply enhances decision-making and optimizes supply chain performance.

Press Contact:
[Your Name]
[Your Job Title]
IntelliSupply
Email: contact@intellisupply.com
Phone: (XXX) XXX-XXXX

Press Date: 2024-12-25

IntelliSupply Unveils Predictive Stock Alerts to Combat Supply Chain Challenges: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

IntelliSupply Unveils Predictive Stock Alerts to Combat Supply Chain Challenges

City, State – Date – IntelliSupply, an innovator in supply chain technology, today announced the launch of its newest feature, Predictive Stock Alerts, designed to help SMEs seamlessly manage inventory levels and mitigate supply chain disruptions.

As businesses face increasing challenges related to demand forecasting and stock management, the Predictive Stock Alerts feature uses advanced algorithms to identify potential stockouts and overstock situations well in advance. More than just a notification tool, this feature predicts future inventory requirements based on historical sales data and seasonal trends, empowering Inventory Managers to take proactive action.

"The Predictive Stock Alerts feature is a game changer for our users," stated [Name], Chief Product Officer at IntelliSupply. "It enables proactive inventory management, which not only reduces costs but also enhances service delivery by ensuring that the right stock is available at the right time."

The feature's integration into the IntelliSupply platform showcases the company's commitment to providing SMEs with the tools they need to navigate complex supply chains effectively. By optimizing stock levels, businesses can prevent cash flow issues arising from excess inventory while simultaneously minimizing the risk of stockouts that could impact sales.

"In the current climate, businesses cannot afford to take chances with their inventory," said [Another Key Figure]. "Our users rely on accurate, actionable insights that they can trust, and Predictive Stock Alerts delivers precisely that."

IntelliSupply remains dedicated to enhancing the capabilities of its platform, ensuring that SMEs can effectively respond to the dynamic challenges of the supply chain landscape. The new feature is now available for all existing subscribers of IntelliSupply.

For more details about IntelliSupply and the Predictive Stock Alerts feature, visit [Website Link].

For media inquiries, please contact: [Your Name]
[Your Job Title]
IntelliSupply
Email: contact@intellisupply.com
Phone: (XXX) XXX-XXXX

About IntelliSupply IntelliSupply is a pioneer in supply chain management solutions, dedicated to delivering innovative technologies that equip SMEs with essential tools and insights for operational success.

Press Date: 2024-12-25

IntelliSupply Enhances User Experience with Interactive Training Hub: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

IntelliSupply Enhances User Experience with Interactive Training Hub

City, State – Date – IntelliSupply today announced the launch of its Interactive Training Hub, a comprehensive resource designed to enhance user engagement and proficiency, ultimately optimizing the use of the IntelliSupply platform for all users.

Recognizing that effective training is a critical component of user adoption and satisfaction, IntelliSupply has developed this hub to provide role-specific learning paths, tutorial series, gamified learning modules, and live Q&A sessions. This ensures that users can easily navigate and fully leverage the platform's numerous features.

"We understand that our platform's power is only as strong as the users who utilize it," stated [Name], Director of User Experience at IntelliSupply. "The Interactive Training Hub is pivotal to ensuring our clients can tap into the full capabilities of IntelliSupply, driving greater operational efficiencies."

The Interactive Training Hub is designed to cater to a wide variety of user types, from Supply Chain Analysts to SME Owners. Each learning module is tailored to specific roles, ensuring that users receive training relevant to their functions. The hub also combines visual, interactive, and gamified elements to promote engagement and knowledge retention.

"We're excited to offer our users an enriched learning experience that empowers them to grow their skills and operational knowledge," said [Another Key Figure]. "Through real-time feedback and interactive content, users can experience the IntelliSupply platform on a deeper level."

This initiative is part of IntelliSupply's broader commitment to user success, ensuring that businesses not only implement the platform but excel in its usage. The Interactive Training Hub is now live and available for all users within the IntelliSupply community.

For more information on IntelliSupply and the Interactive Training Hub, please visit [Website Link].

For media inquiries, contact: [Your Name]
[Your Job Title]
IntelliSupply
Email: contact@intellisupply.com
Phone: (XXX) XXX-XXXX

About IntelliSupply
IntelliSupply is at the forefront of supply chain management technology, committed to empowering SMEs with cutting-edge solutions and insights that drive business performance and growth.

Press Date: 2024-12-25

Create products with ease

Product Details

Personas

Data-Driven Denise

Future-Focused Frank

Analytical Amy

Cost-Conscious Carl

Innovative Imani

Product Ideas

Product Features

Predictive Stock Alerts

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

User-Friendly Alert Dashboard

Automated Reporting Features

Custom Alert Settings

Requirements

Custom Alert Thresholds

Historical Alert Analytics

Multi-User Alert Management

Mobile Alert Notifications

Integration with Third-party Systems

Automated Reorder Recommendations

Requirements

Real-Time Sales Data Integration

Lead Time Estimation from Suppliers

User-Friendly Dashboard for Recommendations

Alert System for Low Stock Levels

Historical Data Analysis for Trend Prediction

Integration with Supplier Systems

Requirements

Automated Reorder Management

Supplier Response Tracking

Real-time Inventory Analytics Dashboard

Supplier Integration API

Forecast Accuracy Reports

Supplier Collaboration Portal

Multi-Location Inventory Sync

Requirements

Centralized Inventory Dashboard

Automated Low Stock Alerts

Cross-Location Stock Transfer Request

Inventory Trend Analytics

User Role Management for Inventory Access

Mobile Inventory Management Support

Mobile Alert Notifications

Requirements

Real-time Alert System Integration

Customizable Alert Settings

Historical Alert Analytics

Multi-User Alert Management

User-Friendly Alert Interface

Integration with Existing Inventory Systems

Reporting and Analytics Insights

Requirements

Dynamic Report Generation

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard

Alert Notification System

Historical Data Analysis Tools

User-Friendly Report Customization

Risk Scoring Matrix

Requirements

Supplier Risk Assessment

Visualization of Risk Scores

Automated Alerts for High-Risk Suppliers

Supplier Performance Tracking

Integration with Existing Systems

Dynamic Risk Alerts

Requirements

Supplier Risk Monitoring

Automated Alert System

Risk Assessment Dashboard

Integration with Market Trends

User Customization Options

Supplier Performance Dashboard

Requirements

Real-time Supplier Metrics

Supplier Risk Assessment Integration

Customizable Dashboard Views